CFA Radio Terminals RFT2

RRP - RFT Page 1 of 27

Country Fire Authority

Request for Tender (RFT) for: Mobile and Portable Radio Terminals

Reference number: CFA-AMD-2009-10

Issue Date: 9 September 2009

Place for lodgement: Foyer of Building 4, Tally Ho Technology Park, 4 Lakeside Drive, Burwood East, Vic, 3151

Please note:

Tenderers are advised to register at the tenders page of the Tenders Website (http://www.tenders.vic.gov.au) in order to receive any further information (including amendments, addenda, and further conditions) that may apply to this RFT.

The Tenderer’s Response (RFT Part D) must be completed in the format specified and submitted in hard-copy in accordance with Part D and item 5 of Part A .

Contents Introduction

RFT Part A – Conditions of Tendering

RFT Part B – The Specification

RFT Part C – Proposed Contract

RFT Part D – Tenderer’s Response

RFT Part E – Ethical Employment Statement

RFT Part F – VIPP Statement


Introduction

1 The opportunity The Country Fire Authority (CFA) is a body corporate established under the Country Fire Authority Act 1958 for the control of the prevention and suppression of fires in the country areas of the State of Victoria. CFA is seeking responses to this Request for Tender for Replacement VHF Mobile Radios and Portable Radios, ancillaries and Repeaters and associated services.

2 Objectives CFA’s requirements in relation to the Goods and/or Services are set out in this RFT. In issuing this RFT, CFA seeks to identify Tenderers who are: (a) able to provide the Goods and/or Services required by CFA in the

manner set out in the Specification; (b) able to demonstrate a commitment and ability to working in collaboration

with CFA over the term of any agreed contractual period to continuously seek improvements in value, efficiency and productivity in connection with the provision of the Goods and/or Services; and

(c) prepared to work with CFA to continue to identify opportunities for improvement in the quality and level of service provided to CFA,

for the mutual benefit of both CFA and the Tenderer. Only Tenderers capable of complying in full with the conditions set out in this RFT should submit a Tenderer’s Response. Tenderers may submit a Tenderer’s Response in relation to the Mobile Radios, Portable Radios or the Repeaters only or any combination thereof. However, for reasons including training and logistic support it is CFA’s strong preference to have the same manufacturer for the Portable Radios and the Mobile Radios. Preference may also be given to Tenderers who offer a substantial discount to supply multiple products. CFA encourages Tenderers to submit offers for each product within their product suite which complies with Part B of this RFT (Specification).


RFT Part A – Conditions of Tendering

Reference Schedule The information contained in this Reference Schedule must be read in conjunction with the remainder of Part A of this RFT. Capitalised terms used in this RFT have defined meanings which are explained in section 17 of this Part A. Capitalised terms defined elsewhere in this RFT but not referred to in section 17 of Part A have the same meaning wherever used throughout this RFT.

Item 1: Tender reference number: CFA-AMD-2009-10

Item 2: Project Director and Project Sponsor Project Director

Name and title Doug Booth Project Director Radio Replacement Project

Address for correspondence by post

PO Box 701, Mt Waverley Vic 3149

Address for delivery by courier Building 8, Tally Ho Technology Park 8 Lakeside Drive Burwood East Vic 3151

Email address [email protected]

Project Sponsor

Name and title Mr Mark Connell

Director Asset Management CFA

Address for correspondence by post

PO Box 701, Mt Waverley Vic 3149


Item 3: Indicative Timetable* Activity Date

RFT issued 9 Sep 2009

Tender Briefing 22 Sep 2009

End of period for questions or requests for information (section 4.2)

22 Oct 2009

Closing Time (section 5.2)

1.00 p.m. Daylight Saving Time, 4 Nov 2009

Intended completion of evaluation of Tenders 10 Feb 2010

Negotiations with Tenderer(s) (if applicable) Feb 2010 to Mar 2010

Intended formal notification of successful Tenderer(s) Mar 2010

Intended execution of Proposed Contract(s) 13 May 2010

* Note: This timetable is provided to give Tenderers an indication of the timing of the Tendering Process. The timetable is indicative only and may be changed by CFA in accordance with the Conditions of Tendering set out in Part A of this RFT.

Item 4: Tender Briefing details* Date and time 10.00 a.m. Daylight Saving Time, 22 September

2009

Venue Theatre

Department of Primary Industries

621 Burwood Highway

Knoxfield, Vic, 3180

Ph 9210 9222

Confirmation of attendance is required. Contact Alan Hands, CFA (phone: 03 9262 8721)

* Note: Attendance at the Tender Briefing is optional.


Item 5: Lodgement of Tenders

Address of Tender box Foyer of Building 4, Tally Ho Technology Park, 4 Lakeside Drive, Burwood East, Vic, 3151

Hours of access to Tender box 8:00am to 6:00pm Monday to Friday

Access restrictions (if any) None during the above hours

Information to be marked on package containing the Tender

TENDER NO: CFA-AMD-2009-10

“RADIO REPLACEMENT PROJECT”

Other requirements The slot or opening of the tender box has the dimensions of 55 mm by 360 mm. If a Tender exceeds these dimensions at the time of delivery then please contact the personnel from the Contracts and Procurement Department of CFA on 9262 8261 and these personnel will immediately attend and place the Tender into the tender box.


Rules governing this RFT and the Tendering Process

1 Application of these rules Participation in the Tendering Process is subject to compliance with the rules contained in this Part A. All persons (whether or not they submit a Tender) having obtained or received this RFT may use it, and the information contained in it, only in compliance with the rules set out in this Part A. All Tenderers are deemed to accept the rules contained in this Part A. The rules contained in this Part A of the RFT apply to: (a) the RFT and any other information given, received or made available in

connection with the RFT; (b) the Tendering Process; and (c) any communications (including any Tender Briefings, presentations,

meetings or negotiations) relating to the RFT or the Tendering Process.

2 Structure of RFT This RFT consists of the following parts: (a) Introduction – contains an overview of the opportunity presented in, and

the objectives of, this RFT. (b) Part A – Conditions of Tendering sets out the rules applying to the

RFT documents and to the Tendering Process. These rules are deemed to be accepted by all Tenderers and by all persons having received or obtained the RFT.

(c) Part B – Specification describes the Goods and/or Services in respect of which CFA invites Tenders from interested persons.

(d) Part C – Proposed Contract contains the terms and conditions in compliance with which CFA desires the Goods and/or Services set out in Part B to be provided.

(e) Part D – Tenderer’s Response specifies the information to be provided in a Tender and may also specify any information to be provided by a Tenderer by other means. Part D may include templates to be completed and included in a Tender.

(f) Part E – Ethical Employment Statement contains the statement to be completed by shortlisted Tenderers demonstrating their ability to satisfy the ethical employment standard. Tenderers should not complete and return Part E unless and until requested to do so by CFA.


3 RFT 3.1 Status of RFT

This RFT is not an offer. This RFT is an invitation for persons to submit a Tender for the provision of the Goods or Services set out in the Specification contained in Part B of this RFT.

Nothing in this RFT is to be construed as creating any binding contract for the supply of the Goods or Services (express or implied) between CFA and any Tenderer unless and until CFA has accepted that Tenderer’s Tender in the manner contemplated in section 9.1 of this Part A.

3.2 Accuracy of RFT While all due care has been taken in connection with the preparation of this RFT, CFA does not warrant the accuracy of the content of the RFT and CFA will not be liable for any omission from the RFT.

3.3 Additions and amendments to RFT CFA reserves the right to change any information in, or to issue addenda to, this RFT.

3.4 Representations No representation made by or on behalf of CFA in relation to the RFT (or its subject matter) will be binding on CFA unless that representation is expressly incorporated into the contract(s) ultimately entered into between CFA and a Tenderer.

3.5 Confidentiality All persons (including Tenderers) obtaining or receiving the RFT and any other information in connection with the RFT or the Tendering Process must keep the contents of the RFT and such other information confidential. CFA may require persons and organisations wishing to access or obtain a copy of this RFT or certain parts of it, to execute a deed of confidentiality (in a form required by, or satisfactory to, CFA) before or after access is granted.

3.6 Licence to use and Intellectual Property Rights Persons obtaining or receiving this RFT and any other documents issued in relation to the Tendering Process may use the RFT and such documents only for the purpose of preparing a Tender. Such Intellectual Property Rights as may exist in the RFT and any other documents provided to Tenderers by or on behalf of CFA in connection with the Tendering Process are owned by (and will remain the property of) CFA except to the extent expressly provided otherwise.


4 Communications during the Tendering Process 4.1 Project Director

All communications relating to the RFT and the Tendering Process must be directed to the Project Director.

4.2 Requests for clarification or further information Any questions or requests for further information or clarification of the RFT (or any other document issued in connection with the Tendering Process) must be submitted to the Project Director in writing. The preferred method is by email to the Project Director at the email address in item 2 of the Reference Schedule. Any communication by a Tenderer to CFA will be effective upon receipt by the Project Director (provided such communication is in the required format). CFA may restrict the period during which it will accept questions or requests for further information or for clarification and reserves the right not to respond to any question or request, irrespective of when such question or request is received. Except where CFA is of the opinion that issues raised apply only to an individual Tenderer, questions submitted and answers provided will be made available on the Tenders Website to all Tenderers without identifying the person or organisation having submitted the question. In all other cases, CFA may deliver any written notification or response to a Tenderer by leaving or delivering it to the address of the Tenderer (as notified to the Project Director). A Tenderer may, by notifying the Project Director in writing, withdraw a question submitted in accordance with this section 4.2 in circumstances where the Tenderer does not wish CFA to publish its response to the question on the Tenders Website.

4.3 Unauthorised communications Communications (including promotional or advertising activities) with staff of CFA or consultants assisting CFA with the Tendering Process are not permitted during the Tendering Process except as provided in section 4.2 above, or otherwise with the prior written consent of the Project Director. Nothing in this section 4.3 is intended to prevent communications with staff of, or consultants to, CFA to the extent that such communications do not relate to this RFT or the Tendering Process. Tenderers must not otherwise engage in any activities that may be perceived as, or that may have the effect of, influencing the outcomes of the Tendering Process in any way. Unauthorised communications with such persons may, in the absolute discretion of CFA, lead to disqualification of a Tenderer.

4.4 Improper assistance Tenderers must not seek or obtain the assistance of employees, agents or contractors of CFA or the State in the preparation of their Tenders. In addition


to any other remedies available to it under law or contract, CFA may, in its absolute discretion, immediately disqualify a Tenderer that it believes has sought or obtained such assistance.

4.5 Anti-competitive conduct Tenderers and their respective officers, employees, agents and advisers must not engage in any collusion, anti-competitive conduct or any other similar conduct with any other Tenderer or any other person in relation to the preparation, content or lodgement of their Tender. In addition to any other remedies available to it under law or contract, CFA may, in its absolute discretion, immediately disqualify a Tenderer that it believes has engaged in such collusive or anti-competitive conduct.

4.6 Complaints about Tendering Process Any complaint about the RFT or the Tendering Process must be submitted to the Project Director in writing immediately upon the cause of the complaint arising or becoming known to the Tenderer. The written complaint must set out: (a) the basis for the complaint (specifying the issues involved); (b) how the subject of the complaint (and the specific issues) affect the

person or organisation making the complaint; (c) any relevant background information; and (d) the outcome desired by the person or organisation making the complaint. Any complaint that relates to the Specifications being discriminatory, restrictive or biased in favour of a specific good or service must be made as early as possible. Any complaint submitted to the Project Director in accordance with this section 4.6 that relates to the conduct or performance of the Project Director or the manner in which the Project Director has handled the Tendering Process must also be copied to the Project Sponsor.

4.7 Probity Practitioner CFA has appointed an independent probity adviser to this project including this RFT. The role of the probity adviser is to advise on and monitor the procedural integrity throughout all phases of the Project. Notwithstanding section 4.6 above, a Tenderer may also advise the probity adviser of any concerns regarding probity issues with the Tender process so that the matter can be considered and remedied where required.

Probity Adviser Details: Mr Craig Geddes Address: Oakton Services

Level 8, 271 Collins Street, Melbourne, Vic, 3000. Phone: 61 3 9617 0200 Fax: 61 3 9621 1951


Email: [email protected]

5 Submission of Tenders 5.1 Lodgement

Tenders must be lodged as set out in item 5 of the Reference Schedule.

5.2 Late Tenders Tenders must be lodged by the Closing Time. The Closing Time may be extended by CFA in its absolute discretion by providing written notice to Tenderers. Tenders lodged after the Closing Time or lodged at a location or in a manner that is contrary to that specified in this RFT will be disqualified from the Tendering Process and will be ineligible for consideration, except where the Tenderer can clearly demonstrate (to the reasonable satisfaction of CFA) that late lodgement of the Tender: (a) resulted from the mishandling of the Tender by CFA; or (b) was hindered by a major incident and the integrity of the Tendering

Process will not be compromised by accepting a Tender after the Closing Time.

The determination of CFA as to the actual time that a Tender is lodged is final. Subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, all Tenders lodged after the Closing Time will be recorded by CFA, and will only be opened for the purposes of identifying a business name and address of the Tenderer. CFA will inform a Tenderer whose Tender was lodged after the Closing Time of its ineligibility for consideration. All such Tenders will be returned at the conclusion of the Tendering Process.

6 Tender documents 6.1 Format and contents

Tenderers must ensure that: (a) their Tender is presented in the required format as set out in Part D; (b) their Tender is in the English language; and (c) all the information fields in Part D are completed and contain the

information requested. CFA may in its absolute discretion reject a Tender that does not include the information requested or is not in the format required. If CFA elects to shortlist any Tenderers, those shortlisted Tenderers may be required to provide the information requested in Parts E and F of this RFT. Tenderers may wish to prepare Parts E and F in order to ensure that they can


respond to a request by CFA within the applicable timeframes, but should not submit those Parts unless and until required to do so by CFA. Unnecessarily elaborate responses or other presentations beyond what is sufficient to present a complete and effective proposal are not desired or required. Elaborate artwork and expensive visual and other presentation aids are not necessary. Word limits where specified should be observed and CFA reserves the right to disregard any parts of the Tender exceeding the specified word limit. Tenderers should fully inform themselves in relation to all matters arising from the RFT, including all matters regarding CFA’s requirements for the provision of the Goods and/or Services. Tenderers will be deemed to have made their own enquiries and assessed all risks regarding the RFT, and to have fully incorporated the impact of any unknown risks into their Tender.

6.2 Illegible content, alteration and erasures Incomplete Tenders may be disqualified or evaluated solely on the information contained in the Tender. CFA may disregard any content in a Tender that is illegible and will be under no obligation whatsoever to seek clarification from the Tenderer. CFA may permit a Tenderer to correct an unintentional error in their Tender where that error becomes known or apparent after the Closing Time, but in no event will any correction be permitted if CFA reasonably considers that the correction would materially alter the substance of the Tenderer’s Response.

6.3 Obligation to notify errors If, after a Tenderer’s Response has been submitted, the Tenderer becomes aware of an error in the Tenderer’s Response (including an error in pricing, but excluding clerical errors which would have no bearing on the evaluation of the Tender) the Tenderer must promptly notify CFA of such error.

6.4 Preparation of Tenders CFA will not be responsible for, nor pay for, any expense or loss that may be incurred by Tenderers in the preparation of their Tenders.

6.5 Disclosure of Tender contents and Tender information Tenders will be treated as confidential by CFA. CFA will not disclose Tender contents and Tender information, except: (a) as required by law (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as required

under the Freedom of Information Act 1982 (Vic) (FOI Act)); (b) for the purpose of investigations by the Australian Competition and

Consumer Commission or other government authorities having relevant jurisdiction;

(c) to external consultants and advisers of CFA engaged to assist with the Tendering Process; or


(d) general information from Tenderers required to be disclosed by government policy.

6.6 Use of Tenders Upon submission in accordance with the requirements of section 5 of this Part A and item 5 of the Reference Schedule, all Tenders become the property of CFA. Tenderers will retain all ownership rights in any intellectual property contained in the Tender. The submission of a Tender does not transfer to CFA any ownership interest in the Tenderer’s intellectual property rights, or give CFA any rights in relation to the Tender, expect as expressly set out below. Each Tenderer, by submission of their Tender, is deemed to have licensed CFA to reproduce the whole, or any portion, of their Tender for the purposes of enabling CFA or other emergency services organisations to evaluate the Tender. Further, in submitting a Tender, the Tenderer accepts that CFA may, in accordance with the requirements of applicable Victorian Government policy, publish (on the internet or otherwise): (a) the name of the successful or recommended Tenderer(s); (b) the value of the successful Tender; and (c) the provisions of the contract generally.

6.7 Period of validity All Tenders must remain valid for a minimum of 120 days from the Closing Time. The period of validity of a Tender may be extended by mutual agreement between CFA and the Tenderer.

6.8 Status of Tender (a) Each Tender constitutes an irrevocable offer by the Tenderer to CFA to

provide the Goods and/or Services required under, and otherwise to satisfy the requirements of, the Specification (Part B of this RFT) on the terms and conditions of the Proposed Contract (subject to the Statement of Compliance contained in Part D of this RFT).

(b) A Tender must not be conditional on: (i) board approval of the Tenderer or any related body corporate of

the Tenderer being obtained; (ii) the Tenderer conducting due diligence or any other form of enquiry

or investigation; (iii) the Tenderer (or any other party) obtaining any regulatory approval

or consent; (iv) the Tenderer obtaining the consent or approval of any third party;

or (v) the Tenderer stating that it wishes to discuss or negotiate any

commercial terms of the contract.


CFA may, in its absolute discretion, disregard any Tender that is, or is stated to be, subject to any one or more of the conditions detailed above.

(c) CFA reserves the right to accept a Tender in part or in whole or to negotiate with a Tenderer in accordance with section 8.3 of this Part A.

6.9 Samples (a) When requested by CFA, Tenderers must deliver to CFA up to ten (10)

working samples of each of the Goods except only one (1) working sample is required to be delivered for the transportable repeater.

(b) Tenderers must deliver the abovementioned working samples of the Goods within three (3) business days of the request by CFA.

(c) CFA anticipates making requests for working samples of Goods to some or all of the Tenderers within three (3) to five (5) business days of Closing Time.

(d) The Tenderers must be prepare the working samples of the Goods for testing as set out in Attachment B to Part A of this RFT..

(e) In the event that a Tenderer is requested to deliver samples pursuant to this section 6.9 then the samples are to delivered between the hours of 8.00 am and 4.30 pm Monday to Friday to the Technology Services Centre of CFA at 88 Rushdale Street, Knoxfield. Please contact the personnel at Reception at the location of lodgement on 9763 1133. These personnel will: (i) take delivery of the samples; (ii) issue receipts for the samples; and (iii) store the samples in a secure location.

(f) Except as specified in paragraph (g), CFA will not be responsible for, nor pay for the price, costs or expenses that may be incurred by Tenderers complying with this section 6.9.

(g) Tenderers must designate one sample Portable Radio as a Retained Sample, which will undergo testing that may involve damage being permanently sustained. CFA will purchase the Retained Samples from each Tenderer and will not return the Retained Samples to the Tenderer.

(h) Tenderers must ensure that the samples are programmed prior to delivery to CFA with the configuration data and test channels specified in Attachment B to Part A of this RFT.

(i) The Tenderers must supply one user handbook for each product type with the samples and must comply with any reasonable requests for information made by CFA in relation to the setting up of the samples for testing.

(j) The hardware and software comprising the samples submitted by the Tenderer as part of the tender evaluation will be production versions. Engineering or developmental prototypes are not acceptable. The


Tenderer may be permitted by CFA, to submit such prototype samples where the Tenderer can demonstrate that the sample offered is equivalent to standard production units in both performance and construction.

7 Compliance with Specification and Proposed Contract

7.1 Compliance with Specification Under Part D of this RFT a Tenderer must submit a tabulated statement showing, in order of the relevant clauses, its level of compliance with the Specification contained in Part B of this RFT. In particular, Tenderers must state whether they will comply, or will not comply with the Specification, or will only comply with the Specification subject to conditions. Full details of the non-compliance (including the nature and extent of the non-compliance and any reasons for such non-compliance) must be stated in the space provided in the tabulated statement contained in section 2 of Part D. CFA is prepared to contemplate minor variations or departures from the Specifications proposed by Tenderers. However, Tenderers should note that significant or substantive variations or departures from the Specifications will not be viewed favourably unless the Tenderer is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of CFA the necessity for such variations or departures. Failure to notify CFA of any compliance or non-compliance may result in a Tenderer’s Response being disregarded. For the purposes of this section 7.1: (a) Complies means that in all respects the Tenderer’s Response meets or

otherwise satisfies all specified outputs, characteristics or standards. (b) Will comply subject to conditions means that the specified outputs,

characteristic or performance standard can only be met by the Tenderer subject to certain conditions. Where this is the case and the Tenderer is prepared to make good on the outputs, characteristics or performance standards, the Tenderer shall state or describe the manner in which the non-compliance is to be made good.

(c) Will not comply means that the specified outputs, characteristic or performance standard is not met by the Tenderer’s Response. Full details of the non-compliance must be stated.

7.2 Compliance with the Proposed Contract Under Part D of this RFT, a Tenderer must also submit a tabulated statement, with numbering corresponding to the relevant clauses, detailing its level of compliance with the Proposed Contract contained in Part C of this RFT.


In particular, Tenderers must state whether they will comply with the Proposed Contract, or will not comply with the Proposed Contract, or will only comply with the Proposed Contract subject to conditions. Full details of the non-compliance (including the nature and extent of the non-compliance and any reasons for such non-compliance) must be stated in the space provided in the tabulated statement contained in section 11 of Part D, together with any proposed amendments that would render the contractual provision acceptable to the Tenderer. CFA is prepared to contemplate minor variations or departures from the Proposed Contract proposed by Tenderers. However, Tenderers should note that significant or substantive variations or departures will not be viewed favourably unless the Tenderer is able to demonstrate the necessity for such variations or departures. Failure to notify CFA of any compliance or non-compliance may result in a Tenderer’s Response being disregarded. For the purposes of this section 7.2: (a) Complies means that the Tenderer accepts the contractual provision in

every respect (including the wording of the provision). (b) Will comply subject to conditions means that the Tenderer will comply

with the relevant contractual provision subject to certain specified conditions. Those conditions must be stated in full.

(c) Will not comply means that the Tenderer does not accept the contractual provision.

7.3 General Indefinite responses such as “noted”, “to be discussed” or “to be negotiated” are not acceptable. Where the Tenderer is unwilling to accept a specified condition, the non-acceptance must be clearly and expressly stated. Prominence must be given to the statement detailing the non-acceptance. It is not sufficient that the statement appear only as part of an attachment to the Tender, or be included in a general statement of the Tenderer’s usual operating conditions. An incomplete Tender may be disqualified or assessed solely on the information received with the Tender.

7.4 Alternative Tender A Tenderer may submit an alternative proposal. An alternative proposal will be accepted only if: (a) the Tenderer also provides a conforming Tenderer’s Response; and (b) the alternative proposal is clearly identified as an “Alternative Tender”. An Alternative Tender may:


(a) not comply with the Specifications for the relevant Goods or Services due to inherent design or capability in the operation of the Goods or Services; or

(b) provide the Goods or Services in a manner different to that specified in Part B of the RFT.

Tenderers are encouraged to offer options or solutions which may, in an innovative way, contribute to CFA’s ability to carry out its business in a more cost-effective manner. These may be related to: (a) the outputs, functional, performance and technical aspects of the

requirement; or (b) opportunities for more advantageous commercial arrangements. Any such options or solutions will be considered by CFA on a “commercial in confidence” basis if so requested by the Tenderer. Where a Tenderer submits an offer which meets the requirements of the RFT in an alternative and practical manner, the Tender must also include any supplementary material (including such pricing and costing details as may be necessary to enable CFA to fully assess the financial impact of the alternative proposal), which demonstrates in detail that such an alternative will fully achieve and/or exceed all the specified requirements, together with references as to why the additional features may be advantageous. CFA reserves the right to consider such offers on their merits or not to consider them at all.

8 Evaluation of Tenders 8.1 Evaluation process

Following the Closing Time, CFA intends to evaluate the offers for the Goods in the Tenders received. Following the initial evaluation process, CFA may give notice to Tenderers that it wishes to: (a) shortlist one or more Tenderers to proceed to further negotiations; (b) commence or continue negotiations with all Tenderers without

shortlisting any Tenderers; or (c) accept one or more of the Tenders. Unless the Evaluation Criteria explicitly require, CFA may, but is not in any way bound to, shortlist, to select any Tenderer as successful, or to accept the Tender offering the lowest price. CFA expects to include a shortlisting stage in its evaluation process, however, CFA is not, at any time, required to notify Tenderers or any other person or organisation interested in submitting a Tender.


CFA has a preference for only two (2) short-listed Tenderers for each product, but reserve the right to short list more than two (2) Tenderers. A Tenderer’s Response will not be deemed to be unsuccessful until such time as the Tenderer is formally notified of that fact by CFA. The commencement of negotiations by CFA with one or more other Tenderers is not to be taken as an indication that any particular Tenderer’s Response has not been successful.

8.2 Clarification of Tender If, in the opinion of CFA, a Tender is unclear in any respect, CFA may seek clarification from the Tenderer. Failure to supply clarification to the satisfaction of CFA may render the Tender liable to disqualification. CFA is under no obligation to seek clarification of anything in a Tender and CFA reserves the right to disregard any clarification that CFA considers to be unsolicited or otherwise impermissible in accordance with the rules set out in this Part A.

8.3 Negotiation and presentation CFA may at any stage of the evaluation process elect to engage in detailed discussions with any one or more Tenderers, with a view to maximising the benefits of the Tenders submitted. As part of this negotiation process, CFA may request such Tenderer(s) to improve one or more aspects of their Tender, including any technical, financial, corporate or legal components. In its absolute discretion, CFA may invite some or all Tenderers to give a presentation to CFA in relation to their submissions, including (where the RFT relates in whole or in part to Goods), a demonstration of the Goods. CFA is under no obligation to conduct any negotiations with, or to invite any presentations from Tenderers. In addition to presentations and negotiation, CFA may request some or all Tenderers to: (a) conduct a site visit; (b) provide references; (c) make themselves available for panel interviews; and/or (d) present their proposed solution for installation, training or service

requirements.

8.4 Best and final offers Tenderers or, where the Tendering Process involves a shortlisting process, shortlisted Tenderers, may be invited by CFA to submit a best and final offer in relation to all or certain aspects of their respective Tenders. CFA is under no obligation to give Tenderers the opportunity to submit a best and final offer. If CFA chooses to give Tenderers the opportunity to submit a


best and final offer, it is under no obligation to give notification before the Closing Time that such opportunity will be given. Notwithstanding the possibility that CFA may give Tenderers the opportunity to submit a best and final offer, Tenderers should be aware that CFA will, in conducting its evaluation of Tenders, rely on all information (including all representations) contained in such Tenders. Tenderers are therefore encouraged to submit their best and final offers in the first instance. Any one or more Tenderers may be required to submit an executed contract based on the Tender as part of their best and final offer. Unless and until CFA executes such contract, submission of a contract capable of acceptance by CFA does not and will not be taken to give rise to a binding contract (express or implied) between a Tenderer and CFA.

9 Successful Tenders 9.1 No legally binding contract

Selection as a successful Tenderer does not give rise to a contract (express or implied) between the successful Tenderer and CFA for the supply of the Goods or Services. No legal relationship will exist between CFA and a successful Tenderer for the supply of the Goods or Services until such time as a binding contract is executed by them. Successful Tenderers will be required to enter into a contract based on the Proposed Contract (contained in Part C of this RFT).

9.2 Pre-contractual negotiations CFA may, in its absolute discretion, decide not to enter into pre-contractual negotiations with a successful Tenderer. A Tenderer is bound by its Tender (including the Statement of Compliance to the Proposed Contract forming part of the Tenderer’s Response) and, if selected as a successful Tenderer, must enter into a contract on the basis of the Tender without negotiation.

9.3 No obligation to enter into contract CFA is under no obligation to appoint a successful Tenderer or Tenderers (as the case may be), or to enter into a contract with a successful Tenderer or any other person, if it is unable to identify a Tender that complies in all relevant respects with the requirements of CFA, or if to do so would otherwise not be in the public interest. For the avoidance of any doubt, in these circumstances CFA will be free to proceed via any alternative process. CFA may conduct a debriefing session for all Tenderers (successful and unsuccessful). Attendance at such debriefing session is optional.

9.4 Quantities of Goods Any quantities stated in the RFT are indicative for tendering purposes only, unless specifically stated in the RFT. Where quantities are indicative, CFA will


be liable only for the quantity as set out in the contract between CFA and a Successful Tenderer.

10 Ethical Purchasing Policy It is a condition of this Tender that all shortlisted Tenderers may be required to complete an Ethical Employment Statement (RFT Part E) in the timeframe specified by CFA. Tenderers should not submit an Ethical Employment Statement (as set out in Part E of this RFT) unless and until requested to do so by CFA. A Tenderer who does not submit an Ethical Employment Statement when required to do so by CFA may be disqualified from the Tendering Process. Once a Tenderer is offered a contract to which the Ethical Purchasing Policy applies, it must continue to satisfy the ethical employment standard during the period of the contract. Contract conditions will allow CFA to request further ethical employment statements from the Tenderer. The contract will also permit the termination of a contract if a Tenderer does not satisfy its disclosure obligations or maintain the ethical employment standard during the term of the contract.

11 Victorian Industry Participation Policy (a) The Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) seeks to maximise

opportunities for Australian, New Zealand and Victorian suppliers to compete for government business on the basis of best value for money over the life of the goods or services. The VIPP applies to Government procurement activities, construction activities, Major Projects, Major Events, Public Private Partnerships and investment support, business development and community infrastructure grants above the threshold values of $3 million or more in Metropolitan Melbourne and $1 million or more in Regional Victoria. All shortlisted Tenderers, when advised by CFA that they have been shortlisted, must prepare a VIPP Plan that will require the following information: Key VIPP Criteria

Description

Local Value-added Activity

Specify the level of Victorian, Australian and New Zealand value-added activity, expressed as a percentage of the overall bid price

Employment created or retained

Provide details of employment opportunities that will be created or retained in Australia and New Zealand as a result of the contract

Training, Skills Development

Identify the opportunities for increasing the training and skills development of Victorians, Australians and New


and Technology Transfer

Zealanders and any technology transfer that will result from innovation, research and development of technology for the contract

Delivery against the above commitments is to be documented and will be considered in the evaluation process.

Key VIPP Criteria

Description

Implementation process

Provide details of the methods and processes to be adopted in achieving, monitoring and reporting the local content, employment and skills/technology transfer outcomes estimated above

(b) VIPP Plans prepared by shortlisted Tenderers must be certified by the

Industry Capability Network (ICN). Please see below for contact details of the ICN and details of the support services available: Tenderers are advised that the services of the ICN will be available to assist them in implementing the VIPP. ICN provide free services to assist bidders in identifying and developing the above information, including during the tendering process. It is mandatory for shortlisted bidders to obtain certification from the ICN for their VIPP Plan, to demonstrate that a genuine attempt to consider local suppliers has been made. Bidders/tenderers can contact the ICN - (03) 9866 6155; or Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development (DIIRD) - (03) 9651 9451. Further information and templates are available on the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development (DIIRD) website www.diird.vic.gov.au/vipp.

Note to Tenderers: While Tenderers should not submit a VIPP Plan unless and until requested to do so by CFA they are encouraged to engage with the ICN early in the tender preparation process to ensure no undue delays in preparing a VIPP Plan should they be requested to do so. (c) A Tenderer’s VIPP Plan will be used as part of the Tender evaluation

process. If, after evaluation of all criteria, including VIPP commitments, two or more Tenderers are rated equally by the evaluation panel, VIPP shall be used as a tiebreaker with the preferred Tenderer being the one demonstrating superior VIPP commitments. Any post tender reduction in a Tenderer’s VIPP Plan commitments will require further ICN assessment and certification.


(d) The contents of a successful Tenderer’s VIPP Plan may be included in the agreement to be entered into between that Tenderer and CFA. Further, the Tenderer’s VIPP information may be recorded centrally for evaluation of compliance by the ICN. Such information will be made available to departments and agencies of the Victorian Government to be used in assessing other tender proposals for VIPP purposes. Tenderers will be required to submit a post contract report on the achievement of their VIPP Plan commitment.

12 Dumped Goods CFA may suspend or terminate the participation of any Tenderer which is the subject of a dumping investigation of the Australian Customs and Border Protection Service. In the event that the Commonwealth Government imposes dumping duty or cash security deposits, CFA will not accept liability for such charges or any associated charges.

13 Environmental Purchasing Tenderers are encouraged to highlight claims for any environmental benefits associated with their Goods and Services. Such claims must comply with the provisions of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth), and should include reference to recycle content, recyclability, energy efficiency, clean production, emission controls etc. Tenderers should refer to any environmental management standards certification they might have achieved.

14 Tenderer warranties By submitting a Tender, a Tenderer warrants that: (a) in lodging its Tender it did not rely on any express or implied statement,

warranty or representation, whether oral, written, or otherwise made by or on behalf of CFA, its officers, employees, agents or advisers other than any statement, warranty or representation expressly contained in the RFT;

(b) it did not use the improper assistance of CFA employees or information unlawfully obtained from CFA in compiling its Tender;

(c) it has examined this RFT, and any other documents referenced or referred to herein, and any other information made available in writing by CFA to Tenderers for the purposes of submitting a Tender;

(d) it has sought and examined all necessary information which is obtainable by making reasonable enquiries relevant to the risks and other circumstances affecting its Tender;


(e) it has otherwise obtained all information and advice necessary for the preparation of its Tender;

(f) it is responsible for all costs and expenses related to the preparation and lodgement of its Tender, any subsequent negotiation, and any future process connected with or relating to the Tendering Process;

(g) it otherwise accepts and will comply with the rules set out in this Part A of the RFT;

(h) it will provide additional information in a timely manner as requested by CFA to clarify any matters contained in the Tender; and

(i) it is satisfied as to the correctness and sufficiency of its Tender, including, where relevant, Part E and F of this RFT.

15 CFA’s rights Notwithstanding anything else in this RFT, and without limiting its rights at law or otherwise, CFA reserves the right, in its absolute discretion at any time, to: (a) cease to proceed with, or suspend the Tendering Process; (b) alter the structure and/or the timing of the RFT or the Tendering Process; (c) vary or extend any time or date specified in this RFT for all or any

Tenderers or other persons; (d) terminate the participation of any Tenderer or any other person in the

Tendering Process; (e) require additional information or clarification from any Tenderer or any

other person or provide additional information or clarification; (f) negotiate with any one or more Tenderers and allow any Tenderer to

alter its Tender; (g) call for new Tenders; (h) reject any Tender received after the Closing Time; (i) reject any Tender that does not comply with the requirements of this

RFT; or (j) consider and accept or reject any alternative tender.

16 Governing law This RFT and the Tendering Process is governed by the laws applying in the State of Victoria. Each Tenderer must comply with all relevant laws in preparing and lodging its Tender and in taking part in the Tendering Process.


17 Interpretation 17.1 Definitions

In this Request for Tender, unless a contrary intention is apparent:

Closing Time means the time specified as such in item 3 of the Reference Schedule by which Tenders must be received.

Evaluation Criteria means the criteria set out in Attachment A to this Part A of the RFT.

Goods means the goods or other products required by CFA, as specified in Part B of this RFT.

Intellectual Property Rights includes copyright and neighbouring rights, and all proprietary rights in relation to inventions (including patents) registered and unregistered trademarks (including service marks), registered designs, confidential information (including trade secrets and know how) and circuit layouts, and all other proprietary rights resulting from intellectual activity in the industrial, scientific, literary or artistic fields.

Mobile Radios means the Goods which are designed to be installed in a vehicle as specified in Part B of this RFT.

Portable Radios means those Goods which are designed to operate without installation into a vehicle but not being Specialised Radio as specified in Part B of this RFT.

Project Director means the person so designated in item 2 of the Reference Schedule.

Project Sponsor means the person so designated in item 2 of the Reference Schedule.

Proposed Contract means the agreement and any other terms and conditions contained in or referred to in Part C of this RFT.

Reference Schedule means the schedule so designated forming part of Part A of the RFT.

Repeaters means Vehicle-Mounted Repeaters and Transportable Repeaters as specified in Part B of the RFT.

Request For Tender or RFT means this document (comprising each of the parts identified in section 2 of this Part A) and any other documents so designated by CFA.

Retained Sample means one (1) working sample of a Portable Radio designated by the Tenderers pursuant to section 6.9.

Services means the services required by CFA, as specified in this RFT.

Specification means any specification or description of CFA requirements contained in Part B of this RFT.


State means the Crown in right of the State of Victoria.

Statement of Compliance means the statement forming part of a Tender indicating the Tenderer’s compliance with the Specification and the Proposed Contract.

Tender means a document lodged by a Tenderer in response to this RFT containing an offer to provide Goods and/or Services in accordance with this RFT.

Tenderer means a person or organisation that submits a Tender.

Tender Briefing means a meeting (the details of which are specified in item 4 of the Reference Schedule) that may be held by or on behalf of CFA to provide information about the RFT and the Tendering Process.

Tendering Process means the process commenced by the issuing of this Request for Tender and concluding upon formal announcement by CFA of the selection of a successful Tenderer(s) or upon the earlier termination of the process.

Tenders Website means the web site administered by the Victorian Department of Treasury and Finance located at universal resource locator www.tenders.vic.gov.au.

17.2 Instruction In this Request for Tender, unless expressly provided otherwise: (a) a reference to:

(i) “includes” or “including” means includes or including without limitation; and

(ii) “$” or “dollars” is a reference to the lawful currency of the Commonwealth of Australia; and

(b) if a word or phrase is defined its other grammatical forms have corresponding meanings.


Attachment A: Evaluation Criteria In evaluating Tenderer’s Responses, CFA will have regard to: (a) each of the specific evaluation criteria identified in the table below; and (b) the overall value for money proposition presented in the Tenderer’s Response. In this context, “value for money” is a measurement of benefits represented by a Tenderer’s Response, including: (a) technical merit; (b) quality levels; (c) performance standards; and (d) service capabilities. Value for money will be assessed on a ‘whole of life’ basis (including the transitioning-in, the contract term and the transitioning-out phases of the relationship between CFA and a Tenderer), with a view to long-term sustainability of the value for money proposition and with a focus on ensuring that value for money outcomes are promoted and protected following the conclusion of any contract that may result from this RFT. In evaluating the Tenderer’s Responses, CFA may assign a particular weighting to any or all of the criteria specified in the table below. CFA is under no obligation to advise Tenderers of such weightings. However, Tenderers are advised that emphasis in the evaluation will be given to technical merit and service capabilities including compliance with the specification and the draft contract.

Evaluation criteria Professional competence

1.1 Compliance with Requirements - does the offer meet the specification and draft contract.

Commercial

2.1 Capability – demonstration of an appropriate technical, commercial and contractual structure to deliver the project requirements.

2.2 Customer Service – ability to prove information and support for technical and other business areas. Delivery and support time-frames offered.

2.3 Past Performance and current work – relevant experience and current or past work with CFA or other similar organisations for related technical projects.

2.4 Quality system for deliverables – level of quality certification and/or proposed method of meeting quality requirements.

2.5 Innovation - demonstration of the Tenderers capacity to deliver innovative solutions to the requirement and value for money principles.

2.6 Financial viability – financial capability of tenderer to undertake projects of this size and complexity.


2.7 Risk and Insurance – extent to which tenderer meets risk and insurance requirements including those contained in the RFT.

2.8 Conflict of Interest Financial

3. Costings including price, pricing principles and price basis

Ethical Purchasing Policy

4.1 Breaches of industrial instruments and industrial relations legislation 4.2 Breaches of occupational health and safety legislation

4.3 Remedial measures to rectify breaches

4.4 Number of current proceedings or prosecutions

Victorian Industry Participation Policy

5.1 Local Content

5.2 Employment

5.3 Skills and technology transfer


Attachment B: Configuration data and test channels

Radio Tx Freq. Rx Freq.

Channel Bandwid

thChan No. MHz MHz kHz Tx Hz Rx Hz

1 R E G - 2 A 1 161.10000 161.10000 12.500 103.5 103.52 R E G - 2 B 2 161.18750 161.18750 12.500 103.5 103.53 R E G - 2 C 3 161.08750 161.08750 12.500 103.5 103.54 C F A - I M C 4 157.86250 162.46250 12.500 127.3 118.85 C F A - I M C 5 158.40000 163.00000 12.500 127.3 118.86 R E G - 4 A 6 161.11250 161.11250 12.500 107.2 107.27 R E G - 4 B 7 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 107.2 107.28 R E G - 4 C 8 161.08750 161.08750 12.500 107.2 107.29 C F A - I M C 9 160.52500 165.12500 12.500 127.3 118.8

10 C F A - I M C 1 0 157.91250 162.51250 12.500 127.3 118.811 R E G - 5 A 1 1 161.05000 161.05000 12.500 110.9 110.912 R E G - 5 B 1 2 161.01250 161.01250 12.500 110.9 110.913 R E G - 5 C 1 3 161.03750 161.03750 12.500 110.9 110.914 C F A - I M C 1 4 160.50000 165.10000 12.500 127.3 118.815 C F A - I M C 1 5 158.65000 163.25000 12.500 127.3 118.816 R E G - 6 A 1 6 161.18750 161.18750 12.500 114.8 114.817 R E G - 6 B 1 7 161.08750 161.08750 12.500 114.8 114.818 R E G - 6 C 1 8 161.00000 161.00000 12.500 114.8 114.819 C F A - I M C 1 9 158.68750 163.28750 12.500 127.3 118.820 C F A - I M C 2 0 158.02500 162.62500 12.500 127.3 118.821 R E G - 7 V F 2 1 158.23750 163.60000 12.500 162.2 162.222 R E G - 7 A 2 2 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 118.8 118.823 R E G - 7 B 2 3 161.12500 161.12500 12.500 118.8 118.824 R E G - 7 C 2 4 161.01250 161.01250 12.500 118.8 118.825 C F A - I M C 2 5 157.67500 162.27500 12.500 127.3 118.826 C F A - I M C 2 6 158.50000 163.10000 12.500 127.3 118.827 R E G - 8 V F 2 7 158.12500 162.67500 12.500 179.9 179.928 R E G - 8 A V 2 8 158.95000 163.78750 12.500 186.2 186.229 R E G - 8 B 2 9 161.18750 161.18750 12.500 127.3 127.330 R E G - 8 C 3 0 161.07500 161.07500 12.500 127.3 127.331 R E G - 8 D 3 1 161.00000 161.00000 12.500 127.3 127.332 R E G - 8 E 3 2 161.13750 161.13750 12.500 127.3 127.333 C F A - I M C 3 3 157.82500 162.42500 12.500 127.3 118.834 R E G - 9 A 3 4 161.16250 161.16250 12.500 131.8 131.835 R E G - 9 B 3 5 161.06250 161.06250 12.500 131.8 131.836 R E G - 9 C 3 6 161.02500 161.02500 12.500 131.8 131.837 C F A - I M C 3 7 157.96250 162.56250 12.500 127.3 118.838 C F A - I M C 3 8 158.11250 162.71250 12.500 127.3 118.839 R E G - 1 0 A 3 9 161.00000 161.00000 12.500 136.5 136.540 R E G - 1 0 B 4 0 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 136.5 136.5

PR423 Test Channels

CTCSS / NACDisplay

41 R E G - 1 0 C 4 1 161.03750 161.03750 12.500 136.5 136.542 C F A - I M C 4 2 157.72500 162.32500 12.500 127.3 118.843 C F A - I M C 4 3 158.16250 162.76250 12.500 127.3 118.844 R E G - 1 1 A 4 4 161.07500 161.07500 12.500 141.3 141.345 R E G - 1 1 B 4 5 161.02500 161.02500 12.500 141.3 141.346 R E G - 1 1 C 4 6 161.05000 161.05000 12.500 141.3 141.347 C F A - I M C 4 7 158.38750 162.98750 12.500 127.3 118.848 C F A - I M C 4 8 158.41250 163.01250 12.500 127.3 118.849 R E G - 1 2 A 4 9 161.01250 161.01250 12.500 146.2 146.250 R E G - 1 2 B 5 0 161.22500 161.22500 12.500 146.2 146.251 R E G - 1 2 C 5 1 161.13750 161.13750 12.500 146.2 146.252 C F A - I M C 5 2 159.47500 164.07500 12.500 127.3 118.853 C F A - I M C 5 3 158.48750 163.08750 12.500 127.3 118.854 R E G - 1 3 V F 5 4 158.92500 163.52500 12.500 173.8 173.855 R E G - 1 3 A 5 5 161.11250 161.11250 12.500 156.7 156.756 R E G - 1 3 B 5 6 161.17500 161.17500 12.500 156.7 156.757 R E G - 1 3 C 5 7 161.20000 161.20000 12.500 156.7 156.758 R E G - 1 3 D 5 8 161.10000 161.10000 12.500 156.7 156.759 C F A - I M C 5 9 158.56250 163.16250 12.500 127.3 118.860 C F A - I M C 6 0 158.73750 163.33750 12.500 127.3 118.861 R E G - 1 4 V F 6 1 158.17500 162.77500 12.500 167.9 167.962 R E G - 1 4 A 6 2 161.06250 161.06250 12.500 162.2 162.263 R E G - 1 4 B 6 3 161.15000 161.15000 12.500 162.2 162.264 R E G - 1 4 C 6 4 161.05000 161.05000 12.500 162.2 162.265 C F A - I M C 6 5 158.76250 163.36250 12.500 127.3 118.866 C F A - I M C 6 6 158.78750 163.38750 12.500 127.3 118.867 R E G - 1 5 A 6 7 161.02500 161.02500 12.500 167.9 167.968 R E G - 1 5 B 6 8 161.16250 161.16250 12.500 167.9 167.969 R E G - 1 5 C 6 9 161.20000 161.20000 12.500 167.9 167.970 C F A - I M C 7 0 158.80000 163.40000 12.500 127.3 118.871 C F A - I M C 7 1 158.81250 163.41250 12.500 127.3 118.872 R E G - 1 6 A 7 2 161.07500 161.07500 12.500 173.8 173.873 R E G - 1 6 B 7 3 161.13750 161.13750 12.500 173.8 173.874 R E G - 1 6 C 7 4 161.17500 161.17500 12.500 173.8 173.875 C F A - I M C 7 5 158.86250 163.46250 12.500 127.3 118.876 C F A - I M C 7 6 158.90000 163.50000 12.500 127.3 118.877 R E G - 1 7 A 7 7 161.22500 161.22500 12.500 179.9 179.978 R E G - 1 7 B 7 8 161.15000 161.15000 12.500 179.9 179.979 R E G - 1 7 C 7 9 161.00000 161.00000 12.500 179.9 179.980 C F A - I M C 8 0 159.06250 163.66250 12.500 127.3 118.881 C F A - I M C 8 1 159.12500 163.72500 12.500 127.3 118.882 R E G - 1 8 A 8 2 161.01250 161.01250 12.500 186.2 186.283 R E G - 1 8 B 8 3 161.03750 161.03750 12.500 186.2 186.284 R E G - 1 8 C 8 4 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 186.2 186.285 C F A - I M C 8 5 157.68750 162.28750 12.500 127.3 118.8

86 C F A - I M C 8 6 158.05000 162.65000 12.500 127.3 118.887 R E G - 2 0 A 8 7 161.12500 161.12500 12.500 192.8 192.888 R E G - 2 0 B 8 8 161.05000 161.05000 12.500 192.8 192.889 R E G - 2 0 C 8 9 161.02500 161.02500 12.500 192.8 192.890 C F A - I M C 9 0 158.66250 163.26250 12.500 127.3 118.891 C F A - I M C 9 1 158.75000 163.35000 12.500 127.3 118.892 R E G - 2 2 A 9 2 161.15000 161.15000 12.500 203.5 203.593 R E G - 2 2 B 9 3 161.03750 161.03750 12.500 203.5 203.594 R E G - 2 2 C 9 4 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 203.5 203.595 C F A - I M C 9 5 158.26250 162.86250 12.500 127.3 118.896 C F A - I M C 9 6 160.56250 165.16250 12.500 127.3 118.897 R E G - 2 3 A 9 7 161.05000 161.05000 12.500 210.7 210.798 R E G - 2 3 B 9 8 161.18750 161.18750 12.500 210.7 210.799 R E G - 2 3 C 9 9 161.07500 161.07500 12.500 210.7 210.7

100 C F A - I M C 1 0 0 159.65000 164.25000 12.500 127.3 118.8101 C F A - I M C 1 0 1 158.61250 163.21250 12.500 127.3 118.8102 R E G - 2 4 A 1 0 2 161.12500 161.12500 12.500 218.1 218.1103 R E G - 2 4 B 1 0 3 161.01250 161.01250 12.500 218.1 218.1104 R E G - 2 4 C 1 0 4 161.08750 161.08750 12.500 218.1 218.1105 C F A - I M C 1 0 5 157.47500 162.07500 12.500 127.3 118.8106 C F A - I M C 1 0 6 158.83750 163.43750 12.500 127.3 118.8107 A I R C R A F T 1 0 7 161.21250 161.21250 12.500 Nil Nil108 B O R D E R - 1 1 0 8 161.17500 161.17500 12.500 Nil Nil109 B O R D E R - 2 1 0 9 161.20000 161.20000 12.500 Nil Nil110 M F E S B 1 1 0 161.40000 161.40000 12.500 94.8 94.8111 D S E - P P 1 1 1 1 161.26250 161.26250 12.500 107.2 107.2112 D S E - P P 2 1 1 2 161.37500 161.37500 12.500 107.2 107.2113 D S E - P P 3 1 1 3 161.38750 161.38750 12.500 107.2 107.2114 D S E - N W 1 1 1 4 161.27500 161.27500 12.500 114.8 114.8115 D S E - N W 2 1 1 5 161.38750 161.38750 12.500 114.8 114.8116 D S E - N W 3 1 1 6 161.28750 161.28750 12.500 114.8 114.8117 D S E - S W 1 1 1 7 161.37500 161.37500 12.500 123.0 123.0118 D S E - S W 2 1 1 8 161.28750 161.28750 12.500 123.0 123.0119 D S E - S W 3 1 1 9 161.27500 161.27500 12.500 123.0 123.0120 D S E - N E 1 1 2 0 161.38750 161.38750 12.500 131.8 131.8121 D S E - N E 2 1 2 1 161.26250 161.26250 12.500 131.8 131.8122 D S E - N E 3 1 2 2 161.37500 161.37500 12.500 131.8 131.8123 D S E - G P 1 1 2 3 161.28750 161.28750 12.500 141.3 141.3124 D S E - G P 2 1 2 4 161.37500 161.37500 12.500 141.3 141.3125 D S E - G P 3 1 2 5 161.27500 161.27500 12.500 141.3 141.3126 D S E - R P 1 1 2 6 157.61250 162.21250 12.500 210.7 210.7127 D S E - R P 2 1 2 7 157.61250 162.21250 12.500 151.4 151.4128 D S E - T A 1 1 2 8 162.21250 162.21250 12.500 Nil Nil129 D S E - R P 3 1 2 9 157.57500 162.17500 12.500 210.7 210.7130 D S E - R P 4 1 3 0 157.57500 162.17500 12.500 151.4 151.4

131 D S E - T A 2 1 3 1 162.17500 162.17500 12.500 Nil Nil132 D S E - R P 5 1 3 2 157.46250 162.06250 12.500 210.7 210.7133 D S E - R P 6 1 3 3 157.46250 162.06250 12.500 151.4 151.4134 D S E - T A 3 1 3 4 162.06250 162.06250 12.500 Nil Nil135 D S E - R P 7 1 3 5 157.87500 162.47500 12.500 210.7 210.7136 D S E - R P 8 1 3 6 157.87500 162.47500 12.500 151.4 151.4137 D S E - T A 4 1 3 7 162.47500 162.47500 12.500 Nil Nil138 D S E - I C 1 3 8139 D S E - I C 1 3 9140 D S E - I C 1 4 0 159.53750 164.13750 12.500 151.4 141.3141 D S E - I C 1 4 1 159.73125 164.33125 12.500 151.4 141.3142 D S E - I C 1 4 2 159.46250 164.06250 12.500 151.4 141.3143 D S E - I C 1 4 3 159.76875 164.36875 12.500 151.4 141.3144 D S E - I C 1 4 4 159.59375 164.19375 12.500 151.4 141.3145 D S E - I C 1 4 5 159.99375 164.59375 12.500 151.4 141.3146 D S E - I C 1 4 6 160.04375 164.64375 12.500 156.7 146.2147 D S E - I C 1 4 7 159.55625 164.15625 12.500 151.4 141.3148 D S E - I C 1 4 8 159.93125 164.53125 12.500 151.4 141.3149 D S E - I C 1 4 9 159.71875 164.31875 12.500 151.4 141.3150 D S E - I C 1 5 0 159.49375 164.09375 12.500 151.4 141.3151 D S E - I C 1 5 1 158.58750 163.18750 12.500 151.4 141.3152 D S E - I C 1 5 2 159.96875 164.56875 12.500 151.4 141.3153 D S E - I C 1 5 3 158.47500 163.07500 12.500 151.4 141.3154 D S E - I C 1 5 4 158.46250 163.06250 12.500 151.4 141.3155 D S E - I C 1 5 5 158.21250 162.81250 12.500 156.7 146.2156 D S E - I C 1 5 6 158.42500 163.02500 12.500 151.4 141.3157 D S E - I C 1 5 7 159.02500 163.62500 12.500 151.4 141.3158 D S E - I C 1 5 8 159.58125 164.18125 12.500 156.7 146.2159 D S E - I C 1 5 9 158.58750 163.18750 12.500 156.7 146.2160 D S E - I C 1 6 0 159.85625 164.45625 12.500 156.7 146.2161 D S E - I C 1 6 1 159.18750 163.78750 12.500 151.4 141.3162 D S E - I C 1 6 2 159.60625 164.20625 12.500 151.4 141.3163 D S E - I C 1 6 3 160.06875 164.66875 12.500 151.4 141.3164 D S E - I C 1 6 4 158.42500 163.02500 12.500 156.7 146.2165 D S E - I C 1 6 5 160.01875 164.61875 12.500 151.4 141.3166 D S E - I C 1 6 6 159.58125 164.18125 12.500 151.4 141.3167 D S E - I C 1 6 7 158.21250 162.81250 12.500 151.4 141.3168 D S E - I C 1 6 8 159.79375 164.39375 12.500 151.4 141.3169 D S E - I C 1 6 9 159.94375 164.54375 12.500 151.4 141.3170 D S E - I C 1 7 0 159.63125 164.23125 12.500 151.4 141.3171 D S E - I C 1 7 1 159.85625 164.45625 12.500 151.4 141.3172 D S E - I C 1 7 2 159.83125 164.43125 12.500 151.4 141.3173 D S E - I C 1 7 3 159.81875 164.41875 12.500 151.4 141.3174 D S E - I C 1 7 4 160.04375 164.64375 12.500 151.4 141.3175 D S E - I C 1 7 5 160.09375 164.69375 12.500 151.4 141.3

176 D S E - I C 1 7 6 159.66875 164.26875 12.500 151.4 141.3177 D S E - I C 1 7 7 159.88125 164.48125 12.500 151.4 141.3178 D S E - I C 1 7 8 159.74375 164.34375 12.500 151.4 141.3179 D S E - I C 1 7 9 159.95625 164.55625 12.500 151.4 141.3180 D S E - I C 1 8 0 160.09375 164.69375 12.500 156.7 146.2181 D S E - I C 1 8 1 160.03125 164.63125 12.500 151.4 141.3182 D S E - I C 1 8 2 159.86875 164.46875 12.500 151.4 141.3183 D S E - I C 1 8 3 160.06875 164.66875 12.500 156.7 146.2184 D S E - I C 1 8 4 160.08125 164.68125 12.500 151.4 141.3185 D S E - I C 1 8 5 159.99375 164.59375 12.500 156.7 146.2186 D S E - I C 1 8 6 159.79375 164.39375 12.500 156.7 146.2187 D S E - I C 1 8 7 160.00625 164.60625 12.500 151.4 141.3188 D S E - I C 1 8 8 159.56875 164.16875 12.500 151.4 141.3189 D S E - I C 1 8 9 159.80625 164.40625 12.500 151.4 141.3190 D S E - I C 1 9 0 159.61875 164.21875 12.500 151.4 141.3191 D S E - I C 1 9 1 159.84375 164.44375 12.500 151.4 141.3192 D S E - I C 1 9 2 160.05625 164.65625 12.500 151.4 141.3193 C F S - C H 2 1 9 3 163.12000 163.12000 25.000 Nil Nil194 C F S - C H 7 1 9 4 163.09000 163.09000 25.000 Nil Nil195 C F S - C H 1 0 1 9 5 163.06000 163.06000 25.000 Nil Nil196 C F S - C H 1 8 1 9 6 163.51000 163.51000 25.000 Nil Nil197 C F S - C H 1 1 1 9 7 163.36000 163.36000 25.000 Nil Nil198 C F S - C H 5 1 9 8 163.21000 163.21000 25.000 Nil Nil199 P a g . 2 1 2 5 1 9 9 Nil 148.21250 25.000 Nil Nil200 P a g . 7 1 2 5 2 0 0 Nil 148.71250 25.000 Nil Nil201 D I S P - 1 2 0 1 157.92500 162.52500 12.500 127.3 118.8202 D I S P - 2 2 0 2 159.08750 163.68750 12.500 127.3 118.8203 D I S P - 3 2 0 3 158.67500 163.27500 12.500 127.3 118.8204 D I S P - 4 2 0 4 158.67500 163.27500 12.500 114.8 107.2205 D I S P - 5 2 0 5 158.67500 163.27500 12.500 110.9 103.5206 D I S P - 6 2 0 6 157.77500 162.37500 12.500 127.3 118.8207 C F A - I M C 2 0 7 157.95000 162.55000 12.500 127.3 118.8208 C F A - I M C 2 0 8 158.37500 162.97500 12.500 127.3 118.8209 C F A - I M C 2 0 9 158.13750 162.73750 12.500 127.3 118.8210 C F A - I M C 2 1 0 157.62500 162.22500 12.500 127.3 118.8211 C F A - I M C 2 1 1 157.65000 162.25000 12.500 127.3 118.8212 C F S - C H 3 2 1 2 163.24000 163.24000 25.000 Nil Nil213 C F S - C H 1 2 2 1 3 163.07500 163.07500 25.000 Nil Nil214 C F S - C H 1 3 2 1 4 163.16500 163.16500 25.000 Nil Nil215 C F S - C H 1 6 2 1 5 163.57000 163.57000 25.000 Nil Nil216 C F S - C H 1 7 2 1 6 163.40500 163.40500 25.000 Nil Nil217 C F S - C H 1 9 2 1 7 163.52500 163.52500 25.000 Nil Nil218 C F A - R P T 1 2 1 8 157.60000 162.20000 12.500 131.8 131.8219 C F A - R P T 2 2 1 9 157.93750 162.53750 12.500 118.8 118.8220 C F A - R P T 3 2 2 0 157.66250 162.26250 12.500 123.0 123.0

221 C F A - R P T 4 2 2 1 158.57500 163.17500 12.500 131.8 131.8222 C F A - R P T 5 2 2 2 157.60000 162.20000 12.500 118.8 118.8223 C F A - R P T 6 2 2 3 157.93750 162.53750 12.500 131.8 131.8224 C F A - R P T 7 2 2 4 157.66250 162.26250 12.500 118.8 118.8225 C F A - R P T 8 2 2 5 158.57500 163.17500 12.500 118.8 118.8226 C F A - I M C 2 2 6 158.00000 162.60000 12.500 127.3 118.8227 C F A - V M R 2 2 7 153.22500 153.22500 12.500 94.8228 C F A - I B R 2 2 8 157.77500 162.37500 12.500 114.8 107.2229 C F A - I M C 2 2 9 159.00000 163.60000 12.500 162.2 162.2230 C F A - I M C 2 3 0 158.62500 163.22500 12.500 162.2 162.2231 C F A - I M C 2 3 1 158.93750 163.53750 12.500 162.2 162.2232 C F A - I M C 2 3 2 157.80000 162.40000 12.500 162.2 162.2233 C F A - I M C 2 3 3 157.97500 162.57500 12.500 162.2 162.2234 C F A - I M C 2 3 4 158.23750 162.83750 12.500 179.9 162.2235 C F A - I M C 2 3 5 158.07500 162.67500 12.500 179.9 179.9236 C F A - I M C 2 3 6 158.12500 162.72500 12.500 186.2 179.9237 C F A - I M C 2 3 7 157.81250 162.41250 12.500 179.9 179.9238 C F A - I M C 2 3 8 159.18750 163.78750 12.500 186.2 186.2239 C F A - I M C 2 3 9 158.95000 163.55000 12.500 173.8 186.2240 C F A - I M C 2 4 0 158.77500 163.37500 12.500 186.2 186.2241 C F A - I M C 2 4 1 158.92500 163.52500 12.500 167.9 173.8242 C F A - I M C 2 4 2 158.08750 162.68750 12.500 173.8 173.8243 C F A - I M C 2 4 3 158.28750 162.88750 12.500 173.8 173.8244 C F A - I M C 2 4 4 157.63750 162.23750 12.500 173.8 173.8245 C F A - I M C 2 4 5 157.56250 162.16250 12.500 173.8 173.8246 C F A - I M C 2 4 6 158.17500 162.77500 12.500 162.2 167.9247 C F A - I M C 2 4 7 158.60000 163.20000 12.500 167.9 167.9248 C F A - I M C 2 4 8 157.58750 162.18750 12.500 167.9 167.9249 C F A - I M C 2 4 9 158.96250 163.56250 12.500 167.9 167.9250 C F A - V 8 . 0 2 5 0 Nil 148.18750 25.000 Nil Nil251 R E G - 4 A D 2 5 1 161.11250 161.11250 12.500 $57F $57F252 R E G - 1 7 A D 2 5 2 161.22500 161.22500 12.500 $57F $57F253 R E G - 2 2 C D 2 5 3 160.98750 160.98750 12.500 $57F $57F254 C F A - I M C D 2 5 4 157.62500 162.22500 12.500 $57F $57F

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


RFT Part B

61027-SPC-001

Requirements for Radio Equipment

28 August 2009


Contents Page 1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................................ 3

1.1 SCOPE..................................................................................................................................................... 3 1.1.1 Overview of entities ......................................................................................................... 4

1.2 DOCUMENT ORGANISATION.................................................................................................................... 5 1.3 DEFINITION OF STANDARD TERMS .......................................................................................................... 5

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................... 7 2.1 GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................................... 7 2.2 NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS........................................................................................................... 7 2.3 OTHER REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................... 8

3 RADIO REQUIREMENTS......................................................................................................................... 9 3.1 RADIO DEFINITIONS AND INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................ 9

3.1.1 Mobile radio ..................................................................................................................... 9 3.1.2 Portable radio ................................................................................................................ 14 3.1.3 Transportable Repeater................................................................................................. 17 3.1.4 Vehicle Mounted Repeater ............................................................................................ 20

3.2 CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................................................................................... 25 3.2.1 Performance .................................................................................................................. 25 3.2.2 Physical characteristics ................................................................................................. 39 3.2.3 Reliability ....................................................................................................................... 39 3.2.4 Environmental................................................................................................................ 40

3.3 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION................................................................................................................ 42 3.3.1 Design, development and construction ......................................................................... 42 3.3.2 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radiation................................................................. 42 3.3.3 Nameplates and Product Marking ................................................................................. 43 3.3.4 Interchangeability........................................................................................................... 43 3.3.5 Safety............................................................................................................................. 43 3.3.6 Human Engineering....................................................................................................... 44 3.3.7 Software......................................................................................................................... 46

3.4 DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................................ 47 3.4.1 General .......................................................................................................................... 47 3.4.2 Documentation content.................................................................................................. 47

3.5 SUPPORT AND LOGISTICS ..................................................................................................................... 48 3.5.1 Maintenance .................................................................................................................. 48 3.5.2 Product lifecycle support ............................................................................................... 48

4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS FOR VHF RADIOS ............................................................. 49 4.1 GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................. 49 4.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TEST AND EVALUATION ...................................................................................... 49 4.3 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 49

4.3.1 Definition of Verification Methods .................................................................................. 49 4.3.2 Verification Methodology ............................................................................................... 49 4.3.3 Production Inspection and Testing ................................................................................ 50

5 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................................. 51 6 VHF MOBILE - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD ............................................................................................................................................................ 53 7 VHF PORTABLE - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD ............................................................................................................................................................ 57 8 VHF TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD .............................................................................................................. 61 9 VHF VEHICLE-MOUNTED REPEATER - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD .............................................................................................................. 65


1 INTRODUCTION This document specifies the products that are required to be delivered by the successful tenderer. The main categories of products are: • Mobile Radio (including mobiles with remote heads); • Portable (handheld) Radio (including intrinsically safe units); • Transportable Repeater; and • Vehicle-Mounted Repeater. Other products required under this Specification are (as applicable to the product): • vehicle-mounted loudspeakers (cabin and external); • hand-held microphones; • mobile radio headsets; • interconnecting cables (as an inherent part of the radios supplied, e.g.

between a mobile unit and the remote head, microphone or headsets); • battery chargers; • vehicle cabin-mounted holders for portable radios; • installation, configuration and diagnostics software; • user training; • handbooks and other documentation. Items not included in this tender are: • VHF vehicle-mounted antennas; • GPS antennas; • Cables and leads connecting radios to external accessories (vehicle-mounted

antennas, speakers etc.)

1.1 SCOPE The specification is for VHF Land Mobile Radios and associated products to be purchased by CFA. This specification applies to the purchase by CFA of radios to replace its existing fleet of mobile radios and portable radios. These radios have been operating since 1995 and are now approaching the end of their normal service life. This specification is relevant to CFA radio analogue (angle modulated) speech terminals operating in the VHF High Band (148 MHz to 174 MHz) Land Mobile segment, as listed in Table 1.1-1.


Radio type Radio Replacement Project WBS Item

Mobile Radio 1.1

Portable Radio 2.1

Transportable Repeater 5.1

Vehicle-Mounted Repeater 5.2 Table 1.1-1

The radios offered must operate to the APCO P25 digital radio standards in VHF High Band. CFA’s expectation is for the supply of commercial-off-the-shelf equipment, i.e. this is not a development specification. CFA will also seek proposals for the supply of Data Radio terminals for communicating broadband tactical command and control data to and from the field. These data terminals will be the subject of a separate procurement process. The radio types covered by this specification have the potential to handle limited transmission of narrow-band data and this is specified below. The request for tender, of which this specification will form a part, will ask respondents to offer a set of products and associated pricing that meet the Requirements of the specification, to fulfil CFA’s terminal Requirements. CFA intends to verify the tenderer’s compliance with this specification using the verification methodology set out in section 4.

1.1.1 OVERVIEW OF ENTITIES The radios to be purchased are required to be fully compatible with the existing analogue base stations, networks and system infrastructure used by CFA and agencies that CFA interoperates with, particularly DSE. These networks are:

• Conventional simplex base stations; • Conventional repeater base stations; • Conventional simulcast repeater networks based on the Tait Quasi-

synchronous system; • The Conventional Voting network for CFA, operated by Telstra in the

Melbourne outer metropolitan area – CFA Regions 7, 8, 13 and 14. Operation of the radios on the Telstra SMR network (MPT1327) is not a requirement in the radios to be purchased by CFA.

1.1.1.1 MOBILE RADIO

This equipment is mounted in a CFA vehicle, including various types of fire-fighting vehicles and support vehicles. A mobile radio that operates over the full vehicle battery voltage range for 12V and 24V systems is preferred by CFA, as distinct from a mobile that caters only for a 12V system.


1.1.1.2 PORTABLE RADIO This equipment is carried by hand or attached to apparel when not in use. Portable radios are used primarily at incidents for emergency radiocommunications and incident support.

1.1.1.3 TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER This equipment is loaded into a CFA vehicle and transported to a location to provide temporary radiocommunications via a repeater for emergency incidents, where fixed repeater infrastructure cannot be used or is unavailable.

1.1.1.4 VEHICLE-MOUNTED REPEATER This equipment is mounted in a CFA appliance (vehicle) to provide local communications for portable radio terminals at an emergency incident to be extended to a location distant from the incident activity.

1.2 DOCUMENT ORGANISATION This document has been prepared in accordance with the Requirements of MIL-STD-490A for a Type 2 Critical Item Development Specification. Some tailoring of the Standard has been introduced to suit the context of the CFA Radio Replacement Project. Whilst the document structure is based on MIL-STD-490A, the specification generally does not demand military standards, rather the standards that are appropriate for public safety systems. The document organisation reflects the structure outlined in paragraph 1.1 above.

1.3 DEFINITION OF STANDARD TERMS The following definitions are used, and have the meaning outlined below, in relation to the Requirements: Weighting Refers to the level of importance assigned by CFA to a

Requirement. The weighting is expressed as a numerical value from 1 to 6, with 6 being the highest importance level and 1 being the lowest. CFA prefers compliance to all Requirements. The weighting of all Requirements can be found in sections 6 to 9.

Mandatory A Requirement with this weighting for importance means CFA seeks full compliance with this Requirement and no alternative offer or option will be considered. There is no numerical assignment to a Mandatory Requirement. Failure to comply with a Mandatory Requirement will result in disqualification of the particular tender offer for that product from further consideration. Mandatory Requirements are identified in the text for Requirements and in sections 6 to 9.

Radio or radios This term will be used where Requirements apply to all of the radio types or variants (mobile, portable, Transportable Repeater, Vehicle Mounted Repeater) in this specification. Where Requirements are applicable to specific radio types, the term “radio” or “radios” will not be used and the particular radio type will be listed in the Requirement statement.

Channel This term is used to describe an analogue channel (voice), digital channel (voice or low speed data) and voice communications via a voting group.


Intrinsically Safe Describes a radio conforming to a prescribed test condition in which any spark or thermal effect is incapable of being produced and thereby causing ignition of a given explosive or flammable atmosphere.

Degradation from standard (DFS) Means the degradation in performance from the TIA Standard TIA-603-C or the manufacturer’s specification, whichever is the more stringent. This is not the degradation from a measured value.

Where a “Note” is included with the Requirement, this is for information only and is not part of the Requirement which must be satisfied.


2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS 2.1 GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS Radiocommunications (Analogue Speech (Angle Modulated) Equipment) Standard prepared under subsection 162(1) of the Radiocommunications Act 1992. VHF High Band Frequency Band Plan (148 to 174 MHz) 1991, including Variation 2002 (No. 1), published by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.

2.2 NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS AS ISO1000-1998 The international system of units (SI) and its

application AS 1188 - 1990 Radio transmitters and similar equipment – Safe

practices AS 1216-2006 Class labels for dangerous goods AS 1319-1994 Safety signs for the occupational environment AS 1939 Supp 1-1990 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for

electrical equipment (IP Code) – Wall chart 1 – Supplement 1 to AS 1939-1990)

AS 1939 Supp 2-1990 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for electrical equipment (IP Code) – Wall chart 2 – Supplement 2 to AS 1939-1990)

AS 2790-1989 Electricity generating sets – Transportable (up to 25kW)

AS/NZS 3100:2002 Approval and test specification – General requirements for electrical equipment

AS/NZS 3100:2002/Amdt 1:2003 Approval and test specification – General requirements for electrical equipment



AS/NZS 3112:2004 Approval and test specification – Plugs and socket outlets

AS/NZS 3112:2004/Amdt 1:2006 Approval and test specification – Plugs and socket outlets

AS/NZS 4295:2004 Analogue speech (angle modulated) equipment operating in Land Mobile and Fixed Services bands in the frequency range 29.7 MHz to 1 GHz.

AS/NZS 4295:2004/Amdt 1:2006 Analogue speech (angle modulated) equipment operating in Land Mobile and Fixed Services bands in the frequency range 29.7 MHz to 1 GHz.

AS/NZS 4768.1:2006 Digital radio equipment operating in Land Mobile and Fixed Services bands in the frequency range 29.7 MHz to 1 GHz. – Part 1: Radiofrequency requirements


AS/NZS 4768.2:2003 Digital radio equipment operating in Land Mobile and Fixed Services bands in the frequency range 29.7 MHz to 1 GHz. – Part 2: Methods of test (IEC 60489-6:1999, MOD)

AS 60038-2000 Standard voltages

2.3 OTHER REFERENCES Class Number 3610 Factory Mutual Approval Standard for Intrinsically

Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for use in Class I, II and III, Division 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations, January 2007

Directive 2002/95/EC Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 Jan 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment

ETS 300 086 ETSI Standard Radio Equipment and Systems (RES) Land Mobile Group – Technical characteristics and test conditions for radio equipment with an internal or external RF connector intended primarily for analogue speech

NFPA70 National Electric Code 2008 TIA-603-C Land Mobile FM or PM – Communications

Equipment – Measurement and Performance Standards, December 2004

TSB102-A APCO Project 25 – System and Standards Definition, November 1995


3 RADIO REQUIREMENTS 3.1 RADIO DEFINITIONS AND INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS

This section describes the overall function in CFA for various types of VHF radio, the capabilities of each and specifies the Interface Requirements. All radios should:

• operate in the ACMA VHF High Band 148 MHz to 174 MHz; • be able to operate in simplex and half duplex (repeater) mode; • be able to operate with analogue (speech) angle modulation; • be able to operate as a P25 Phase 1 digital radio; • be able to operate with 12.5 kHz channel spacing; • be of a build standard to provide reliable service, at low failure rates, for a

typical life of ten (10) years minimum. • be compatible with existing networks used by the CFA. • have a low speed data capability (e.g. 2400 bits per second).

3.1.1 MOBILE RADIO The primary function of the mobile radio is to provide communications from a CFA vehicle. The mobile radio may be installed in vehicles ranging from:

• fire fighting vehicles; • mobile communications type vehicles especially fitted out with a range of

communications equipment, such as Mobile Communications Vehicles (MCVs), Field Operations Vehicles (FOVs), etc.;

• 4WD vehicles; • general passenger sedans and station wagons.

The mobile radio must have the capability to operate over the full range of conditions encountered in the mobile radio environment and a radio channel capacity for all CFA channels plus those agencies which CFA needs to interoperate with. Two types of mobile radio will be required:

• A single unit, with integrated front panel controls and display; and • A unit with a control head (front panel controls and display), or perhaps

two control heads, where the heads are suitable for mounting in a different location from the main body of the radio, with the main radio body and each control head interconnected by a cable loom. A typical example of this arrangement would be the control head mounted on the dashboard of a vehicle and the main body of the radio mounted under a seat or behind a passenger’s seat.

The interfaces to the mobile radio types are shown in Figures 3.1.1-1 and 3.1.1-2.


The mobile radio offered by tenderers will be required to operate to the Requirements of this specification when connected to these interfaces.

Figure 3.1.1-1 Mobile radio (single unit) interfaces

MOBILE RADIO

Vehicle

cabin

speaker

VHF

antenna

Vehicle

power

supply

Vehicle

cabin

mounting

hardware

Remote

headset

(with PTT)

Remote

microphone

Vehicle

cabin

microphone

Remote

speaker

Data

Terminal

PC

GPS

antenna

Omnitronics

Line

Interface

Equipment

6


Figure 3.1.1-2 Mobile radio (remote head) interfaces

3.1.1.1 MOBILE RADIO INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS (MOBILE INSTALLATION) 3.1.1.1.1 PR10 All electrical interface connections to the mobile radio will be via

connectors for the particular interface. Note: The mobile radio is not to have “fly” leads connected to the body of the radio that cannot be disconnected via a connector.

3.1.1.1.2 PR11 All interface connectors will be locked in position via captive arrangements or screws such that connectors cannot fall off and render the mobile radio inoperable.


3.1.1.1.3 PR12 The mobile radio and the remote mobile radio head (if applicable) will be supplied with mounting brackets, mounting hardware, including bolts, nuts and washers to facilitate the installation in vehicles.

3.1.1.1.4 PR4 The mobile radio will be able to be connected to a loudspeaker mounted in the vehicle cabin via up to 3m of cable. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.1.1.1.5 PR5 The mobile radio will be able to be connected on selection to a remote speaker mounted externally and in a location on the vehicle other than the cabin, not more than 15m from the mobile radio, with both cabin and remote speakers being able to be used concurrently.

3.1.1.1.6 PR6 The mobile radio will be capable of working into a load of 4 ohms or greater presented by a vehicle cabin speaker and a remote speaker both connected to the radio.

3.1.1.1.7 PR7 The cabin and remote loudspeaker will produce a sound pressure level of 87 dB (SPL), measured for a 1 kHz input signal of power 1W RMS continuous at the terminals of the loudspeaker and a distance of 1 metre. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the sound pressure level of loudspeakers offered, measured under the conditions described above.

3.1.1.1.8 PR8 The cabin and remote loudspeaker will exhibit a Total Harmonic Distortion of 2% or less over the frequency range 300 Hz to 3 kHz and dynamic range of the loudspeakers. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the THD of the loudspeaker offered, over the 300 Hz to 3 kHz frequency range, at 4 dBu audio voltage level.

3.1.1.1.9 PR9 The cabin and remote speakers will be rated at 20W RMS input continuously for a 1 kHz signal.

3.1.1.1.10 PR13 The audio level (volume) to the cabin and remote speaker will be able to be adjusted up to the maximum capability of the mobile radio.

3.1.1.1.11 PR14 The mobile radio will route the demodulated receiver audio via an interface that is fixed in audio level, is muted when the mobile receiver is muted, including under CTCSS control, and is not varied in level by the volume control. Note: This interface may be implemented as part of section 3.1.1.1.26.

3.1.1.1.12 PR15 The mobile radio will have a BNC female connector to enable a VHF (Land Mobile Service) antenna to be connected via coaxial cable. Note: VHF antennas are not required to be supplied in this specification. The VHF antenna may be vehicle mounted, a magnetic base antenna or a base station antenna.

3.1.1.1.13 PR16 The mobile radio VHF antenna interface will work into a load presented by the antenna and associated feeder cable of 50 ohms nominal, with an antenna VSWR less than 1.5:1 (Return Loss greater than 14dB) in any 5 MHz bandwidth over the frequency range 148 MHz to 174 MHz, with a feeder cable loss of less than 1.5 dB.

3.1.1.1.14 PR17 The mobile radio will have a non-proprietary RF connector to enable a vehicle mounted GPS antenna to be connected via coaxial cable. Note 1: The tenderer is requested to indicate the connector type offered. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to recommend a GPS antenna suitable for connection to the mobile radio GPS antenna interface.

3.1.1.1.15 PR21 The vehicle battery will be the power source for the mobile radio with a nominal voltage of 12V DC and, excluding surge current conditions, a range of voltage at the mobile radio power connector of 10.8V to 15.6V.


3.1.1.1.16 PR22 A mobile radio which operates over the full battery voltage range of section 3.1.1.1.15 and a voltage range at the mobile radio power connector of 21.6V to 31.2V (excluding surge current conditions) will be preferred by CFA.

3.1.1.1.17 PR27 The mobile radio will not be damaged in the event the DC input is connected with reverse DC polarity.

3.1.1.1.18 PR26 The mobile radio connector for accepting DC power for the mobile radio will be of a type such that the matching DC cable connector cannot easily cause a short circuit of the vehicle power supply when the DC cable is not connected to the mobile radio and makes contact with another part of the vehicle. Note: An example of a suitable connector for the DC power cable would be a female connector with the inner carrying the DC power and the outer shrouding the inner to provide protection against the inadvertent shorting of the inner to a conducting surface in the vehicle.

3.1.1.1.19 PR30 The mobile radio will be supplied with a compatible microphone with PTT, connected to the radio with the cable which, when fully extended and without causing damage to the cable and the connection to the radio, is not less than 3m in length.

3.1.1.1.20 PR319 The mobile radio microphone cable will preferably be less than 0.8m in length when the cable is not extended or under tension.

3.1.1.1.21 PR31 The mobile radio will be able to be connected to a remote compatible microphone to be operated in a location near or adjacent to the vehicle other than the cabin, not more than 15m from the mobile radio Note: CFA may operate a microphone external to and from the rear of a vehicle, perhaps using the wiring of the vehicle or a wireless connection.

3.1.1.1.22 PR28 The mobile radio will be able to be connected to a remote compatible headset with PTT, used in a location near or adjacent to the vehicle, other than the cabin, not more than 40m from the mobile radio. Note: This connection may be a wireless connection.

3.1.1.1.23 PR33 The mobile radio will have a P25 compliant interface to allow data transmission. Where the mobile radio is operating in P25 digital radio mode, the Data Peripheral Interface will be as defined in the APCO Project 25 systems standards. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: The P25 system standards are detailed in TIA/EIA document TSB102-A. Note 2: This interface may be shared with the PC interface as described in section 3.1.1.1.24.

3.1.1.1.24 PR34 The mobile radio will be able to be connected to a personal computer via an interface to enable, as a minimum: a. the mobile radio channels to be configured, including transmit and receive frequencies, channel spacing, CTCSS frequencies for transmit and receive and the alphanumeric characters for channel identification on the mobile radio’s display; b. the installation of software changes; and c. the diagnostics for fault identification to be accessed. Note 1: This is not meant to preclude accessing some level of diagnostics visible from the display of the mobile radio should this capability exist. Note 2: The tenderer should state the type of interface offered. Note 3: This interface may be shared with the P25 data interface as described in section 3.1.1.1.23

3.1.1.1.25 PR35 The mobile radio may provide an interface with a signal from which the

received signal level can be directly measured or derived.


3.1.1.1.26 PR36 The mobile radio will be able to be connected to Omnitronics Line

Interface equipment, types 925LKI/FR and 935LRI, with six interface connections as follows: a. Rx audio out of the radio – unbalanced, 245 mV RMS into 4.7 kilohms impedance for 60% deviation; b. Tx audio into the radio – unbalanced, minimum of 245 mV RMS, from a source impedance of 1 kilohms to produce 60% deviation; c. Mute signal – link selectable, high or low, 3 ±0.5 volt switching threshold, 4.7 kilohms loading; d. PTT signal – selectable from high or low going open collector transistors, interface has a100 mA limit source or sink; e. Mobile radio battery supply voltage, (12 to 13.8 VDC) with an output capability of at least 250 mA; and f. Common ground for radio. Note: Tenderers are requested to provide electrical characteristics of the interface(s) offered.

3.1.2 PORTABLE RADIO The primary function of the portable radio is to provide communications from a handheld radio where portability is required or a mobile radio is not accessible. The portable radio may be used in a wide range of situations, such as:

• for fire fighting staff at emergency incidents outdoors; • for fire fighting staff at emergency incidents indoors, including large

buildings such as shopping centres, hospitals, factories and the like; • other situations where the physical size and portability of the radio makes

this equipment an appropriate solution to the communications requirement.

The portable radio must have the capability to operate over the full range of conditions encountered by CFA, particularly the ability to survive heavy knocks, firm handling over the entire body of the radio, high levels of vibration, heat, dust, smoke and wet conditions. For certain types of emergency scenes, such as at petrochemical plants, an intrinsically safe version of the portable radio is required. The interfaces to the portable radio are shown in Figure 3.1.2-1. The most frequently used interface will be for charging the internal batteries of the portable radio. However, the other interfaces will provide useful or enhanced functionality in particular situations.


Figure 3.1.2-1 Portable radio interfaces

3.1.2.1 PORTABLE RADIO INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS 3.1.2.1.1 PR40 All electrical interface connections to the portable radio will be via

connectors appropriate for the particular interface. 3.1.2.1.2 PR41 The portable radio will be able to be connected to an external VHF (Land

Mobile Service) antenna mounted away from the radio by removing the portable radio antenna and connecting the external antenna via a BNC adapter attached to a length of coaxial cable. Note: The external VHF antenna may be mounted on a vehicle or tower or mast. The use of an external antenna would be to improve the transmission to and from the portable radio by using a more efficient radiating system.

3.1.2.1.3 PR42 The external VHF antenna and associated coaxial feeder cable will present a load to the portable radio of 50 ohms nominal with a VSWR less than 1.5:1 (Return Loss greater than 14 dB) in any 5 MHz bandwidth over the frequency range 153 MHz to 166 MHz, with a feeder cable loss of less than 3 dB.


3.1.2.1.4 PR44 The portable radio batteries will be able to be charged from a fixed battery charger powered from 230V AC (nominal) source as described in AS60038-2000. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.1.2.1.5 PR45 The portable radio batteries will be able to be charged from a battery charger installed in a CFA vehicle with a nominal voltage of 12V DC with a range of voltage at the battery charger power connector of 10.8V to 15.6V.

3.1.2.1.6 PR46 A portable radio battery charger which operates over the full battery voltage range of section 3.1.2.1.5 and a voltage range at the vehicle power connector of 21.6V to 31.2V will be preferred by CFA.

3.1.2.1.7 PR47 Where the portable radio has exposed metal connectors for battery charging purposes that mate with connectors in a portable radio battery charger, short circuiting of the portable radio exposed metal connectors will not damage the portable radio battery or cause a fault in the portable radio when the short circuit is removed.

3.1.2.1.8 PR48 The battery charger installed in a CFA vehicle for portable radios will retain the radio in a safe manner such that the radio cannot be ejected from the charger during movement of the vehicle over rough surfaces and acceleration/deceleration.

3.1.2.1.9 PR49 The battery charger installed in a CFA vehicle for portable radios will maintain the charging process during movement of the vehicle over rough surfaces and acceleration/deceleration.

3.1.2.1.10 PR50 The portable will be offered with a cabin mounted holder which ensures the radio cannot be ejected from the holder during movement of the vehicle over rough surfaces and acceleration/deceleration.

3.1.2.1.11 PR51 The portable radio will be supplied with a compatible microphone with PTT, connected to the radio via a cable connection of not less than 2.2m length, when the cable fully extended and without causing damage to the cable and the connection to the radio.

3.1.2.1.12 PR320 The portable radio microphone cable preferably will be less than 0.7m length with the cable not extended or under tension.

3.1.2.1.13 PR52 The portable radio will be able to be connected to: a. a headset with PTT via a cable or wireless connection; and b. a microphone with an inbuilt loudspeaker; and c. a receiving and transmitting device with PTT mounted within a face mask associated with fire fighting breathing apparatus.

3.1.2.1.14 PR53 Where the portable radio is connected to a microphone with an inbuilt loudspeaker, the volume to the loudspeaker will be able to be adjusted from the hand held microphone/loudspeaker.

3.1.2.1.15 PR56 The portable radio will have a P25 compliant interface to allow data transmission. Where the portable radio is operating in P25 digital radio mode, the Data Peripheral Interface will be as defined in the APCO Project 25 systems standards. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: The P25 system standards are detailed in TIA/EIA document TSB102-A. Note 2: This interface may be shared with the PC interface as described in section 3.1.2.1.16.

3.1.2.1.16 PR58 The portable radio will be able to be connected to a personal computer via a non-proprietary interface to enable, as a minimum: a. the portable radio channels to be configured, including transmit and receive


frequencies, channel spacing, CTCSS frequencies for transmit and receive and the alphanumeric characters for channel identification on the mobile radio’s display; b. the installation of software changes; and c. the diagnostics for fault identification to be accessed. Note 1: This is not meant to preclude accessing some level of diagnostics visible from the display of the mobile radio should this capability exist. Note 2: The tenderer should state the type of interface offered. Note 3: This interface may be shared with the P25 data interface as described in section 3.1.2.1.15.

3.1.3 TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER The primary function of the Transportable Repeater (TR) radio is to provide communications from a repeater installed in a temporary location. The Transportable Repeater may be used in a wide range of situations, such as:

• to provide radio coverage in locations not adequately serviced by fixed infrastructure, networks and systems. This usually will be during emergency incidents to improve the communications for CFA fire fighters and other responding agencies.

• to provide a temporary service pending the installation of permanent infrastructure.

• to provide a transmission source for radio coverage surveys. The Transportable Repeater radio must be of rugged construction and have the capability to be readily transportable in a CFA passenger vehicle by one person. It must be easy to set to work by a person trained to do so but not requiring technician level training. The channel selection must be simple and not require the equipment to be retuned by the user. The equipment must be able to operate indoors and outside without additional shelter. It would be useful if the Transportable Repeater could be also mounted and used in a trailer. The Transportable Repeater must be able to operate as either a conventional analogue FM (angle modulation) repeater and/or a digital P25 Phase 1 repeater. The repeater will be able to send and receive P25 data via a P25 compliant data interface as well as relaying P25 data between two distance stations that may not be able to communicate directly. The P25 data mode will allow CFA to run an AVL/GPS system for tracking of assets such as Fire Appliances and CFA members. The P25 data mode, in this scenario, is envisaged to operate interspersed with conventional analogue FM (angle modulated) signals. Other uses of the P25 data mode are envisaged, such as the transmission of telemetry data and direct connection to a data terminal or PC. The Transportable Repeater radio may be installed as “Base Station” or “Base” (in the terminology of AS/NZS 4295). The interfaces to the Transportable Repeater are shown in Figure 3.1.3-1. The integration of the external antenna and coaxial feeder and the associated support structure, along with the various power system options will be the responsibility of CFA.


Figure 3.1.3-1 Transportable Repeater interfaces

3.1.3.1 TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS 3.1.3.1.1 PR241 All electrical interface connections to the Transportable Repeater will be

via connectors mounted on the equipment. Note: The Transportable Repeater is not to have “fly” leads connected to the body of the repeater that cannot be disconnected via a connector.

3.1.3.1.2 PR242 All interface connectors will be locked in position via captive arrangements or screws such that connectors cannot fall off and render the repeater inoperable.

3.1.3.1.3 PR243 The Transportable Repeater will have a single “N” type female RF connector for connection to an external antenna.

3.1.3.1.4 PR245 The Transportable Repeater will operate with a single antenna interface. Note1: It is expected that the Transportable Repeater will incorporate a diplexer and/or filtering to allow transmission and reception though a single antenna interface. Note 2: The Tenderer is requested to provide the characteristics of the internal filtering and/or combining equipment.

3.1.3.1.5 PR246 The external antenna and associated coaxial feeder cable will present a load to the Transportable Repeater of 50 ohms nominal with a VSWR less than


1.5:1 (Return Loss greater than 14 dB) in any 5 MHz bandwidth over the frequency range 148 MHz to 174 MHz, with a feeder cable loss of less than 3dB.

3.1.3.1.6 PR374 The Transportable Repeater connector for accepting 12V DC power for

the radio will be of a type such that the matching DC cable connector cannot easily cause a short circuit of the DC power supply when the DC cable is not connected to the radio and makes inadvertent contact with some other surface. Note: An example of a suitable connector for the DC power cable would be a female connector with the inner carrying the DC power and the outer shrouding the inner to provide short circuit protection.

3.1.3.1.7 PR248 The Transportable Repeater will have an ‘earth’ terminal to permit bonding to an earth system.

3.1.3.1.8 PR249 The Transportable Repeater connector for accepting 230 volt AC power will comply with AS3112:2004. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.1.3.1.9 PR251 The Transportable Repeater will operate from a 230V AC (nominal) source as described in AS60038-2000. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.1.3.1.10 PR252 The Transportable Repeater will operate from a 230V AC generator complying with AS2790-1989.

3.1.3.1.11 PR253 The Transportable Repeater will not be damaged, however may operate with reduced performance, if operated from a 230V AC generator that does not comply with AS2790-1989. Note. This Requirement is to ensure damage will not occur when the Transportable Repeater is operated from low quality generators which may not meet “cyclic irregularity of voltage” and “irregularities of voltage waveform” requirements as set-out in AS2790-1989. The tenderer is to supply details of the performance reduction.

3.1.3.1.12 PR254 The Transportable Repeater will operate when powered from a DC source with a nominal voltage of 12V DC and a range of 10.8V to 15.6V. Note: The transportable repeater may be connected to an existing solar system that may exhibit the above voltages as part of the normal charging regime.

3.1.3.1.13 PR256 A Transportable Repeater which operates over the full battery voltage range of section 3.1.3.1.12 and a voltage range at the Transportable Repeater power connector of 21.6V to 31.2V (excluding surge current conditions) will be preferred by CFA.

3.1.3.1.14 PR255 The Transportable Repeater will not be damaged in the event the DC input is connected with reverse polarity.

3.1.3.1.15 PR259 The Transportable Repeater will be supplied with a compatible microphone with PTT, connected to the radio with the cable which, when fully extended and without causing damage to the cable and the connection to the radio, is not less than 3m length.

3.1.3.1.16 PR322 The Transportable Repeater microphone cable preferably will be less than 0.8m length with the cable not extended or under tension.

3.1.3.1.17 PR260 The Transportable Repeater will be able to be connected to a personal computer via a non-proprietary interface to enable, as a minimum: a. the radio channels to be configured, including transmit and receive frequencies, channel spacing, CTCSS frequencies for transmit and receive and the alphanumeric characters for channel identification on the radio’s display;


b. the configuration of transmit timers, transmit tail length and on-air fault tones (if capability exists); c. the installation of software changes; and d. the diagnostics for fault identification to be accessed. Note 1: This is not meant to preclude accessing some level of diagnostics visible from the display of the transportable repeater should this capability exist. Note 2: This interface may be shared with the P25 interface as described in section 3.1.3.1.18. Note 3: The tenderer should state the type of interface offered.

3.1.3.1.18 PR261 The Transportable Repeater will have a IP packet switched data interface to allow data transmission. Note 1: This interface will not be implemented via the CAI. Note 2: This interface may be shared with the PC interface as described in section 3.1.3.1.17. Note 3: This interface may be a direct cable connection.

3.1.3.1.19 PR420 The Transportable Repeater will incorporate an internal speaker built into the repeater’s housing.

3.1.3.1.20 PR262 The Transportable Repeater will be able to be connected to a remote loudspeaker mounted externally not more than 15m from the radio, with both the internal and external loudspeakers being able to be used concurrently.

3.1.3.1.21 PR263 The external loudspeaker will exhibit a Total Harmonic Distortion of 2% or less over the frequency range 300 Hz to 3 kHz and dynamic range of the loudspeakers. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the THD of the loudspeaker offered, over the 300 Hz to 3 kHz frequency range, at 4 dBu audio voltage level.

3.1.3.1.22 PR411 The external loudspeaker will produce a sound pressure level of 87 dB (SPL), measured for a 1 kHz input signal of power 1W RMS continuous at the terminals of the loudspeaker and a distance of 1 metre. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the sound pressure level of the loudspeakers offered, measured under the conditions described above

3.1.3.1.23 PR264 The external speaker will be rated at 20W RMS input continuously for a 1 kHz signal.

3.1.3.1.24 PR265 The audio level (volume) to any loudspeaker will be able to be adjusted up to the maximum capability of the repeater.

3.1.3.1.25 PR266 The Transportable Repeater will have a means of being tethered to a fixed structure as prevention from theft.

3.1.3.1.26 PR269 All electrical interfaces will use non-proprietary connectors.

3.1.4 VEHICLE MOUNTED REPEATER The primary function of the Vehicle Mounted Repeater (VMR) is to provide communications from a repeater installed in a CFA appliance vehicle at the scene of an emergency incident. The Vehicle Mounted Repeater will be used to:

• permit communications on a local channel amongst fire fighters and other agencies at the emergency to be re-transmitted on another radio channel to a distant location to aid managing the control and support for the incident;


• assist fire fighters inside a building to communicate to a distant location to aid managing the control and support for the incident, where the building attenuation of the signals would not normally permit this.

The VMR must have the capability to operate over the full range of conditions encountered in the mobile environment and a radio channel capacity for all CFA channels plus those agencies which CFA needs to interoperate with. The transmit power for local area communications, which currently uses a dedicated VMR channel (153.225 MHz, simplex), may be low. The transmit power for wide area communications, used for relaying on-scene information to distant locations, is at normal mobile radio power levels and operates on all CFA channels. The VMR must be able to operate as either a conventional analogue FM repeater and/or a digital P25 Phase 1 repeater. The VMR will be able to send and receive P25 data via a P25 compliant data interface as well as relaying P25 data between two distance stations that may not be able to communicate directly. The P25 data mode will allow CFA to run an AVL/GPS system for tracking of assets such as Fire Appliances and CFA members. The P25 data mode, in this scenario, is envisaged to operate interspersed with conventional analogue FM (angle modulated) signals. Other uses of the P25 data mode are envisaged, such as the transmission of telemetry data and direct connection to a data terminal or PC. It is envisaged that the VMR is constructed either as a wholly integrated repeater or by integrating mobile radios to form a repeater. A VMR that could act as a mobile unit when the repeat function is deactivated is preferable. Therefore a VMR that addresses the functional and interface requirements of the mobile, as described in section 3.1.1 and 3.2.1.1.4, would be a preferred solution by CFA. Due to the physical size of the VMR, it is expected that the control of the unit will be via a remote head(s). The interfaces to the VMR radio are shown in Figure 3.1.4-1.


Figure 3.1.4-1 Vehicle-Mounted Repeater interfaces

VEHICLE

MOUNTED

REPEATER

Vehicle

cabin

speaker

Vehicle

VHF

antenna

Vehicle

cabin

mounting

hardware

Remote

headset

(with PTT)

Remote

microphone

Vehicle

cabin

microphone

Remote

speaker

PC

Vehicle

power

supply

Data

Terminal

External

GPS

antenna

REMOTE HEAD(S)

3.1.4.1 VEHICLE-MOUNTED REPEATER INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS

3.1.4.1.1 PR270 All electrical interface connections to the VMR will be via connectors

mounted on the VMR housing. Note: The VMR is not to have “fly” leads connected to the body of the repeater that cannot be disconnected via a connector.

3.1.4.1.2 PR271 All electrical interfaces will use non-proprietary connectors.


3.1.4.1.3 PR398 The VMR and the remote mobile radio head (if applicable) will be supplied with mounting brackets, mounting hardware, including bolts, nuts and washers to facilitate the installation in CFA vehicles.

3.1.4.1.4 PR272 All interface connectors will be locked in position via captive arrangements or screws such that connectors cannot fall off and render the radio inoperable.

3.1.4.1.5 PR274 The VMR will be able to connected to a loudspeaker mounted in the vehicle cabin via up to 3m of cable.

3.1.4.1.6 PR402 When a user in the appliance cabin makes a transmission on the VMR the transmission will be broadcast on both the local and wide area channels. Note. This is to ensure that any transmission is heard on both local and wide area channels.

3.1.4.1.7 PR403 The VMR will provide audio output, via a loudspeaker, for any traffic relayed by the repeater on the local and wide area channels.

3.1.4.1.8 PR275 The VMR will be able to be connected on selection to a remote speaker mounted externally and in a location on the vehicle other than the cabin, not more than 15m from the radio, with both speakers being able to be used concurrently.

3.1.4.1.9 PR276 The VMR will be capable of working into a load of 4 ohms or greater presented by a vehicle cabin speaker and a remote speaker both connected to the VMR.

3.1.4.1.10 PR277 The cabin and remote loudspeaker will produce a sound pressure level of 87 dB (SPL), measured for a 1kHz input signal of power 1W RMS continuous at the terminals of the loudspeaker and a distance of 1 metre. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the sound pressure level of loudspeakers offered, measured under the conditions described above.

3.1.4.1.11 PR278 The cabin and remote loudspeakers will exhibit a Total Harmonic Distortion of 2% or less over the frequency range 300 Hz to 3 kHz and dynamic range of the loudspeakers. Note: The tenderer is requested to state the THD of the loudspeaker offered, over the 300 Hz to 3 kHz frequency range, at 4 dBu audio voltage level.

3.1.4.1.12 PR279 The cabin and remote speaker will be rated at 20W RMS input continuously for a 1 kHz signal.

3.1.4.1.13 PR395 The audio level (volume) to the cabin and remote speaker will be able to be adjusted up to the maximum capability of the VMR.

3.1.4.1.14 PR280 The VMR will route the demodulated receiver audio via an interface that is fixed in audio level, is muted when the mobile receiver is muted, including under CTCSS control, and is not varied in level by the volume control.

3.1.4.1.15 PR281 The VMR will have a BNC female connector to enable a single vehicle mounted VHF mobile radio antenna to be connected via coaxial cable. Note 1: It is expected that the VMR will incorporate a diplexer and/or filtering to allow transmission and reception though a single antenna interface. Note 2: The Tenderer is requested to provide the characteristics of the internal filtering and/or combining equipment.

3.1.4.1.16 PR399 The VMR will have a non-proprietary RF connector to enable a vehicle mounted GPS antenna to be connected via coaxial cable. Note 1: The tenderer should indicate the connector type offered. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to recommend a GPS antenna suitable for connection to the VMR GPS antenna interface.


3.1.4.1.17 PR401 The VMR may provide an interface with a signal from which the received signal level can be directly measured or derived.

3.1.4.1.18 PR282 The VMR VHF antenna interface will work into a load presented by the antenna and associated feeder cable of 50 ohms nominal, with an antenna VSWR less than 1.5:1 (Return Loss greater than 14 dB) in any 5 MHz bandwidth over the frequency range 153 MHz to 166 MHz, with a feeder cable loss of less than 1.5dB.

3.1.4.1.19 PR283 The vehicle battery will be the power source for the VMR with a nominal voltage of 12V DC and, excluding surge current conditions, a range of voltage at the VMR power connector of 10.8V to 15.6V.

3.1.4.1.20 PR397 A VMR which operates over the full battery voltage range of section 3.1.4.1.19 and a voltage range at the VMR power connector of 21.6V to 31.2V (excluding surge current conditions) will be preferred by CFA.

3.1.4.1.21 PR396 The VMR will not be damaged in the event the DC input is connected with reverse DC polarity.

3.1.4.1.22 PR286 The VMR connector for accepting DC power for the radio will be of a type such that the matching DC cable connector cannot easily cause a short circuit of the vehicle power supply when the DC cable is not connected to the radio and makes contact with another part of the vehicle. Note: An example of a suitable connector for the DC power cable would be a female connector with the inner carrying the DC power and the outer shrouding the inner to provide short circuit protection.

3.1.4.1.23 PR287 The VMR will be supplied with a compatible microphone with PTT, connected to the radio with the cable which, when fully extended and without causing damage to the cable and the connection to the radio, is not less than 3m in length.

3.1.4.1.24 PR323 The VMR microphone cable preferably will be less than 0.8m in length with the cable not extended or under tension.

3.1.4.1.25 PR288 The VMR will be able to be connected to a remote compatible microphone to be operated in a location near or adjacent to the vehicle other than the cabin, not more than 15m from the mobile radio Note: This connection may be a wireless connection.

3.1.4.1.26 PR289 The VMR will be able to be connected to a remote compatible headset with PTT, used in a location near or adjacent to the vehicle, other than the cabin, not more than 40m from the radio. Note: This connection may be a wireless connection.

3.1.4.1.27 PR290 The VMR will have a IP packet switched data interface to allow data transmission. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT). Note 1: This interface will not be implemented via the CAI. Note 2: This interface may be shared with the PC interface as described in section 3.1.4.1.28. Note 3: This interface may be a direct cable connection.

3.1.4.1.28 PR294 The VMR will be able to be connected to a personal computer via a non-proprietary interface to enable, as a minimum: a. the radio channels to be configured, including transmit and receive frequencies, channel spacing, CTCSS frequencies for transmit and receive and the alphanumeric characters for channel identification on the radio’s display; b. the installation of software changes; and c. the diagnostics for fault identification to be accessed. Note 1: The tenderer should state the type of interface offered.


Note 2: This is not meant to preclude accessing some level of diagnostics visible from the display of the repeater should this capability exist. Note 3: This interface may be shared with the P25 interface as described in section 3.1.4.1.27.

3.2 CHARACTERISTICS 3.2.1 PERFORMANCE 3.2.1.1 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITIES 3.2.1.1.1 ALL RADIOS 3.2.1.1.1.1 PR59 The radio will have the ability to be turned ON and OFF.

(MANDATORY REQUIREMENT). Note: The radio is ON when it is ready to work fully in the RECEIVE state and the TRANSMIT state. The radio is OFF when it cannot be used in either of these states.

3.2.1.1.1.2 PR423 The radio will be able to operate on all channels as defined in the CFA’s Channel Plan. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: The CFA channels are conventional 12.5 kHz channels in the VHF High Band as detailed in Section 3.2.1.2.1. Note 2: The Transportable Repeater need operate only on two-frequency repeater channels.

3.2.1.1.1.3 PR74 When the power is OFF, the power consumption of the radio will be low. Note: Some CFA vehicles may not be use for long periods, with little opportunity to recharge the vehicle battery. Details of the consumption of the radio in the OFF state (in milliwatts and milliamps) are to be provided by the tenderer.

3.2.1.1.1.4 PR60 The radio will have the ability to select a particular radio channel using a keypad either on the radio or a handheld microphone.

3.2.1.1.1.5 PR413 The handheld microphone will have a full numerical keypad. 3.2.1.1.1.6 PR61 The default mode of the radio at switch ON will be either conventional

analogue (angle modulated) or P25 digital, as selected during the last use of the radio.

3.2.1.1.1.7 PR62 The default state of the radio at switch ON will be RECEIVE. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.8 PR63 The radio will be able to be muted when there is no usable receive signal.

3.2.1.1.1.9 PR64 The radio will have a display capable of showing the radio's ON state and the channel selected, as a minimum. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.10 PR65 The radio will have a means of controlling the audio volume. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.11 PR66 The radio will have a PRESS-TO-TALK capability on the microphone that results in the TRANSMIT state being activated to allow the transmission of voice to air. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.12 PR67 In RECEIVE mode, the radio will be able to scan a group of channels as defined by the user.


Note 1: A channel will mean any of the following: a. an analogue channel; b. P25 digital channel; or c. voting group. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to explain how scanning across channels in any of the categories above is achieved

3.2.1.1.1.13 PR419 The radio will be able to operate on and be compatible with the Telstra provided conventional Voting Network used by CFA for Dispatch communications with the ESTA CAD in the Melbourne metropolitan and outer metropolitan area. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.14 PR433 For the radio to operate on the Voting network referred to in section 3.2.1.1.1.13, the receive section of the radio will need to behave in the following way: a. The receiver will be able to scan up to 8 receive frequencies; then b. The receiver will select one receive frequency according to selection criteria, such as received signal strength; and c. Where none of the scanned receive frequencies meet the selection criteria, the receiver will select the RF carrier with the highest received signal strength. Note: The tenderer will provide details of the scanning process, including the selection criteria that are user selectable, for radios proposed for use on the Voting Network used by CFA.

3.2.1.1.1.15 PR68 When the radio is switched ON, the radio will return to the last selected radio channel. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.1.16 PR69 When power is removed and then restored to the radio with the ON-OFF control selected for ON, the radio will return to the ON state and be on the last selected radio channel.

3.2.1.1.1.17 PR70 The radio will provide an indication of TRANSMIT mode to the user and a different indication of RECEIVE mode to the user.

3.2.1.1.1.18 PR71 The radio will include self diagnostic capabilities for the user, to facilitate high level LRU fault detection, either automatically or initiated by a user.

3.2.1.1.1.19 PR72 The radio will be able to be reprogrammed for radio channels or other purposes using Over the Air Programming (OTAP) technology. Note: This is to minimise the cost to CFA and the logistical complexities of reprogramming the radio channels.

3.2.1.1.1.20 PR364 The display will incorporate into its design a means to minimise damage to the screen. Note: A common scenario maybe where a portable radio with a screen proud of the surface is placed face down upon a surface and is therefore prone to damage.

3.2.1.1.1.21 PR365 The display screen will be scratch resistant. 3.2.1.1.1.22 PR366 If a display protector is fitted it will be able to be replaced by a

technician in the field. 3.2.1.1.1.23 PR368 The radio will be provided with DC power over voltage protection, such

that the radio is not damaged and, on removal of the over voltage, the radio continues to operate normally. Note: The tenderer is requested to supply the details of the limits of the over voltage conditions that will not damage the radio.


3.2.1.1.1.24 PR446 The radio (excluding the TR) will not switch “on” if it is “off”, or “off” if it is “on”, as a result of variations in the vehicle battery voltage caused by the operating current variations, including surges, and vehicle cranking and it will continue to operate without fault or malfunction when the supply voltage is restored within nominal operating range. Note 1: Tenderers are requested to provide details of tests or applicable standards to which their equipment has been tested, in relation to automotive electrical disturbances (e.g. ISO7637) Note 2: CFA has observed instances where radios have locked into transmit mode when the supply voltage or battery is low. Note 3: CFA has observed voltages reducing to 9 volts for 12 volt systems and 15.8 volts for 24 volt systems.

3.2.1.1.1.25 PR372 The serial number of the radio will be able to be displayed via the display screen.

3.2.1.1.1.26 PR410 The radio will, via the keypad, generate DTMF tones that can be transmitted,

3.2.1.1.2 P25 DIGITAL RADIO CAPABILITY 3.2.1.1.2.1 PR84 A mobile radio, portable, Transportable Repeater and Vehicle Mounted

Repeater must operate as a digital radio, compliant with the P25 system standards, as well as an analogue speech (Angle Modulated) radio. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: The P25 system standards are detailed in TIA/EIA document TSB102-A. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to provide full details of any aspect of functionality, performance or build that is not compliant with the current P25 standards or approved and impending P25 standards. Note 3: The tenderer must be fully acquainted with the relevant P25 standards and completely and expertly advise CFA of any current or foreseeable aspects of non compliance against the standards. The intention of this Requirement is to ensure CFA can consider P25 equipment on offer that is the most modern in terms of the accepted P25 standards.

3.2.1.1.2.2 PR432 Radios offered as P25 compliant will have been tested at a P25 Compliance Assessment Program (CAP) laboratory which results in: a. the issuing of a Supplier’s Declaration of Compliance (SDoC); and b. a Test Report for the radios tested. Note: Tenderers are requested to provide the SDoC and the Test Report for each radio offered against this tender that has passed the CAP.

3.2.1.1.2.3 PR85 Radios offered as P25 compliant to TSB102-A (and subordinate and related P25 standards) will be able to operate in digital conventional mode. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: Radios may operate on P25 digital conventional radio systems initially, with P25 digital trunk systems being available beyond the initial P25 use. The radios must be able to be easily upgraded to a vendor’s P25 digital trunk system, for example with a software upgrade.

3.2.1.1.2.4 PR449 Radios offered as P25 compliant to TSB102-A (and subordinate and related P25 standards) will be able to operate in digital trunked mode. Note: For the radios to operate in P25 trunk mode, tenderers are requested to provide details of: a. P25 standard and vendor-specific implementation of P25 trunking; b. what is required to access P25 standard and vendor specific implementation of P25 trunking;


c. what changes to terminals will be necessary to implement P25 standard and vendor-specific P25 trunking; d. the cost of implementing P25 standard and vendor-specific implementation of P25 trunking; e. the trunking implementations from other vendors that the terminals offered are compatible with.

3.2.1.1.2.5 PR86 The radio will be compliant with Phase 1 of TSB102-A standard.

(MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) 3.2.1.1.2.6 PR87 The tenderer will offer radios against this tender that are capable of

being transitioned from being P25 Phase 1 compliant to P25 Phase 2 compliant radio without a major hardware upgrade to the radios. Note 1: The tenderer is requested to supply details of the process to upgrade the radios offered from P25 Phase 1 to P25 Phase 2. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to supply details of additional hardware and software, if required.

3.2.1.1.2.7 PR88 Mobiles and portables will be able to be directly interfaced via the P25 standard Data Peripheral Interface to permit operation with computers, data devices or subscriber unit peripherals, as specified for the P25 system. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.2.8 PR435 Radios will support the following packet switched data services; a. Radio to FNE b. Radio to Repeater to Radio c. Radio to Radio Note: As described in P25 Document TIA-102.BAEA-A.

3.2.1.1.2.9 PR89 Radios offered as P25 digital capable will use the DVSI Vocoder which is compliant for P25 Phase 1. Note: Tenderers are requested to provide details as to whether the vocoder offered for P25 compliant radios is based on the DVSI IMBETM or DVSI AMBETM vocoder types. CFA may accept radios with DVSI AMBETM vocoders if these are compatible with P25 Phase 1.

3.2.1.1.2.10 PR90 Vocoders offered in radios will be able to be easily changed to allow migration from current APCO recommended vocoders to future vocoders recommended for public safety communications. Note: Tenderers are to provide the details of the means of completing the migration, e.g. using OTAP.

3.2.1.1.2.11 PR91 Vendor specific implementation in the radios offered in this tender will not prevent the radios from interoperating in conventional mode with other vendor’s P25 compliant radios Note: The tenderer will provide full details of vendor specific implementation, designed to work with the vendor’s radio systems, associated with their P25 compliant radios.

3.2.1.1.3 GPS LOCATION CAPABILITY 3.2.1.1.3.1 PR94 All radios will be capable of transmitting digital data in P25 digital mode

giving location details associated with the radio. Note: The tenderer is requested to provide details of the standards applicable to location data transmission that their radios are compliant with.

3.2.1.1.3.2 PR96 The transmitted data will include the ID of the radio, GPS location coordinates, vector, time and other information such as status and DOP value.


Note: The tenderer is requested to indicate if the ID of the radio can be user-defined.

3.2.1.1.3.3 PR97 The radios offered by the tenderer will be able to transmit location data automatically at switch on and periodically thereafter or alternatively, some other user selectable option for transmitting location data.

3.2.1.1.3.4 PR101 The radios offered will be capable of displaying the location data in a format configurable by CFA, preferably in Northings and Eastings (WGS84). Note: CFA commonly uses a six digit location figure for Northings and Eastings, where the first three digits represent the Easting and the last three digits represents the Northing.

3.2.1.1.3.5 PR100 The GPS receiver will be accurate to within 20m of the actual location of the radio. Note 1: CFA will require NMEA 0183 sentences, namely GGA & GSA, to be available from the radio’s Data Peripheral Interface for compliance testing. The tenderer is requested to provide details of how this can be configured. Note 2: Tenderers are requested to provide details of the conditions under which the Requirement is met.

3.2.1.1.3.6 PR98 The location data will be transmitted from the radio automatically in response to polling from a remote location which can access a radio base station used by the radio.

3.2.1.1.3.7 PR99 The location data will be transmitted from the radio automatically in response to a Duress Alert button being activated on the radio.

3.2.1.1.4 MOBILE RADIO 3.2.1.1.4.1 PR107 The remote loudspeaker will be able to be switched ON/OFF by a

control in the mobile radio. 3.2.1.1.4.2 PR108 The mobile radio will have provision for ancillary items such as an

external microphone, headset or other operational items. 3.2.1.1.4.3 PR109 The mobile radio will be able to be to remotely operated in TRANSMIT

mode from a microphone with a press-to-talk control up to 40m away from the radio.

3.2.1.1.4.4 PR110 Where the mobile radio configuration permits the main body of the radio to be controlled by a remote head, the mobile radio will permit up to two heads to exercise the full functionality of the radio.

3.2.1.1.4.5 PR113 The mobile radio will permit short status messages to be sent (data stream) by pressing preconfigured buttons on the radio to indicate to a remote location the situation of the radio operator. Note: Typical status messages from a fire fighting appliance are: a. Turning out/Responding b. On scene c. Returning d. In station

3.2.1.1.4.6 PR114 The short status messages will be able to be sent in P25 digital mode. Note: Short messages in analogue mode are not required.

3.2.1.1.4.7 PR115 The mobile radio will permit a “Duress Alert” message to be sent (data stream) by pressing a button on the radio to indicate to a remote location that the radio operator needs immediate assistance.


3.2.1.1.4.8 PR116 The Duress Alert message will be able to be received and displayed on other radios within range of the sending radio. Note1: Tenderers are requested to provide details of how this would be implemented when operating in Analogue and Digital voice modes. In particular, details are sought relating to whether the Duress Alert message is sent once or repeated at regular intervals until cancelled on the sending radio. Note 2: It is assumed that the duress information (data stream) will be transmitted in P25 digital mode.

3.2.1.1.4.9 PR117 The Duress Alert alarm will include the ID of the mobile radio, location coordinates and if available time and date.

3.2.1.1.4.10 PR118 The mobile radio may provide a visual indication of an invalid received signal. Note: For example the reception of an incorrect CTCSS tone or NAC.

3.2.1.1.4.11 PR119 The mobile radio will provide a visual indication of receive signal strength.

3.2.1.1.4.12 PR408 The mobile radio will incorporate a time-out timer of to prevent inadvertent keying of the transmitter for prolonged periods. Note: As a guide, the time out period may be approximately 60 seconds. The tenderer is requested to provide details of the time out period and whether this is user selectable.

3.2.1.1.5 PORTABLE RADIO 3.2.1.1.5.1 PR120 The portable radio will be a fully integrated hand held unit, including the

microphone, loudspeaker, antenna and battery. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.5.2 PR405 The portable radio will have a full numerical keypad. 3.2.1.1.5.3 PR121 The portable radio will have provision for ancillary items such as an

external microphone, headset or other operational items. Note: The tenderer may list the range of compatible ancillary items which will work with the portable.

3.2.1.1.5.4 PR122 The portable radio will permit a “Duress Alert” message to be sent (data stream) by pressing a button on the radio to indicate to a remote location that the radio operator needs immediate assistance.

3.2.1.1.5.5 PR123 The Duress alarm will include the ID of the portable, location coordinates and time.

3.2.1.1.5.6 PR124 The Duress message will be able to be received and displayed on other radios within range of the sending radio. Note1: Tenderers are requested to provide details of how this would be implemented when operating in Analogue and Digital voice modes. Note 2: It is assumed that the duress information (data stream) will be transmitted in P25 digital mode.

3.2.1.1.5.7 PR125 The portable may provide a visual indication of an invalid received signal. Note: For example the reception of an incorrect CTCSS tone or NAC.

3.2.1.1.5.8 PR126 The portable will provide a visual indication of receive signal strength. 3.2.1.1.5.9 PR367 The portable radio will not be required to be ON for its battery to accept

charge.


3.2.1.1.5.10 PR371 The portable radio will incorporate a key-lock function to reduce inadvertent operation of the key pad.

3.2.1.1.5.11 PR373 The portable radio battery will be able to be charged when mounted normally in the radio and also when it has been removed from the radio. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.5.12 PR409 The portable radio will incorporate a time-out timer of to prevent inadvertent keying of the transmitter for prolonged periods. Note: As a guide, the time out period may be approximately 60 seconds. The tenderer is requested to provide details of the time out period and whether this is user selectable.

3.2.1.1.6 TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER 3.2.1.1.6.1 PR296 For a Transportable Repeater, a received audio message will be able

to be routed to an internal loudspeaker and also concurrently to an external loudspeaker no more than 15m away.

3.2.1.1.6.2 PR297 The external loudspeaker will be able to be switched ON/OFF. 3.2.1.1.6.3 PR298 The Transportable Repeater will have battery charging facilities to

charge a flat battery and to maintain a charge on a battery. Note: This Requirement applies to a scenario where a battery is left connected to the transportable repeater, during lengthy periods of non-operation, to ensure the battery is available for immediate deployment and is not over or under charged.

3.2.1.1.6.4 PR299 The Transportable Repeater will automatically repeat a received P25 digital signal or a conventional analogue FM (angle modulated) signal and continue to operate in the appropriate mode transparently to the user. Note: This Requirement applies to a scenario where a mixture of analogue voice and P25 data or P25 voice transmission may occur on a single channel.

3.2.1.1.6.5 PR300 The Transportable Repeater will provide a visual indication of an invalid received signal. Note: For example the reception of an incorrect CTCSS tone or NAC.

3.2.1.1.6.6 PR301 The RF characteristics of the Transportable Repeater will be the same as the Base Radio characteristics detailed in Table 3.2.1.2.6-1. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.1.6.7 PR302 The Transportable Repeater will be able to operate with 100% duty cycle in transmit mode.

3.2.1.1.6.8 PR305 The Transportable Repeater will preferably be less than 10 kg in weight. Note: The tenderer is requested to provide the weight in kilograms of each component that makes up the transportable repeater.

3.2.1.1.6.9 PR303 The Transportable Repeater will provide a visual indication of receive signal strength.

3.2.1.1.6.10 PR317 The Transportable Repeater will provide minimal degradation of the retransmitted signal. Note 1: The Tenderer is requested to provide figures for the degradation of audio baseband SINAD and frequency response. Note 2: The Tenderer is requested to state the type of the audio filter used for the testing (i.e. CCITT, C-Message or other).

3.2.1.1.6.11 PR370 The Transportable Repeater will not be required to be ON for its battery charging facilities to function.


3.2.1.1.6.12 PR418 The Transportable Repeater will be able to be deployed by one person.

3.2.1.1.6.13 PR417 If the Transportable Repeater is heavier than 10 kg, it will only have one dimension (length, width or height) that is greater than 300 mm.

3.2.1.1.6.14 PR416 The Transportable Repeater design will enable the user to carry it close to their body to limit physical demands and injury risks. Note: The tenderer is requested to provide the dimensions in mm of each component that makes up the transportable repeater.

3.2.1.1.6.15 PR415 The Transportable Repeater will be able to fit and be restrained onto a standard two wheeled hand trolley. The capacity to stack and secure multiple components that are likely to be installed and used together onto such a trolley would be an advantage. Note: The tenderer is requested to provide information regarding how the components may “stack” together.

3.2.1.1.6.16 PR414 The Transportable Repeater will incorporate handgrip surfaces or handgrips that are circular or oval in cross section and provide a minimum of 50 mm clearance for fingers. Single handed handgrips or handles should be at least 120 mm long to accommodate a large male hand to enable the following tasks to be performed: a. Sliding or dragging the component over a vehicle shelf or floor to stow or remove it; b. Lifting or lowering the component c. Carrying the component; or d. Manipulating the component when deploying it.

3.2.1.1.7 VEHICLE MOUNTED REPEATER 3.2.1.1.7.1 PR306 For the VMR, a received audio message will be able to be routed to an

internal loudspeaker and also concurrently to an external loudspeaker via up to 15m of cable.

3.2.1.1.7.2 PR307 The external loudspeaker will be able to be switched ON/OFF by a control in the VMR.

3.2.1.1.7.3 PR308 The VMR will have provision for ancillary items such as an external microphone, headset or other operational items.

3.2.1.1.7.4 PR309 The VMR will be able to be connected to a remote compatible headset with PTT, used in a location near or adjacent to the vehicle, other than the cabin, not more than 40m from the VMR. Note: This connection may be a wireless connection.

3.2.1.1.7.5 PR310 For local area communications the RF carrier power will be nominally 5 watts and be characterised as Portable with respect to Table 3.2.1.2.6-1 and the AS4295 standard. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note. Refer to section 3.1.4 for description of “local area communications”.

3.2.1.1.7.6 PR311 For wide area communications the RF carrier power will be nominally 25 watts and be characterised as Mobile with respect to Table 3.2.1.2.6-1 and the AS4295 standard. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note. Refer to section 3.1.4 for description of “wide area communications”

3.2.1.1.7.7 PR312 The VMR will be capable of detecting another VMR operating within the same area such that simultaneous transmission does not occur.


3.2.1.1.7.8 PR313 The VMR will automatically repeat a received P25 digital signal or a conventional analogue FM (angle modulated) signal and continue to operate in the appropriate mode transparently to the user. Note: This Requirement applies to a scenario where a mixture of analogue voice and P25 data or P25 voice transmission may occur on a single channel.

3.2.1.1.7.9 PR314 The VMR will provide an visual indication of an invalid received signal. Note: For example the reception of an incorrect CTCSS tone or NAC.

3.2.1.1.7.10 PR315 The VMR will provide a visual indication of receive signal strength. 3.2.1.1.7.11 PR316 The VMR will provide minimal degradation of the retransmitted signal.

Note 1: The Tenderer is requested to provide figures for the degradation of audio baseband SINAD and frequency response. Note 2: The Tenderer is requested to state the type of the audio filter used for the testing (i.e. CCITT, C-Message or other).

3.2.1.1.7.12 PR389 The VMR will permit short status messages to be sent (data stream) by pressing preconfigured buttons on the radio to indicate to a remote location the situation of the radio operator. Note: Typical status messages from a fire fighting appliance are: a. Turning out/Responding b. On scene c. Returning d. In station.

3.2.1.1.7.13 PR390 The short status messages will be able to be sent in P25 digital mode. Note: Short messages in analogue mode are not required.

3.2.1.1.7.14 PR391 The VMR will permit a “Duress Alert” message to be sent (data stream) by pressing a button on the radio to indicate to a remote location that the radio operator needs immediate assistance.

3.2.1.1.7.15 PR392 The Duress Alert message will be able to be received and displayed on other radios within range of the sending radio. Note1: Tenderers are requested to provide details of how this would be implemented when operating in Analogue and Digital voice modes. Note 2: It is assumed that the duress information (data stream) will be transmitted in P25 digital mode.

3.2.1.1.7.16 PR393 The Duress Alert alarm will include the ID of the radio, location coordinates and if available time and date.

3.2.1.1.7.17 PR394 Where the VMR configuration permits the main body of the radio to be controlled by a remote head, the mobile radio will permit up to two heads to exercise the full functionality of the radio.

3.2.1.1.7.18 PR412 The VMR will incorporate a time-out timer of to prevent inadvertent keying of the transmitter for prolonged periods. Note: As a guide, the time out period may be approximately 60 seconds. The tenderer is requested to provide details of the time out period and whether this is user selectable.

3.2.1.2 RF AND SPEECH QUALITY PERFORMANCE (LAND MOBILE SERVICE) 3.2.1.2.1 PR127 The radios will operate as a Land Mobile Service, in accordance with the

ACMA VHF High Band Frequency Band Plan (148 to 174 MHz) 1991. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: Only segments of the VHF High Band Frequency Band Plan (148 MHz to 174 MHz) 1991 designated for use as a Land Mobile Service are of interest for this tender.


Note 2: At the date of this tender and with the exception of Note 4, the segments used by CFA are the “O” segment for simplex channels, plus the “L & Q” segments and “M &R” segments for two frequency channels. Note 3: Where the channel is a two frequency channel in conventional mode, the spacing between Tx and Rx frequencies is 4.6 MHz. Note 4: In addition to the band segments referred to in Note 2 above, the VMRs in current use by CFA operate on 153.225 MHz (simplex channel). Other VMR simplex channels may be used in the future with similar frequency separations from the segments listed in Note 2. Note 5: Channel Plan to which the radios need to be channelised will be provided to the successful tenderer(s)

3.2.1.2.2 PR128 The radio channels in conventional analogue mode will operate as single frequency (simplex) and two frequency (half duplex, repeater) channels. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.2.3 PR130 The radios will operate with a channel spacing of 12.5 kHz for analogue and digital operation. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: The tenderer is requested to confirm that RF channel Tx and Rx frequencies can be configured in the radios offered where the frequency is specified to no less than two decimal places in kHz e.g. the Tx frequency is 162357.25 kHz.

3.2.1.2.4 PR406 The radios will be able to be configured for a channel spacing of 6.25 kHz. 3.2.1.2.5 PR133 Radios will comply with all applicable provisions of ACMA mandated

Standard “Radiocommunications (Analogue Speech (Angle Modulated) Equipment) Standard” prepared under subsection 162(1) of the Radiocommunications Act 1992. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note 1: The Standard commenced in 15 June 2005 and is current as at the date of this document. Note 2: The Standard requires compliance with AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1) for equipment that is: a. for analogue speech (angle modulated); b. on a Land Mobile frequency from 29.7 MHz to 520 MHz; c. inter alia, a land mobile system station and an ambulatory station; d. inter alia, on a radio frequency channel with a bandwidth of 12.5 kHz. Note 3: AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1) states that equipment tested to the European ETSI standard ETS 300 086 will be considered suitable for use locally with some minor changes, as detailed in Table B1 of Appendix B to AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1).

3.2.1.2.6 PR134 The radios offered by the tenderer will preferably have performance better than that specified for the particular parameters listed in Table 3.2.1.2.6-1. Note 1: The parameters listed in the table are of particular interest to CFA. However, all radios are required to comply with all applicable aspects of the “Radiocommunications (Analogue Speech (Angle Modulated) Equipment) Standard” i.e.( AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1)). Note 2: The performance specified in this Requirement is to be met under the vibration and shock stability conditions of sections 3.2.4.8 and 3.2.4.10. Note 3: The tenderer is requested to provide the details of the performance for each radio in the right hand column of Table 3.2.1.2.6-1. Note 4: The term “Base radio” in the Table 3.2.1.2.6-1 refers to a radio in a fixed location, capable of communicating with multiple radios in its serving area.


Table 3.2.1.2.6-1

Performance parameter

AS/NZS4295 section

AS/NZS4295 specification

Performance of radio offered

Transmitter requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing Frequency error 3.2.1 +/-1.5 kHz for

portable and mobile radio +/-1kHz for base radio

Carrier power 3.2.2 Portable 5W Mobile radio 25W Base radio 50W Limits of +/-1.5dB for standard test conditions, +2dB, -3dB for extreme test conditions.

Maximum frequency deviation

3.2.3 +/-2.5 kHz

Spurious emissions 3.2.7 Portable: -26dBm Mobile radio and Base: -30dBm

Receiver requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing Reference sensitivity (12dB SINAD)

3.3.1 -113dBm

Adjacent channel Selectivity

3.3.2 60dB for standard test conditions 53dB for extreme test conditions

Spurious response immunity

3.3.3 Portable 60dB Mobile radio and base 70dB

Intermodulation immunity

3.3.4 Portable 60dB Mobile radio and base 70dB

Blocking immunity 3.3.5 Portable 80dB Mobile radio and base 90dB

3.2.1.2.7 PR135 The blocking immunity performance of each radio offered for use in analogue mode will also preferably be better than the figures in Table 3.2.1.2.7-1, when tested using the method (apart from the frequency separation from the carrier) in section 3.3.5.2 of AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1). Note: The tenderer is requested to provide the blocking immunity performance for each of the frequency separations in the table. The blocking performance of radios is considered by CFA to be of high importance. The VHF band segments used by CFA are crowded with users, often co-sited and close in frequency separation. Blocking of transmissions can be a frequent occurrence which disrupts CFA’s operational communications.


Table 3.2.1.2.7-1

Frequency separation Blocking immunity,

dB Performance of

radio offered 12.5 kHz 65.1 150 kHz 87.3

937.5 kHz 90.3

3.2.1.2.8 PR429 The blocking immunity performance of each radio offered for use in P25 mode will preferably be better than the figures in Table 3.2.1.2.8-1, when tested using the method (apart from the frequency separation from the carrier) in section 4.10 of AS/NZS 4768.2:2003.

Table 3.2.1.2.8-1

Frequency separation Blocking immunity,

dB Performance of

radio offered 12.5 kHz 65.1 150 kHz 87.3

937.5 kHz 90.3

3.2.1.2.9 PR136 Each radio in analogue mode will use pre-emphasis in the transmit audio circuitry and de-emphasis in the receive audio circuitry with a 6dB/octave characteristic.

3.2.1.2.10 PR137 The tenderer will preferably offer radios that have superior performance for each of the performance parameters listed in Table 3.2.1.2.10-1. Note: The performance specification in Table 3.2.1.2.10-1 is part of TIA Standard TIA-603-C and addresses particular quality requirements of interest to CFA. The performance is to be specified by the tenderer for the measurement conditions as indicated in TIA-603-C. Only the requirements of TIA-603-C listed in this document need be responded to by the tenderer.


Table 3.2.1.2.10-1

Performance

parameter TIA-603-C

section TIA-603-C

specification Performance of

radio offered Transmitter requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing

Audio frequency response

3.2.6 300 Hz to 3 kHz, +1 to -3dB from 6dB/octave pre-emphasis characteristic, relative to 1 kHz

Audio distortion 3.2.7 Less than 10% FM hum and noise 3.2.8 34dB AM hum and noise 3.2.9 34dB

Receiver requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing Audio frequency response

3.1.10 300 Hz to 3 kHz, +1 to -3dB from 6dB/octave pre-emphasis characteristic, relative to 1 kHz

Hum and noise 3.1.11 34dB unsquelched Audio distortion 3.1.12 Less than 10% at

rated audio output, less than 5% at 17dB below rated output.

Attack time 3.1.15 Less than 150 msec.

Squelch closing time

3.1.16 Less than 250 msec.

3.2.1.2.11 PR138 A radio offered in this tender which is compliant with the P25 standards will

also comply with AS/NZS 4768.1:2006 “Digital radio equipment operating in land mobile and fixed services bands in the frequency range 29.7 MHz to 1 GHz – Radiofrequency requirements”.

3.2.1.2.12 PR407 Analogue and digital radios offered against this specification, for use by CFA in the Land Mobile Service, will comply with all relevant ACMA mandated standards. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.2.13 PR139 The mobile radio, Transportable Repeater and the VMR will be able to work into an antenna load consisting of a short circuit or an open circuit for one minute continuous application of the PTT without damage or degradation to the performance of the radio (as specified in section 3.2.1.2.6) when a nominal 50 ohm load is subsequently presented to the radio.

3.2.1.2.14 PR140 The portable radio, when connected to an external base station antenna, will be able to work into an antenna load consisting of a short circuit or an open circuit for one minute continuous application of the PTT, without damage or degradation to the performance of the radio (as specified in section 3.2.1.2.6) when a nominal 50 ohm load is subsequently presented to the radio.

3.2.1.2.15 PR141 The portable radio, when its detachable antenna is removed, will be able to be operated for one minute continuous of PTT, without damage or degradation to


the performance of the radio (as specified in section 3.2.1.2.6) when the integrated antenna is subsequently refitted to the radio.

3.2.1.3 RF CHANNEL CAPACITY 3.2.1.3.1 PR142 For mobile, portable and VMR radio types the tenderer will offer radios with

RF channel capacities of: a. 1000 individual channels; or b. 800 channels including up to 20 virtual channels, representing voting groups drawn from 200 channels which are not part of the 800 channels, with each voting group accessed by selecting a virtual channel..

3.2.1.3.2 PR448 For the Transportable Repeater the tenderer will offer a unit with RF channel capacities of 250 channels or more.

3.2.1.4 SUBAUDIBLE SIGNALLING 3.2.1.4.1 PR143 All radios will provide for sub-audible signalling in the form of CTCSS tones

for analogue radio channels where this is specified. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.4.2 PR144 The CTCSS tones available to be assigned to RF analogue channels will be as detailed in Table 3.2.1.4.2-1. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

Table 3.2.1.4.2-1

CTCSS code frequencies, Hz 67.0 94.8 131.8 186.2 69.3 97.4 136.5 192.8 71.9 100.0 141.3 203.5 74.4 103.5 146.2 210.7 77.0 107.2 151.4 218.1 79.7 110.9 156.7 225.7 82.5 114.8 162.2 233.6 85.4 118.8 167.9 241.8 88.5 123.0 173.8 250.3 91.5 127.3 179.9

3.2.1.4.3 PR145 RF channels will be able to be configured without assigning a CTCSS tone

if necessary. 3.2.1.5 PORTABLE BATTERY 3.2.1.5.1 PR146 The portable radio will be supplied with a rechargeable battery that is

detachable from the radio. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.2.1.5.2 PR147 The portable radio battery will be able to be removed in less than 5 seconds and reattached in less than 5 seconds, without the use of tools.

3.2.1.5.3 PR148 The tenderer will provide a battery for the portable radio which will maximise the available operating time (for a battery which is fully charged and before recharging is necessary) when the radio is used with a duty cycle of: a. Six seconds receive at the maximum audio output power; b. Six seconds transmit at the carrier output power; and c. 48 seconds on standby. Note 1: This duty cycle specification is part of TIA Standard TIA-603-C. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to provide details of the available operating


time in hours for the duty cycle above and the battery chemistry recommended e.g. lithium-ion. Note 3: The portable radio battery will be regarded as requiring a recharge (i.e. it is “flat”) when the one or more of the following conditions occurs as a result of consuming battery power: a. The manufacturer’s recommended lowest discharge voltage has been reached; or b. The receiver reference sensitivity has degraded by 6dB; or c. The transmitter carrier output level has degraded by 6dB; or d. The transmitter carrier frequency error does not meet the Requirement in section 3.2.1.2.6. This battery specification is also part of TIA Standard TIA-603-C.

3.2.1.5.4 PR151 The tenderer will provide a portable radio battery with a useful life in excess of 3 years. Note1: The tenderer is requested to provide details of the battery life in years. These details will include inter alia the percentage of charge in storage (compared to full charge), the number of discharge/charge cycles and the influence of temperature. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to supply information on the recommended care and recharging regime needed to maximise the battery life. Note 3: The tenderer is requested supply information on those practices in use that will adversely affect battery life. Note 4: The tenderer is requested to recommend an end of life battery return service, preferably involving the recycling of battery materials in an environmentally responsible way.

3.2.2 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 3.2.2.1 PR154 The tenderer will offer compact and light weight radios that do not require

large space for installation and a portable radio and Transportable Repeater that can be easily carried by CFA staff. Note 1: The tenderer is requested to provide details of the dimensions and weight of suitable equipment when: a. packaged for shipping; and b. unpacked for use. Note 2: The tenderer should note that the portable radio may be carried by a CFA staff member at an emergency incident for up to 14 hours. Note 3: The weight of the portable will include all accessories required for normal operation, such as battery and antenna and any other items.

3.2.3 RELIABILITY 3.2.3.1 PR158 The MTBF for each radio type offered will be greater than 10,000 hours.

Note 1: The tenderer is requested to provide the details of the MTBF for each radio type offered. Note 2: The tenderer will detail the method used in determining the MTBF, for example, a Parts Stress Analysis. Note 3: The reliability of the radios offered will be consistent with the public safety operational environment encountered by emergency services. The tenderer is requested to list the public safety agencies using the products offered, the quantities of products in service and the period of time involved.


3.2.4 ENVIRONMENTAL 3.2.4.1 PR161 All radios will meet the performance requirements of AS/NZS 4295:2004

(incorporating Amendment No.1) under the standard test conditions specified in AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1). (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: This includes the performance specified in section 3.2.1.2.6.

3.2.4.2 PR162 All radios will meet the performance requirements of AS/NZS 4295:2004

(incorporating Amendment No.1) under the extreme test conditions specified in AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1). (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: This only applies to the performance requirements identified in AS/NZS 4295:2004 (incorporating Amendment No.1) to be met under extreme test conditions.

3.2.4.3 PR163 For the performance parameters of section 3.2.1.2.10, all equipment will meet the performance requirements for the extremes of environmental conditions of section 3.3 of TIA Standard TIA-603-C, viz:

Table 3.2.4.3-1

Performance parameter

Power supply voltage range

(TIA-603-C Sect. 3.3.1)

Temperature range

(TIA-603-C Sect. 3.3.2)

High humidity

(TIA-603-C Sect. 3.3.3)

Vibration stability

(TIA-603-C Sect. 3.3.4)

DC Supply Noise

susceptibility (TIA-603-C Sect. 3.3.6)

Transmitter requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing Audio

distortion No DFS No DFS No DFS - -

FM hum and noise

No DFS <6dB DFS <6dB DFS

<15dB DFS <6dB DFS

Receiver requirements for 12.5 kHz channel spacing Hum and

noise <3dB DFS <10dB DFS <10dB

DFS - <6dB DFS

Audio distortion

Mobile radio <10% (at -17dB) at +/-10% voltage.

Portable <10% (at -17dB) at +/-20% voltage.

<10% at -17dB

<10% at -17dB

- -

Note: The performance specification in Table 3.2.4.3-1 is part of TIA Standard TIA-603-C and addresses particular quality requirements of interest to CFA. The performance is to be specified by the tenderer for the measurement conditions as indicated in TIA-603-C. Only the requirements of TIA-603-C listed in this document need be responded to by the tenderer.


3.2.4.4 PR164 All equipment will be capable of operating continuously at altitudes of up to 2250 metres above the Australian Height Datum.

3.2.4.5 PR165 Equipment will be capable of operating at the manufacturer’s rated duty cycle, without damage or failure to the equipment, in the following environmental conditions, applied separately: a. Temperature: -10 degrees C to +60 degrees C, except for portable radios which have an upper limit of +50 degrees C; b. Solar Radiation: Up to 440W/m2 irradiance ; c. Relative Humidity: Up to 100% at an upper limit of 30 degrees C; d. Dust concentrations of 180 mg/cubic metre (dust size of less than 150 micrometres); e. Sand particles of size 150 to 2000 micrometres blown by a wind of 15 metres/second; and f. Rainfall intensity of 6mm/min for periods of 2 minutes (portable radio and Transportable Repeater only). Note 1: Tenderers are requested to supply details of the performance against this Requirement in so far as the information is available. Note 2: Apart from a. and c. above, the test conditions for each of the other environmental conditions will be: a. +15 degrees C to +30 degrees C; b. Relative humidity 20% to 75%. c. Nominal power supply voltage and frequency (for AC).

3.2.4.6 PR168 The IP rating of the radios, as specified in AS 1939, will be as follows or better: a. Portable radio IP57 b. Mobile radio IP54 c. Transportable Repeater IP55 d. VMR IP54.

3.2.4.7 PR169 For environments encountered during storage, all equipment in its packaged state will not be damaged or fail to perform to this specification when operated for the first time, for storage conditions as follows: a. Temperature: -10 degrees C to +60 degrees; b. Relative Humidity: Up to 100% at an upper limit of 30 degrees C; c. Dust concentrations of 180 mg/cubic metre (dust size of less than 150 micrometres); d. Vibration of less than 0.1g continuously or less than 0.25g intermittently, in the frequency range of 5Hz to 25Hz.

3.2.4.8 PR171 Under the vibration stability specification test conditions in section 3.3.4 of TIA Standard TIA-603-C the radios will meet the Requirement of section 3.2.1.2.6 in this document. Note that Mobiles and Portables are subject to the test conditions of 3.3.4.2 of the TIA Standard, and other products are subject to the test conditions of 3.3.4.3 of the TIA Standard.

3.2.4.9 PR172 For all radios, no fixed part will become loose or moveable part shift in position or adjustment as a result of the vibration test specified in section 3.3.4 of TIA Standard TIA-603-C. Note that Mobiles and Portables are subject to the test conditions of 3.3.4.2 of the TIA Standard, and other products are subject to the test conditions of 3.3.4.3 of the TIA Standard.

3.2.4.10 PR173 The portable radio will meet the performance standards of sections 3.2.1.2.6 and 3.2.1.2.10 , without degradation, after being subjected to a shock stability test consisting of the portable free falling from a height of 1m onto a smooth concrete floor once for each of six different surfaces of the portable radio. Note: This test is derived from TIA Standard TIA-603-C, section 3.3.5.


3.2.4.11 PR174 Microphones and headsets for the radios will meet the performance specification of the manufacturer, without degradation, after being subjected to a shock stability test consisting of the equipment free falling from a height of 1.5m onto a smooth concrete floor six times.

3.2.4.12 PR175 The shock stability test of sections 3.2.4.10 and 3.2.4.11 will cause no more than superficial mechanical damage to equipment, where the damage does not impair operation or warrant immediate return of the equipment to the vendor for repair.

3.3 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 3.3.1 DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION 3.3.1.1 PR176 The tenderer will offer equipment which has been designed, developed and

constructed to International/Australian industry standards appropriate for use for public safety communications. Note: The tenderer is requested to list the standards applicable to the design, development and construction of equipment offered in this tender.

3.3.1.2 PR178 All equipment will satisfy the applicable safety requirements for electrical equipment to AS3100 or to an equivalent standard (tenderer to specify). (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: Where an equivalent standard is specified, the tenderer is requested to state the precise reference to the standard and details sufficient for CFA to determine the level of equivalence and compliance with AS3100.

3.3.1.3 PR184 The mobile radio will not be comprised of complete sub-units (such as a number of production radio types), each sub-unit being a complete product from a particular vendor (not necessarily from the tenderer’s product line) and integrated and controlled by a central unit, such as a computer processor, to become a unified radio “system”. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT) Note: CFA will not accept the risk, nor the assertions of the tenderer to the contrary, associated with such an approach. The risks to CFA are in terms of upgrading and ongoing support for the life of the various sub-unit products and the unified radio system.

3.3.1.4 PR188 Cable Strain relief will be provided for microphone and headset cables that are supplied with the radios.

3.3.1.5 PR190 For the electrical connections to the radio and associated LRUs, non proprietary plugs, sockets and cables preferably will be used for power, loudspeaker and antenna connections.

3.3.1.6 PR375 Equipment preferably will be constructed using RoHS compliant processes to the standards detailed in “Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 Jan 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment” or equivalent (tenderer to specify). Note: The tenderer is requested to supply details of hazardous materials used in radios offered or the details of non-compliance with this Requirement.

3.3.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY AND RADIATION 3.3.2.1 PR192 The radios will have a C-tick compliance mark visible on a surface of the

radio. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)


3.3.2.2 PR431 Items associated with the radios (e.g. battery chargers, headsets etc) will have a C-tick compliance mark visible on a surface of the item.

3.3.3 NAMEPLATES AND PRODUCT MARKING 3.3.3.1 PR376 Each mobile, portable, Transportable Repeater and VMR will have a serial

number visible on an external surface or readily accessible surface. 3.3.3.2 PR377 The serial number for each mobile, portable, Transportable Repeater and

VMR will be accessible using vendor supplied software for the configuration or diagnostics associated with the equipment.

3.3.3.3 PR194 All equipment and associated major sub-assemblies will have attached modification labels which clearly specify the modification number or details.

3.3.3.4 PR195 All equipment and associated major sub-assemblies will be designated in English with the nomenclature and type numbers to indicate their function.

3.3.4 INTERCHANGEABILITY 3.3.4.1 PR197 An LRU will be interchangeable with every other unit fulfilling the same

functional/performance role. 3.3.4.2 PR199 Items performing like tasks will be identical and interchangeable without the

need for any special adjustments. 3.3.4.3 PR200 LRUs or components of equipment will be constructed to prevent the

installation of similar but incompatible items in the higher assembly.

3.3.5 SAFETY 3.3.5.1 PR201 The tenderer will use industry safety standards in the design and

construction of equipment offered, including the following where applicable: a. AS1319 (Symbolic Safety Signs); and b. AS1188 (SA code for safety of electronic equipment). c. AS1216 (Labels for dangerous goods). Note: The Tenderer is requested to provide a list of safety standards used for the design and construction of equipment offered.

3.3.5.2 PR202 All equipment will be designed to be inherently safe for personnel, with suitable screening, protective measures and physical clearances being provided to maximise personnel safety.

3.3.5.3 PR206 Mechanical hazards such as sharp projections and edges in equipment will be avoided.

3.3.5.4 INTRINSICALLY SAFE PORTABLE RADIO 3.3.5.4.1 PR210 A portable radio designated as intrinsically safe will comply with the

Factory Mutual Global Approval Standard: Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for use in Class I, II and III, Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations, Class Number 3610, January 2007. Note 1: The Classes of locations and Divisions are described in the (US) National Electric Code NFPA70, viz.: a. Class 1 Gases, vapours and liquids, Division 1 – normally explosive; b. Class 2 Dusts, Division 1 – ignitable quantities or conductive dust; c. Class 3 Fibres and flyings, Division 1 – in manufacturing. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to provide details of the certification of equipment offered against the Factory Mutual Global Approval Standard: Intrinsically Safe Apparatus.


3.3.6 HUMAN ENGINEERING The Requirements for this section detail the MMI CFA is seeking in the radios to be offered. The Requirements may lay down the principles of some features, whilst other Requirements are more specific and prescriptive.

3.3.6.1 PR211 Radios and associated items will be sufficiently rugged to withstand handling in the field during operation, maintenance, supply and transport within the environmental limits specified in section 3.2.4. Note: Associated items refers to handheld microphones, headsets etc, where these items need to be as rugged as the radio and not be a source of high failure rate compared with the radio.

3.3.6.2 PR212 Visual display techniques will be used to provide the user with a clear indication of equipment operation and functionality selected.

3.3.6.3 PR213 To establish the priority of visual signals, discriminatory characteristics such as flashing, colour, shape, symbols, colour contrast, size, luminance contrast and location will be used.

3.3.6.4 PR214 Sufficient contrast will be provided between all displayed information and the display background to ensure that the required information can be read by the user under all lighting conditions from fully dark (at night or in buildings where the lighting has failed) to full sun outdoors.

3.3.6.5 PR215 Back lighting of any display will be provided. 3.3.6.6 PR217 The level of back lighting will be adjustable from a minimum level, which is

not zero or no backlighting, up to the maximum available for the radio.. 3.3.6.7 PR447 Back lighting will be activated (on) at switch on of the radio and, if the radio

is already switched on, the pressing of any button on the radio’s key pad, including hand held microphones and the backlighting will remain on for a short period after the last key pad operation. Note: The tenderer is requested to provide the time interval that the backlighting remains active before it times out to the off state.

3.3.6.8 PR218 The effective viewing distance to displays and labels will be preferably not less than 510 mm for a user who has normal vision and who does not require the use of spectacles and who is positioned directly in front of the display.

3.3.6.9 PR219 The display on the radio will be programmable to show details of the selected radio channel as follows: a. A radio channel number assigned by CFA; and b. An alphanumeric descriptor of the channel (tenderer to state the number of characters), assigned by CFA. Note: This information will be stored in the radio after the full channel configuration is downloaded to the radio from a peripheral device, typically a PC or via OTAP.

3.3.6.10 PR220 The channel details shown on the display and the underlying channel programming/configuration of the radio will not be able to be setup or modified from the radio front panel controls or a keypad on a microphone attached to the radio. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.3.6.11 PR221 To maximize discrimination between visual signals on equipment, colours having the following dominant wavelengths (or others as widely spaced along the visible colour spectrum) will be used: a. Red (650 nm); b. Orange (600 nm); c. Yellow (570 nm); d. Yellow-green (535 nm); e. Green (500 nm)


f. Blue-green (493 nm); and g. Blue (470 nm). Note: The use of wavelengths greater than 650 nm should be avoided due to some users being protanopes (colour “blindness” involving the colour red).

3.3.6.12 PR222 The size, shape and location of equipment controls will be designed to ensure that the operation of any one control does not interfere with the setting of another control or with the user’s ability to use other controls.

3.3.6.13 PR223 Equipment controls will be designed and located so that they are not susceptible to being moved or activated accidentally or inadvertently, particularly critical controls where such operation might cause the communications channel to be interrupted.

3.3.6.14 PR224 The Duress Alert button will be designed for operation and located so that it is not susceptible to being activated inadvertently. Note. The tenderer is requested to provide details of how the Duress Alert button is activated.

3.3.6.15 PR240 The PTT button will incorporate into its design a means to minimise unintentional activation. Note: The PTT button may be depressed when it is sat on by the operator or slips down between the seat of a vehicle and is activated when the vehicle is in motion.

3.3.6.16 PR225 The layout and size of equipment controls, particularly for portable radios, will allow the use of these controls by wearing either of the firefighting gloves as follows: a. Firepro Wildfire; and b. Firepro 2. Note: These gloves are the current products used by CFA staff during operations at emergencies. The gloves are supplied by Allglove Industries, WA, refer www.allglove.com.au

3.3.6.17 PR226 Labels or markings or a combination of these will be provided whenever a user must identify items (except where it is obvious to the observer what an item is and what is to be done with it), interpret or follow procedures or avoid hazards.

3.3.6.18 PR227 Labels will be placed on or very near the items which they identify, so as to eliminate confusion with other items and labels.

3.3.6.19 PR228 Abbreviations used in labels, and displays will be in common usage and be familiar to the user.

3.3.6.20 PR229 Labels will be unambiguous and as concise as possible without distorting the intended meaning or information.

3.3.6.21 PR230 Control and display labels will convey verbal meaning in the most direct manner, by using simple words and phrases.

3.3.6.22 PR231 Displays and labels preferably will have an effective reading distance of not less than 510 mm in the anticipated vibration, motion and illumination environments for a user who has normal vision and who does not require the use of spectacles.

3.3.6.23 PR318 The tenderer will supply equipment with a display that maximises the viewing angle (from directly in front of the display) for effective viewing by a user who has normal vision and who does not require the use of spectacles. Note: The tenderer is requested to specify the viewing angle in degrees.

3.3.6.24 PR232 Labels on the radios and associated accessories will be: a. mounted so as to minimize wear;


b. minimize obscuration by grime or dirt; c. resistant to peeling off.

3.3.6.25 PR233 Labels will remain legible for the operational life of the equipment. 3.3.6.26 PR234 Each unit, assembly, subassembly and part will be labelled with a clearly

visible, legible and meaningful name, number, code, mark or symbol, as applicable. 3.3.6.27 PR236 The frequency range of an audio indication/warning signals will be between

500 Hz and 3 kHz. 3.3.6.28 PR237 The intensity and duration of audio indication/warning signals will be suitable

for use in the noisy work environments encountered at emergency incidents. 3.3.6.29 PR238 Audio signals for indications or warnings will be adjustable to be made loud

enough to be heard and understood through equipment or garments covering the ears of the user, with the exception of ear muffs or other hearing protection devices.

3.3.6.30 PR239 When several different audio signals for indications or warnings are to be used to alert a user to different types of conditions, discernable differences in intensity, pitch, beat and harmonics or temporal patterns will be provided.

3.3.7 SOFTWARE 3.3.7.1 PR326 The vendor will supply software to enable the user to set user-configurable

settings. (MANDATORY REQUIREMENT)

3.3.7.2 PR434 The software referred to in section 3.3.7.1will enable settings such as channel frequencies, radio ID numbers, CTCSS tones, keypad mapping to radio functions, GPS/AVL settings, etc., to perform diagnostic testing and/or to perform other appropriate functions. Note: Tenderers are to provide details of each such software product and a brief outline of the functionality provided by each.

3.3.7.3 PR327 The software required by the radio for the purposes described in section 3.3.7.1 will be supported by operating on the Microsoft Windows XP operating system and later releases of the MS Windows operating system in line with Microsoft’s “End of Extended Support” calendar. Note 1: This is to ensure that CFA’s computers (with a standardised Microsoft OS) can be used with the radio software for the purposes described over the life of the radios. Note 2: The tenderer is requested to advise if the radio software can be used when connected to a computer operating with a Linux OS, or the details of any plan to do so.

3.3.7.4 PR328 Software or data will be able to be transferred to the radio by connection to a PC port or via OTAP.

3.3.7.5 PR329 Software used to remotely transfer software or data to the radio using OTAP will provide, at the completion of the transfer, details of: a. the success or failure of the transfer process; and b. the number of attempts to achieve the successful transfer; and c. the time taken to complete the successful transfer.


3.4 DOCUMENTATION The following Requirements apply to documentation to be supplied after contract issue.

3.4.1 GENERAL 3.4.1.1 PR331 All abbreviations will be derived from the English language and be

explained. 3.4.1.2 PR332 All measurements will be in Australian legal units of measurement where

that standard has been prescribed pursuant to the National Measurement Act 1960 or where this is not the case, Systeme Internationale (SI) units as defined by AS1000.

3.4.1.3 PR333 All documentation, including any supplied on electronic storage media, will be of a quality capable of reproduction with commercial copying facilities.

3.4.2 DOCUMENTATION CONTENT 3.4.2.1 PR334 For each radio product type, a copy of the handbook will be supplied in both

hard and soft copy versions. Note: Only one soft and one hard copy is required per product type

3.4.2.2 PR335 The scope of handbooks provided will support Operating level maintenance (as distinct from Depot level) and include the following (where applicable): a. radio system description; b. principles of operation. c. operating instructions; d. external interface details, comprising functional, physical, electrical and procedural characteristics; e. software use; f. installation instructions; g. support equipment requirements; h. maintenance procedures; i. servicing schedules; and j. illustrated parts breakdowns where required to illustrate complete assemblies comprising, as a minimum, indexed parts lists whose items are identified on illustrations. Note: Operating level maintenance refers to maintenance tasks carried out for equipment installed in the field. This will most likely involve complete equipment or LRU changeover post-fault identification with minimal testing of equipment in situ. Depot level maintenance refers to tasks carried out on complete equipment or LRUs returned from the field and may involve disassembly and replacement of sub-assemblies for the equipment, combined with the use of complex test equipment and testing regimes.

3.4.2.3 PR337 Perspective and exploded views for parts breakdown will be used where no other method will suffice.

3.4.2.4 PR338 A parts list of LRUs and frequently replaced parts for all equipment will be provided where one has not been included in the handbook.

3.4.2.5 PR339 A list of all equipment and associated major sub-assemblies will be provided to enable the generation by CFA of a list of items which CFA could hold as spares. Note: As a guide, the list may contain items that would enable the CFA to replace an LRU or part to enable the continued operation of the equipment without the return of the equipment to the vendor for repair, e.g. portable radio antenna, microphone clip, etc.


3.4.2.6 PR343 Wherever an installation, operation, test or maintenance action involves a hazard to personnel or equipment, the description of that action in the handbook will be immediately preceded by a Warning, Caution or Note.

3.4.2.7 PR344 Documentation in the form of commercial standard user manuals will be supplied for each software package delivered to meet the Requirements of section 3.3.7.1.

3.4.2.8 PR345 The tenderer will provide a list of all LRUs and other items necessary for installation.

3.5 SUPPORT AND LOGISTICS 3.5.1 MAINTENANCE 3.5.1.1 PR324 The mounting arrangement for the mobile radio, Transportable Repeater and

VMR radio will provide for the easy and quick complete changeover of a faulty radio for a working radio within: a. 2 minutes for a mobile radio; and b. 10 minutes for a Transportable Repeater and a VMR.

3.5.1.2 PR325 The mobile radio, Transportable Repeater, VMR radio and associated LRUs will be designed to allow easy removal for maintenance using simple tools, such as a screw driver or spanner.

3.5.1.3 PR347 The radio will include self diagnostic capabilities to facilitate detailed fault detection initiated by a technician, perhaps by interfacing to another device to the radio such as a PC.

3.5.1.4 PR348 For a mobile radio, Transportable Repeater and VMR installations, the connecting cables will be able to be unplugged from any LRU to facilitate the installation and removal of the LRU.

3.5.1.5 PR349 The replacement of the mobile radio, Transportable Repeater, VMR and LRUs of these radios or ancillary LRUs for maintenance will be able to be done by personnel trained for this task. Note: The training is at the "user" level, not technician level.

3.5.1.6 PR352 Preventative maintenance will not be required on any part of any radio.

3.5.2 PRODUCT LIFECYCLE SUPPORT 3.5.2.1 PR430 Products are sought with a lifecycle in excess of 10 years. Tenderers will

state for each product offered: a) the manufacturing commencement date of the product model; b) the planned cessation date of production phase manufacturing (hardware and software); c) ongoing product support period after cessation of production manufacture; d) In-country (Australia) vendor arrangements to support the manufacturer’s guaranteed product lifecycle. These arrangements include, inter alia: 1) spares holding; 2) accessories holding; 3) manufacturer endorsed technical expertise; 4) business hours and after hours contacts; and 5) software update advisories.


4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS FOR VHF RADIOS 4.1 GENERAL

This document defines the verification philosophy and the verification methods. The outline of the verification method for the Requirements of section 3 is described in section 4.3.1 below.

4.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TEST AND EVALUATION Tenderers may be requested by CFA to provide sample radios for further evaluation and limited field testing. It will be the responsibility of the tenderer to prepare sample radios, including the channelisation of the radios in accordance with VHF RF channel details to be advised by CFA at the time of the request. The test and evaluation of radios and associated equipment against the Requirements of this specification is the responsibility of CFA or its nominated sub-contractors. Where the tenderer holds a Certificate of Conformance for part or all of equipment offered against this specification, it is the responsibility of the tenderer to maintain the currency and validity of the CoC.

4.3 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS This section presents the definitions of the verification methods which are used to verify the radios and associated equipment to be supplied against this specification, the general approach to the selection of the verification methodology and the specific methods chosen for each Requirement.

4.3.1 DEFINITION OF VERIFICATION METHODS Inspection is used to determine the characteristics of an item of equipment by examination of and comparison with engineering drawings, other documentation or simple measurements to verify the conformance with the specified Requirements. Inspection is non-destructive and consists of visual examinations or simple measurements without the use of precision measuring equipment. Test is used to verify conformance of equipment characteristics with functional and technical Requirements. The test process will generate data normally recorded on precision measuring equipment for subsequent analysis and review. Demonstration is used to verify conformance of functional Requirements and characteristics without the use of elaborate or precision measuring equipment. Analysis is a study method carried out on data (simulated or otherwise) to verify conformance with specified Requirements. Worst case data may be derived where quantitative performance cannot be generated cost effectively. Certificate of Conformance is a study method carried out on documentation which provides evidenced based verification of Requirements. This documentation may be a certificate, test report, manual or other appropriate documentation by a qualified authority who is either a representative of the vendor or a third party.

4.3.2 VERIFICATION METHODOLOGY Sections 6 to 9 indicate the specific method to be used to verify each Requirement in this specification. The following general conditions are to be applied to the selection of the verification methods:


a. Most performance parameters are to be verified by test, using precision measurement equipment and a detailed test procedure. The exception is where a CoC is specified;

b. Event sequences and the like are to be verified by demonstration of the functional characteristics. Precision measurements will not be taken during demonstrations;

c. Physical characteristics and the use of specified processes (e.g. design, manufacturing etc.) are to be verified by inspection;

d. Reliability Requirements are to be verified by analysis; and e. Wherever possible, multiple Requirements will be verified during one sequence of

tests.

4.3.3 PRODUCTION INSPECTION AND TESTING The contractor(s) will be responsible for inspection and testing of production radios prior to delivery to ensure the build standard and performance is satisfactory to CFA. The inspection and tests to be carried out will be specified by CFA and part of contract negotiations.


5 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS AC Alternating Current ACMA Australian Communications and Media Authority AMBETM Advanced Multi-Band Excitation (vocoder) APCO Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials (International) AS/NZS Australian Standard/New Zealand Standard BNC Bayonet Neill Concelman (RF connector) bit/s bits per second C Centigrade CAD Computer Aided Dispatch CAP Compliance Assessment Program CFA Country Fire Authority CTCSS Continuous Tone Coded Squelch System CoC Certificate of Conformance dB decibel dBm decibels with respect to a power level of 1 milliwatt DC Direct Current DFS Degradation from Standard DOP Dilution of Precision DVSI Digital Voice Systems Incorporated EIA Electronic Industries Alliance ESO Emergency Service Organisation ESTA Emergency Sevices Telecommunications Authority ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute FOV Forward Operating Vehicle g unit of acceleration Hz Hertz ID Identification IMBETM Improved Multi-Band Excitation (vocoder) IP International or Ingress Protection (rating) kHz kilohertz LRU Line Replaceable Unit m metres MCV Mobile Communications Vehicle MHz Megahertz MIL-STD US Department of Defence standard MMI Man Machine Interface msec milliseconds MTBF Mean Time Between Failures NAC Network Access Control nm nanometres NMEA National Marine Electronics Association OS Operating System OTA Over the Air OTAP Over the Air Programming PC Personal computer pdf Portable Document Format PTT Press to talk PVC Polyvinyl chloride RH Relative Humidity RMS Root Mean Square


RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances (Directive) Rx Receive or receiver SA Standards Australia SDoC Suppliers Declaration of Compliance SI Le Système International d'Unités (International System of Units ) SMR StateNet Mobile Radio (network) SPL Sound Pressure Level TBA To be advised TBC To be confirmed TBD To be determined TIA Telecommunications Industry Association Tx Transmit or transmitter V Volts VHF Very High Frequency VMR Vehicle Mounted Repeater VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio WGS World Geodetic System


6 VHF MOBILE - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD Where a tenderer is making an offer or offers for this product, the tenderer must respond in relation to the level of compliance to each Requirement listed in this section. Failure to fully comply to the Mandatory Requirements will result in the particular offer not being evaluated further. PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method

PR4 3.1.1.1.4 Mandatory Demonstration PR5 3.1.1.1.5 5 Demonstration PR6 3.1.1.1.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR7 3.1.1.1.7 2 Conformance Certificate PR8 3.1.1.1.8 2 Conformance Certificate PR9 3.1.1.1.9 5 Analysis

PR10 3.1.1.1.1 5 Inspection PR11 3.1.1.1.2 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR12 3.1.1.1.3 5 Inspection PR13 3.1.1.1.10 5 Test PR14 3.1.1.1.11 5 Test PR15 3.1.1.1.12 5 Inspection PR16 3.1.1.1.13 6 Conformance Certificate PR17 3.1.1.1.14 2 Inspection PR21 3.1.1.1.15 6 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR22 3.1.1.1.16 6 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR26 3.1.1.1.18 4 Inspection PR27 3.1.1.1.17 5 Demonstration PR28 3.1.1.1.22 3 Demonstration PR30 3.1.1.1.19 4 Inspection PR31 3.1.1.1.21 6 Demonstration PR33 3.1.1.1.23 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR34 3.1.1.1.24 6 Demonstration PR35 3.1.1.1.25 2 Analysis PR36 3.1.1.1.26 6 Test PR59 3.2.1.1.1.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR60 3.2.1.1.1.4 5 Demonstration PR61 3.2.1.1.1.6 5 Demonstration PR62 3.2.1.1.1.7 Mandatory Demonstration PR63 3.2.1.1.1.8 5 Demonstration PR64 3.2.1.1.1.9 Mandatory Demonstration PR65 3.2.1.1.1.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR66 3.2.1.1.1.11 Mandatory Demonstration PR67 3.2.1.1.1.12 6 Demonstration PR68 3.2.1.1.1.15 Mandatory Demonstration PR69 3.2.1.1.1.16 5 Demonstration PR70 3.2.1.1.1.17 5 Demonstration PR71 3.2.1.1.1.18 3 Demonstration, Conformance Certificate PR72 3.2.1.1.1.19 6 Conformance Certificate PR74 3.2.1.1.1.3 3 Conformance Certificate PR84 3.2.1.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR85 3.2.1.1.2.3 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR86 3.2.1.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR87 3.2.1.1.2.6 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR88 3.2.1.1.2.7 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR89 3.2.1.1.2.9 5 Conformance Certificate PR90 3.2.1.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR91 3.2.1.1.2.11 2 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR94 3.2.1.1.3.1 5 Demonstration PR96 3.2.1.1.3.2 6 Demonstration PR97 3.2.1.1.3.3 3 Demonstration PR98 3.2.1.1.3.6 2 Demonstration PR99 3.2.1.1.3.7 5 Demonstration

PR100 3.2.1.1.3.5 5 Test PR101 3.2.1.1.3.4 3 Demonstration PR107 3.2.1.1.4.1 5 Demonstration PR108 3.2.1.1.4.2 6 Inspection PR109 3.2.1.1.4.3 6 Demonstration PR110 3.2.1.1.4.4 4 Demonstration PR113 3.2.1.1.4.5 5 Demonstration PR114 3.2.1.1.4.6 5 Demonstration PR115 3.2.1.1.4.7 5 Demonstration PR116 3.2.1.1.4.8 6 Demonstration PR117 3.2.1.1.4.9 6 Demonstration PR118 3.2.1.1.4.10 2 Demonstration PR119 3.2.1.1.4.11 1 Demonstration PR127 3.2.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR128 3.2.1.2.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR130 3.2.1.2.3 Mandatory Demonstration PR133 3.2.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR134 3.2.1.2.6 6 Inspection PR135 3.2.1.2.7 6 Test PR136 3.2.1.2.9 5 Inspection PR137 3.2.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR138 3.2.1.2.11 5 Conformance Certificate PR139 3.2.1.2.14 5 Conformance Certificate PR142 3.2.1.3.1 6 Inspection PR143 3.2.1.4.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR144 3.2.1.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR145 3.2.1.4.3 5 Demonstration PR154 3.2.2.1 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR158 3.2.3.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR161 3.2.4.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR162 3.2.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR163 3.2.4.3 6 Conformance Certificate PR164 3.2.4.4 2 Conformance Certificate PR165 3.2.4.5 6 Conformance Certificate PR168 3.2.4.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR169 3.2.4.7 5 Conformance Certificate PR171 3.2.4.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR172 3.2.4.9 6 Conformance Certificate PR174 3.2.4.11 2 Test PR176 3.3.1.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR178 3.3.1.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR184 3.3.1.3 Mandatory Inspection PR188 3.3.1.4 4 Inspection


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR190 3.3.1.5 4 Inspection PR192 3.3.2.1 Mandatory Inspection PR194 3.3.3.3 1 Inspection PR195 3.3.3.4 2 Inspection PR197 3.3.4.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR199 3.3.4.2 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR200 3.3.4.3 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR201 3.3.5.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR202 3.3.5.2 5 Inspection PR206 3.3.5.3 4 Inspection PR211 3.3.6.1 5 Inspection PR212 3.3.6.2 6 Demonstration PR213 3.3.6.3 4 Demonstration PR214 3.3.6.4 6 Test PR215 3.3.6.5 5 Demonstration PR217 3.3.6.6 2 Demonstration PR218 3.3.6.8 6 Demonstration PR219 3.3.6.9 5 Demonstration PR220 3.3.6.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR221 3.3.6.11 4 Conformance Certificate PR222 3.3.6.12 6 Demonstration PR223 3.3.6.13 6 Demonstration PR224 3.3.6.14 6 Demonstration PR225 3.3.6.16 6 Demonstration PR226 3.3.6.17 4 Inspection PR227 3.3.6.18 4 Inspection PR228 3.3.6.19 1 Inspection PR229 3.3.6.20 1 Inspection PR230 3.3.6.21 1 Inspection PR231 3.3.6.22 2 Demonstration PR232 3.3.6.24 2 Inspection PR233 3.3.6.25 2 Conformance Certificate PR234 3.3.6.26 2 Inspection PR236 3.3.6.27 2 Conformance Certificate PR237 3.3.6.28 3 Demonstration PR238 3.3.6.29 6 Demonstration PR239 3.3.6.30 6 Demonstration PR240 3.3.6.15 5 Demonstration PR318 3.3.6.23 3 Demonstration PR319 3.1.1.1.20 1 Inspection PR324 3.5.1.1 4 Demonstration PR325 3.5.1.2 4 Demonstration PR326 3.3.7.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR327 3.3.7.3 5 Demonstration PR328 3.3.7.4 5 Demonstration PR329 3.3.7.5 4 Demonstration PR331 3.4.1.1 4 Conformance Certificate PR332 3.4.1.2 4 Conformance Certificate PR333 3.4.1.3 5 Conformance Certificate PR334 3.4.2.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR335 3.4.2.2 5 Inspection PR337 3.4.2.3 1 Inspection


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR338 3.4.2.4 1 Inspection PR339 3.4.2.5 2 Inspection PR343 3.4.2.6 5 Inspection PR344 3.4.2.7 4 Conformance Certificate PR345 3.4.2.8 4 Inspection PR347 3.5.1.3 6 Demonstration PR348 3.5.1.4 5 Demonstration PR349 3.5.1.5 5 Demonstration PR352 3.5.1.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR364 3.2.1.1.1.20 2 Inspection PR365 3.2.1.1.1.21 2 Demonstration PR366 3.2.1.1.1.22 2 Demonstration PR368 3.2.1.1.1.23 6 Demonstration PR372 3.2.1.1.1.25 4 Demonstration PR375 3.3.1.6 1 Conformance Certificate PR376 3.3.3.1 5 Inspection PR377 3.3.3.2 5 Demonstration PR406 3.2.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate PR407 3.2.1.2.12 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR408 3.2.1.1.4.12 5 Demonstration PR410 3.2.1.1.1.26 2 Demonstration PR413 3.2.1.1.1.5 4 Demonstration PR419 3.2.1.1.1.13 Mandatory Demonstration, Analysis PR423 3.2.1.1.1.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR429 3.2.1.2.8 6 Test PR430 3.5.2.1 5 Analysis, Inspection PR431 3.3.2.2 5 Inspection PR432 3.2.1.1.2.2 5 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR433 3.2.1.1.1.14 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR434 3.3.7.2 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR435 3.2.1.1.2.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR446 3.2.1.1.1.24 6 Conformance Certificate PR447 3.3.6.7 6 Demonstration PR449 3.2.1.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate


7 VHF PORTABLE - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD Where a tenderer is making an offer or offers for this product, the tenderer must respond in relation to the level of compliance to each Requirement listed in this section. Failure to fully comply to the Mandatory Requirements will result in the particular offer not being evaluated further. PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method

PR40 3.1.2.1.1 4 Inspection PR41 3.1.2.1.2 5 Inspection PR42 3.1.2.1.3 3 Conformance Certificate PR44 3.1.2.1.4 Mandatory Demonstration PR45 3.1.2.1.5 6 Demonstration PR46 3.1.2.1.6 3 Demonstration PR47 3.1.2.1.7 2 Inspection PR48 3.1.2.1.8 4 Demonstration PR49 3.1.2.1.9 4 Demonstration PR50 3.1.2.1.10 4 Demonstration PR51 3.1.2.1.11 2 Inspection PR52 3.1.2.1.13 3 Demonstration PR53 3.1.2.1.14 2 Demonstration PR56 3.1.2.1.15 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR58 3.1.2.1.16 6 Demonstration PR59 3.2.1.1.1.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR60 3.2.1.1.1.4 5 Demonstration PR61 3.2.1.1.1.6 5 Demonstration PR62 3.2.1.1.1.7 Mandatory Demonstration PR63 3.2.1.1.1.8 5 Demonstration PR64 3.2.1.1.1.9 Mandatory Demonstration PR65 3.2.1.1.1.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR66 3.2.1.1.1.11 Mandatory Demonstration PR67 3.2.1.1.1.12 6 Demonstration PR68 3.2.1.1.1.15 Mandatory Demonstration PR69 3.2.1.1.1.16 5 Demonstration PR70 3.2.1.1.1.17 5 Demonstration PR71 3.2.1.1.1.18 3 Demonstration, Conformance Certificate PR72 3.2.1.1.1.19 6 Conformance Certificate PR74 3.2.1.1.1.3 3 Conformance Certificate PR84 3.2.1.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR85 3.2.1.1.2.3 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR86 3.2.1.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR87 3.2.1.1.2.6 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR88 3.2.1.1.2.7 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR89 3.2.1.1.2.9 5 Conformance Certificate PR90 3.2.1.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR91 3.2.1.1.2.11 2 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR94 3.2.1.1.3.1 5 Demonstration PR96 3.2.1.1.3.2 6 Demonstration PR97 3.2.1.1.3.3 3 Demonstration PR98 3.2.1.1.3.6 2 Demonstration PR99 3.2.1.1.3.7 5 Demonstration

PR100 3.2.1.1.3.5 5 Test


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR101 3.2.1.1.3.4 3 Demonstration PR120 3.2.1.1.5.1 Mandatory Inspection PR121 3.2.1.1.5.3 6 Inspection PR122 3.2.1.1.5.4 5 Demonstration PR123 3.2.1.1.5.5 6 Demonstration PR124 3.2.1.1.5.6 6 Demonstration PR125 3.2.1.1.5.7 2 Demonstration PR126 3.2.1.1.5.8 1 Demonstration PR127 3.2.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR128 3.2.1.2.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR130 3.2.1.2.3 Mandatory Demonstration PR133 3.2.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR134 3.2.1.2.6 6 Inspection PR135 3.2.1.2.7 6 Test PR136 3.2.1.2.9 5 Inspection PR137 3.2.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR138 3.2.1.2.11 5 Conformance Certificate PR140 3.2.1.2.14 5 Demonstration PR141 3.2.1.2.15 5 Demonstration PR142 3.2.1.3.1 6 Inspection PR143 3.2.1.4.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR144 3.2.1.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR145 3.2.1.4.3 5 Demonstration PR146 3.2.1.5.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR147 3.2.1.5.2 4 Demonstration PR148 3.2.1.5.3 6 Conformance Certificate PR151 3.2.1.5.4 3 Conformance Certificate PR154 3.2.2.1 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR158 3.2.3.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR161 3.2.4.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR162 3.2.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR163 3.2.4.3 6 Conformance Certificate PR164 3.2.4.4 2 Conformance Certificate PR165 3.2.4.5 6 Conformance Certificate PR168 3.2.4.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR169 3.2.4.7 5 Conformance Certificate PR171 3.2.4.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR172 3.2.4.9 6 Conformance Certificate PR173 3.2.4.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR174 3.2.4.11 2 Test PR175 3.2.4.12 2 Demonstration PR176 3.3.1.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR178 3.3.1.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR188 3.3.1.4 4 Inspection PR192 3.3.2.1 Mandatory Inspection PR194 3.3.3.3 1 Inspection PR195 3.3.3.4 2 Inspection PR197 3.3.4.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR199 3.3.4.2 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR200 3.3.4.3 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR201 3.3.5.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR202 3.3.5.2 5 Inspection


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR206 3.3.5.3 4 Inspection PR210 3.3.5.4.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR211 3.3.6.1 5 Inspection PR212 3.3.6.2 6 Demonstration PR213 3.3.6.3 4 Demonstration PR214 3.3.6.4 6 Test PR215 3.3.6.5 5 Demonstration PR217 3.3.6.6 2 Demonstration PR218 3.3.6.8 6 Demonstration PR219 3.3.6.9 5 Demonstration PR220 3.3.6.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR221 3.3.6.11 4 Conformance Certificate PR222 3.3.6.12 6 Demonstration PR223 3.3.6.13 6 Demonstration PR224 3.3.6.14 6 Demonstration PR225 3.3.6.16 6 Demonstration PR226 3.3.6.17 4 Inspection PR227 3.3.6.18 4 Inspection PR228 3.3.6.19 1 Inspection PR229 3.3.6.20 1 Inspection PR230 3.3.6.21 1 Inspection PR231 3.3.6.22 2 Demonstration PR232 3.3.6.24 2 Inspection PR233 3.3.6.25 2 Conformance Certificate PR234 3.3.6.26 2 Inspection PR236 3.3.6.27 2 Conformance Certificate PR237 3.3.6.28 3 Demonstration PR238 3.3.6.29 6 Demonstration PR239 3.3.6.30 6 Demonstration PR240 3.3.6.15 5 Demonstration PR318 3.3.6.23 3 Demonstration PR320 3.1.2.1.12 1 Inspection PR326 3.3.7.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR327 3.3.7.3 5 Demonstration PR328 3.3.7.4 5 Demonstration PR329 3.3.7.5 4 Demonstration PR331 3.4.1.1 4 Conformance Certificate PR332 3.4.1.2 4 Conformance Certificate PR333 3.4.1.3 5 Conformance Certificate PR334 3.4.2.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR335 3.4.2.2 5 Inspection PR337 3.4.2.3 1 Inspection PR338 3.4.2.4 1 Inspection PR339 3.4.2.5 2 Inspection PR343 3.4.2.6 5 Inspection PR344 3.4.2.7 4 Conformance Certificate PR347 3.5.1.3 6 Demonstration PR352 3.5.1.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR364 3.2.1.1.1.20 2 Inspection PR365 3.2.1.1.1.21 2 Demonstration PR366 3.2.1.1.1.22 2 Demonstration PR367 3.2.1.1.5.9 5 Demonstration


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR371 3.2.1.1.5.10 4 Demonstration PR372 3.2.1.1.1.25 4 Demonstration PR373 3.2.1.1.5.11 Mandatory Demonstration PR375 3.3.1.6 1 Conformance Certificate PR376 3.3.3.1 5 Inspection PR377 3.3.3.2 5 Demonstration PR405 3.2.1.1.5.2 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR406 3.2.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate PR407 3.2.1.2.12 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR409 3.2.1.1.5.12 5 Demonstration PR410 3.2.1.1.1.26 2 Demonstration PR413 3.2.1.1.1.5 4 Demonstration PR419 3.2.1.1.1.13 Mandatory Demonstration, Analysis PR423 3.2.1.1.1.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR429 3.2.1.2.8 6 Test PR430 3.5.2.1 5 Analysis, Inspection PR431 3.3.2.2 5 Inspection PR432 3.2.1.1.2.2 5 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR433 3.2.1.1.1.14 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR434 3.3.7.2 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR435 3.2.1.1.2.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR446 3.2.1.1.1.24 6 Conformance Certificate PR447 3.3.6.7 6 Demonstration PR449 3.2.1.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate


8 VHF TRANSPORTABLE REPEATER - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD Where a tenderer is making an offer or offers for this product, the tenderer must respond in relation to the level of compliance to each Requirement listed in this section. Failure to fully comply to the Mandatory Requirements will result in the particular offer not being evaluated further. PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method

PR59 3.2.1.1.1.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR60 3.2.1.1.1.4 5 Demonstration PR61 3.2.1.1.1.6 5 Demonstration PR62 3.2.1.1.1.7 Mandatory Demonstration PR63 3.2.1.1.1.8 5 Demonstration PR64 3.2.1.1.1.9 Mandatory Demonstration PR65 3.2.1.1.1.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR66 3.2.1.1.1.11 Mandatory Demonstration PR67 3.2.1.1.1.12 6 Demonstration PR68 3.2.1.1.1.15 Mandatory Demonstration PR69 3.2.1.1.1.16 5 Demonstration PR70 3.2.1.1.1.17 5 Demonstration PR71 3.2.1.1.1.18 3 Demonstration, Conformance Certificate PR72 3.2.1.1.1.19 6 Conformance Certificate PR74 3.2.1.1.1.3 3 Conformance Certificate PR84 3.2.1.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR85 3.2.1.1.2.3 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR86 3.2.1.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR87 3.2.1.1.2.6 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR89 3.2.1.1.2.9 5 Conformance Certificate PR90 3.2.1.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR91 3.2.1.1.2.11 2 Analysis, Conformance Certificate

PR127 3.2.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR128 3.2.1.2.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR130 3.2.1.2.3 Mandatory Demonstration PR133 3.2.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR134 3.2.1.2.6 6 Inspection PR135 3.2.1.2.7 6 Test PR136 3.2.1.2.9 5 Inspection PR137 3.2.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR138 3.2.1.2.11 5 Conformance Certificate PR139 3.2.1.2.14 5 Conformance Certificate PR143 3.2.1.4.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR144 3.2.1.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR145 3.2.1.4.3 5 Demonstration PR154 3.2.2.1 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR158 3.2.3.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR161 3.2.4.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR162 3.2.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR163 3.2.4.3 6 Conformance Certificate PR164 3.2.4.4 2 Conformance Certificate PR165 3.2.4.5 6 Conformance Certificate PR168 3.2.4.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR169 3.2.4.7 5 Conformance Certificate


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR171 3.2.4.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR172 3.2.4.9 6 Conformance Certificate PR174 3.2.4.11 2 Test PR176 3.3.1.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR178 3.3.1.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR188 3.3.1.4 4 Inspection PR190 3.3.1.5 4 Inspection PR192 3.3.2.1 Mandatory Inspection PR194 3.3.3.3 1 Inspection PR195 3.3.3.4 2 Inspection PR197 3.3.4.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR199 3.3.4.2 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR200 3.3.4.3 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR201 3.3.5.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR202 3.3.5.2 5 Inspection PR206 3.3.5.3 4 Inspection PR211 3.3.6.1 5 Inspection PR212 3.3.6.2 6 Demonstration PR213 3.3.6.3 4 Demonstration PR214 3.3.6.4 6 Test PR215 3.3.6.5 5 Demonstration PR217 3.3.6.6 2 Demonstration PR218 3.3.6.8 6 Demonstration PR219 3.3.6.9 5 Demonstration PR220 3.3.6.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR221 3.3.6.11 4 Conformance Certificate PR222 3.3.6.12 6 Demonstration PR223 3.3.6.13 6 Demonstration PR226 3.3.6.17 4 Inspection PR227 3.3.6.18 4 Inspection PR228 3.3.6.19 1 Inspection PR229 3.3.6.20 1 Inspection PR230 3.3.6.21 1 Inspection PR231 3.3.6.22 2 Demonstration PR232 3.3.6.24 2 Inspection PR233 3.3.6.25 2 Conformance Certificate PR234 3.3.6.26 2 Inspection PR236 3.3.6.27 2 Conformance Certificate PR237 3.3.6.28 3 Demonstration PR239 3.3.6.30 6 Demonstration PR240 3.3.6.15 5 Demonstration PR241 3.1.3.1.1 5 Inspection PR242 3.1.3.1.2 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR243 3.1.3.1.3 4 Inspection PR245 3.1.3.1.4 5 Inspection PR246 3.1.3.1.5 3 Conformance Certificate PR248 3.1.3.1.7 2 Inspection PR249 3.1.3.1.8 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR251 3.1.3.1.9 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR252 3.1.3.1.10 5 Conformance Certificate PR253 3.1.3.1.11 6 Conformance Certificate PR254 3.1.3.1.12 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR255 3.1.3.1.14 5 Demonstration PR256 3.1.3.1.13 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR259 3.1.3.1.15 1 Inspection PR260 3.1.3.1.17 6 Demonstration PR261 3.1.3.1.18 6 Conformance Certificate PR262 3.1.3.1.20 2 Demonstration PR263 3.1.3.1.21 1 Conformance Certificate PR264 3.1.3.1.23 2 Conformance Certificate PR265 3.1.3.1.24 2 Test PR266 3.1.3.1.25 4 Inspection PR269 3.1.3.1.26 4 Inspection PR296 3.2.1.1.6.1 4 Demonstration PR297 3.2.1.1.6.2 4 Demonstration PR298 3.2.1.1.6.3 5 Demonstration PR299 3.2.1.1.6.4 6 Demonstration PR300 3.2.1.1.6.5 1 Demonstration PR301 3.2.1.1.6.6 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR302 3.2.1.1.6.7 5 Demonstration PR303 3.2.1.1.6.9 1 Inspection PR305 3.2.1.1.6.8 3 Conformance Certificate PR317 3.2.1.1.6.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR318 3.3.6.23 3 Demonstration PR322 3.1.3.1.16 1 Inspection PR324 3.5.1.1 4 Demonstration PR325 3.5.1.2 4 Demonstration PR326 3.3.7.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR327 3.3.7.3 5 Demonstration PR328 3.3.7.4 5 Demonstration PR331 3.4.1.1 4 Conformance Certificate PR332 3.4.1.2 4 Conformance Certificate PR333 3.4.1.3 5 Conformance Certificate PR334 3.4.2.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR335 3.4.2.2 5 Inspection PR337 3.4.2.3 1 Inspection PR338 3.4.2.4 1 Inspection PR339 3.4.2.5 2 Inspection PR343 3.4.2.6 5 Inspection PR344 3.4.2.7 4 Conformance Certificate PR345 3.4.2.8 4 Inspection PR347 3.5.1.3 6 Demonstration PR348 3.5.1.4 5 Demonstration PR349 3.5.1.5 5 Demonstration PR352 3.5.1.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR364 3.2.1.1.1.20 2 Inspection PR365 3.2.1.1.1.21 2 Demonstration PR366 3.2.1.1.1.22 2 Demonstration PR368 3.2.1.1.1.23 6 Demonstration PR370 3.2.1.1.6.11 4 Demonstration PR372 3.2.1.1.1.25 4 Demonstration PR374 3.1.3.1.6 4 Inspection PR375 3.3.1.6 1 Conformance Certificate PR376 3.3.3.1 5 Inspection


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR377 3.3.3.2 5 Demonstration PR406 3.2.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate PR407 3.2.1.2.12 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR410 3.2.1.1.1.26 2 Demonstration PR411 3.1.3.1.22 2 Conformance Certificate PR413 3.2.1.1.1.5 4 Demonstration PR414 3.2.1.1.6.16 2 Inspection PR415 3.2.1.1.6.15 1 Demonstration PR416 3.2.1.1.6.14 4 Demonstration PR417 3.2.1.1.6.13 3 Inspection PR418 3.2.1.1.6.12 6 Demonstration PR420 3.1.3.1.19 4 Inspection PR423 3.2.1.1.1.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR429 3.2.1.2.8 6 Test PR430 3.5.2.1 5 Analysis, Inspection PR431 3.3.2.2 5 Inspection PR432 3.2.1.1.2.2 5 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR434 3.3.7.2 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR435 3.2.1.1.2.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR447 3.3.6.7 6 Demonstration PR448 3.2.1.3.2 6 Inspection PR449 3.2.1.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate


9 VHF VEHICLE-MOUNTED REPEATER - REQUIREMENT LISTING CROSS REFERENCE, WEIGHTING AND TEST METHOD Where a tenderer is making an offer or offers for this product, the tenderer must respond in relation to the level of compliance to each Requirement listed in this section. Failure to fully comply to the Mandatory Requirements will result in the particular offer not being evaluated further. PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method

PR59 3.2.1.1.1.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR60 3.2.1.1.1.4 5 Demonstration PR61 3.2.1.1.1.6 5 Demonstration PR62 3.2.1.1.1.7 Mandatory Demonstration PR63 3.2.1.1.1.8 5 Demonstration PR64 3.2.1.1.1.9 Mandatory Demonstration PR65 3.2.1.1.1.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR66 3.2.1.1.1.11 Mandatory Demonstration PR67 3.2.1.1.1.12 6 Demonstration PR68 3.2.1.1.1.15 Mandatory Demonstration PR69 3.2.1.1.1.16 5 Demonstration PR70 3.2.1.1.1.17 5 Demonstration PR71 3.2.1.1.1.18 3 Demonstration, Conformance Certificate PR72 3.2.1.1.1.19 6 Conformance Certificate PR74 3.2.1.1.1.3 3 Conformance Certificate PR84 3.2.1.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR85 3.2.1.1.2.3 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR86 3.2.1.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR87 3.2.1.1.2.6 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR89 3.2.1.1.2.9 5 Conformance Certificate PR90 3.2.1.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR91 3.2.1.1.2.11 2 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR94 3.2.1.1.3.1 5 Demonstration PR96 3.2.1.1.3.2 6 Demonstration PR97 3.2.1.1.3.3 3 Demonstration PR98 3.2.1.1.3.6 2 Demonstration PR99 3.2.1.1.3.7 5 Demonstration

PR100 3.2.1.1.3.5 5 Test PR101 3.2.1.1.3.4 3 Demonstration PR127 3.2.1.2.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR128 3.2.1.2.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR130 3.2.1.2.3 Mandatory Demonstration PR133 3.2.1.2.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR134 3.2.1.2.6 6 Inspection PR135 3.2.1.2.7 6 Test PR136 3.2.1.2.9 5 Inspection PR137 3.2.1.2.10 6 Conformance Certificate PR138 3.2.1.2.11 5 Conformance Certificate PR139 3.2.1.2.14 5 Conformance Certificate PR142 3.2.1.3.1 6 Inspection PR143 3.2.1.4.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR144 3.2.1.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR145 3.2.1.4.3 5 Demonstration PR154 3.2.2.1 6 Demonstration, Inspection


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR158 3.2.3.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR161 3.2.4.1 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR162 3.2.4.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR163 3.2.4.3 6 Conformance Certificate PR164 3.2.4.4 2 Conformance Certificate PR165 3.2.4.5 6 Conformance Certificate PR168 3.2.4.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR169 3.2.4.7 5 Conformance Certificate PR171 3.2.4.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR172 3.2.4.9 6 Conformance Certificate PR174 3.2.4.11 2 Test PR176 3.3.1.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR178 3.3.1.2 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR188 3.3.1.4 4 Inspection PR190 3.3.1.5 4 Inspection PR192 3.3.2.1 Mandatory Inspection PR194 3.3.3.3 1 Inspection PR195 3.3.3.4 2 Inspection PR197 3.3.4.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR199 3.3.4.2 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR200 3.3.4.3 5 Demonstration, Inspection PR201 3.3.5.1 6 Conformance Certificate PR202 3.3.5.2 5 Inspection PR206 3.3.5.3 4 Inspection PR211 3.3.6.1 5 Inspection PR212 3.3.6.2 6 Demonstration PR213 3.3.6.3 4 Demonstration PR214 3.3.6.4 6 Test PR215 3.3.6.5 5 Demonstration PR217 3.3.6.6 2 Demonstration PR218 3.3.6.8 6 Demonstration PR219 3.3.6.9 5 Demonstration PR220 3.3.6.10 Mandatory Demonstration PR221 3.3.6.11 4 Conformance Certificate PR222 3.3.6.12 6 Demonstration PR223 3.3.6.13 6 Demonstration PR224 3.3.6.14 6 Demonstration PR225 3.3.6.16 6 Demonstration PR226 3.3.6.17 4 Inspection PR227 3.3.6.18 4 Inspection PR228 3.3.6.19 1 Inspection PR229 3.3.6.20 1 Inspection PR230 3.3.6.21 1 Inspection PR231 3.3.6.22 2 Demonstration PR232 3.3.6.24 2 Inspection PR233 3.3.6.25 2 Conformance Certificate PR234 3.3.6.26 2 Inspection PR236 3.3.6.27 2 Conformance Certificate PR237 3.3.6.28 3 Demonstration PR238 3.3.6.29 6 Demonstration PR239 3.3.6.30 6 Demonstration PR240 3.3.6.15 5 Demonstration


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR270 3.1.4.1.1 5 Inspection PR271 3.1.4.1.2 4 Inspection PR272 3.1.4.1.4 6 Demonstration, Inspection PR274 3.1.4.1.5 4 Demonstration PR275 3.1.4.1.8 2 Demonstration PR276 3.1.4.1.9 2 Conformance Certificate PR277 3.1.4.1.10 2 Conformance Certificate PR278 3.1.4.1.11 2 Conformance Certificate PR279 3.1.4.1.12 5 Conformance Certificate PR280 3.1.4.1.14 5 Test PR281 3.1.4.1.15 5 Inspection PR282 3.1.4.1.18 6 Conformance Certificate PR283 3.1.4.1.19 6 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR286 3.1.4.1.22 4 Inspection PR287 3.1.4.1.23 1 Inspection PR288 3.1.4.1.25 3 Demonstration PR289 3.1.4.1.26 3 Demonstration PR290 3.1.4.1.27 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR294 3.1.4.1.28 6 Demonstration PR306 3.2.1.1.7.1 4 Demonstration PR307 3.2.1.1.7.2 4 Demonstration PR308 3.2.1.1.7.3 6 Inspection PR309 3.2.1.1.7.4 3 Demonstration PR310 3.2.1.1.7.5 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR311 3.2.1.1.7.6 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR312 3.2.1.1.7.7 5 Demonstration PR313 3.2.1.1.7.8 6 Demonstration PR314 3.2.1.1.7.9 1 Demonstration PR315 3.2.1.1.7.10 1 Demonstration PR316 3.2.1.1.7.11 6 Conformance Certificate PR318 3.3.6.23 3 Demonstration PR323 3.1.4.1.24 1 Inspection PR324 3.5.1.1 4 Demonstration PR325 3.5.1.2 4 Demonstration PR326 3.3.7.1 Mandatory Demonstration PR327 3.3.7.3 5 Demonstration PR328 3.3.7.4 5 Demonstration PR329 3.3.7.5 4 Demonstration PR331 3.4.1.1 4 Conformance Certificate PR332 3.4.1.2 4 Conformance Certificate PR333 3.4.1.3 5 Conformance Certificate PR334 3.4.2.1 5 Conformance Certificate PR335 3.4.2.2 5 Inspection PR337 3.4.2.3 1 Inspection PR338 3.4.2.4 1 Inspection PR339 3.4.2.5 2 Inspection PR343 3.4.2.6 5 Inspection PR344 3.4.2.7 4 Conformance Certificate PR345 3.4.2.8 4 Inspection PR347 3.5.1.3 6 Demonstration PR348 3.5.1.4 5 Demonstration PR349 3.5.1.5 5 Demonstration


PR Tag Section Weighting Test Method PR352 3.5.1.6 5 Conformance Certificate PR364 3.2.1.1.1.20 2 Inspection PR365 3.2.1.1.1.21 2 Demonstration PR366 3.2.1.1.1.22 2 Demonstration PR368 3.2.1.1.1.23 6 Demonstration PR372 3.2.1.1.1.25 4 Demonstration PR375 3.3.1.6 1 Conformance Certificate PR376 3.3.3.1 5 Inspection PR377 3.3.3.2 5 Demonstration PR389 3.2.1.1.7.12 5 Demonstration PR390 3.2.1.1.7.13 5 Demonstration PR391 3.2.1.1.7.14 5 Demonstration PR392 3.2.1.1.7.15 6 Demonstration PR393 3.2.1.1.7.16 6 Demonstration PR394 3.2.1.1.7.17 4 Demonstration PR395 3.1.4.1.13 5 Test PR396 3.1.4.1.21 5 Demonstration PR397 3.1.4.1.20 3 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR398 3.1.4.1.3 5 Inspection PR399 3.1.4.1.16 2 Inspection PR401 3.1.4.1.17 1 Analysis PR402 3.1.4.1.6 5 Demonstration PR403 3.1.4.1.7 5 Demonstration PR406 3.2.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate PR407 3.2.1.2.12 Mandatory Conformance Certificate PR410 3.2.1.1.1.26 2 Demonstration PR412 3.2.1.1.7.18 5 Demonstration PR413 3.2.1.1.1.5 4 Demonstration PR419 3.2.1.1.1.13 Mandatory Demonstration, Analysis PR423 3.2.1.1.1.2 Mandatory Demonstration PR429 3.2.1.2.8 6 Test PR430 3.5.2.1 5 Analysis, Inspection PR431 3.3.2.2 5 Inspection PR432 3.2.1.1.2.2 5 Analysis, Conformance Certificate PR433 3.2.1.1.1.14 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR434 3.3.7.2 6 Demonstration, Analysis PR435 3.2.1.1.2.8 6 Conformance Certificate PR446 3.2.1.1.1.24 6 Conformance Certificate PR447 3.3.6.7 6 Demonstration PR449 3.2.1.1.2.4 5 Conformance Certificate


Country Fire Authority

Part C – Proposed Contract

Agreement for the Supply of Mobile and Portable Radios This agreement is a DRAFT provided only for the purposes of furthering negotiations between the Parties. CFA will not be legally bound until contract execution and any action taken in anticipation of approval or award will be at the risk of the actioning Party.


Contents 1 Interpretation 7

1.1 Definitions 7 1.2 Interpretation 11 1.3 Headings 12

2 Term 12 2.1 Term 12 2.2 Extension of term 12

3 Supply of Initial Quantities 12

4 Supply of Additional Quantities 13 4.1 Standing offer for the supply of Goods 13 4.2 Formation of Purchase Order Contract 13 4.3 Inconsistency 14 4.4 New Products 14 4.5 Inability to supply 14

5 Availability to Victorian Public Entities 15

6 Price for Initial Quantities, Additional Quantities and Installation 15 6.1 Price for Initial Quantities and Installation 15 6.2 Price for Additional Quantities and Installation 15 6.3 Unit Price inclusive of other costs 16

7 Specifications 16

8 Installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio 17 8.1 Installation Plan 17 8.2 Quarterly Plan 18 8.3 Monthly Installation Schedule 18 8.4 Installation 19 8.5 Decommissioning and removal of old radios 20 8.6 Delivery of Mobile Radio without Installation 20 8.7 Return visit 21 8.8 Installation during Fire Season 21 8.9 Late installation 21 8.10 Accreditation of installers 22

9 Delivery of Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio 22 9.1 Delivery 22 9.2 Late delivery 22 9.3 Unloading 23


10 Testing and Acceptance 23 10.1 Testing of Goods 23 10.2 Factory testing 24 10.3 Acceptance of Goods 24 10.4 Non-conforming Goods 24 10.5 Damaged Goods 24

11 Title in and risk to Goods 25

12 Warranties 25 12.1 Warranties 25 12.2 Warranty Period 26 12.3 Manufacturer’s warranty 27 12.4 Intrinsically Safe Certification 27 12.5 Breach of Warranty 27 12.6 Software Updates and Fixes 27 12.7 Non-Warranty repairs during the Warranty Period 27 12.8 Repairs after the expiry of the Warranty Period 28

13 Accessories 28

14 Specific Responsibilities of the Supplier 28 14.1 Provision of Training to CFA 28 14.2 Representative in Melbourne 29 14.3 Taxes 29 14.4 Performance Guarantee 29 14.5 Documentation 29 14.6 Environmental Disposal of Goods 29 14.7 Time of the essence 30

15 Invoicing and payment 30 15.1 Invoicing for supply of Goods 30 15.2 Payment of Supplier’s invoice 30 15.3 Fair payment 31

16 Liability 31

17 Contract management 32 17.1 Contract Manager and Relationship Manager 32 17.2 Responsibility Chart 33 17.3 Service Level Requirements 33 17.4 Progress report and attendance of government forum 33 17.5 “Value adding” initiatives 34 17.6 Contract management review 34

18 Price review 35

19 Competitive pricing 35 19.1 Competitive pricing principles 35


19.2 Most favoured pricing 35 20 Access to records 36

20.1 Supplier to retain records 36 20.2 Right to access and audit 36

21 Intellectual Property Rights 36 21.1 Warranty and indemnity by Supplier 36 21.2 Licence to CFA 37 21.3 CFA Documentation 37 21.4 Technical Documentation 37 21.5 No assignment 37

22 Conflict of interest 37

23 Change in Control 38

24 Termination 38 24.1 Grounds for termination by CFA 38 24.2 Grounds for termination by the Supplier 39 24.3 Consequences of termination or expiry 39 24.4 Survival 40

25 Insurance 40 25.1 Supplier to maintain insurance 40 25.2 Cross liability 41

26 Confidentiality and privacy 41 26.1 Use of Confidential Information 41 26.2 Disclosure of Supplier’s information 41 26.3 Deed of Confidentiality 42 26.4 Privacy 42

27 Disputes 42 27.1 Parties to meet 42 27.2 Mediation 42 27.3 Arbitration or litigation 42 27.4 Performance during Dispute resolution 43 27.5 Interlocutory relief 43

28 Compliance with Law 43

29 Sub-contracting 43

30 Access and safety 44

31 GST 44 31.1 Definitions 44 31.2 Consideration is inclusive of GST 44 31.3 Reimbursement 44


32 Notices 44 32.1 Giving a communication 44 32.2 Time of delivery 45 32.3 After hours communications 45

33 General 45 33.1 Legal costs 45 33.2 Amendment 45 33.3 Waiver and exercise of rights 46 33.4 Severability 46 33.5 Rights cumulative 46 33.6 Set off 46 33.7 Governing law and jurisdiction 46 33.8 Assignment of rights 46 33.9 Counterparts 47 33.10 Entire understanding 47 33.11 Relationship of parties 47

Schedule 1 48

Contract Variables 48 Schedule 2 54

Goods and Unit Prices 54 Schedule 3 56

Specifications 56 Schedule 4 57

Training 57 Schedule 5 58

Indicative Installation Plan 58 Schedule 6 59

Service Level Requirements 59 Schedule 7 60

Compliance with Law 60 Schedule 8 66

VIPP Compliance Matrix 66 Schedule 9 67

Accessories Price List 67 Schedule 10 69


Channel Plan 69 Schedule 11 70

Maintenance Contract 70 Annexure A 74

Form of Purchase Order 74 Annex A 74 Annexure B 75

Tender Documentation 75 Annex B 75 Annexure C 76

Unconditional Performance Guarantee 76 Annexure D 79

Deed of Confidentiality 79 Annexure E 82

Installation Practice – Installation Instruction 82


Parties The Country Fire Authority ABN 39 255 319 010 of 8 Lakeside Drive, Burwood East, Vic, 3151 (CFA)

[Insert] ABN [#] of [Insert] (Supplier)

Background A CFA wishes to engage the Supplier to supply the Goods on and

subject to the terms of this Agreement. B CFA hereby engages the Supplier and the parties mutually

acknowledge that it is their common intention that they will work together throughout the Term to continuously seek improvements in value, efficiency and productivity in connection with the supply of Goods under this Agreement to the mutual benefit of both parties.

Agreed terms

1 Interpretation 1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement: Acceptance means notice under clause 10.3 or which is deemed under that clause. Accessories means the accessories listed in Schedule 9. Additional Quantities means the goods (or any of them including Accessories) specified in Schedule 2 (as amended from time to time in accordance with clause 4.4) which are required by CFA for additional supply and, in relation to a Purchase Order Contract, means the goods specified and quantified in the relevant Purchase Order. Agreement means this agreement and includes the schedules and any annexures to it or documents incorporated by reference. Authorised Representative means, in respect of CFA, any person who holds themself out as having authority to bind CFA. Budget Sector Agencies means each Victorian Government department (as defined in section 3 of the Financial Management Act 1994 (Vic) as amended from time to time.


Business Day means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday (being a public holiday appointed as such under the Public Holidays Act 1993 (Vic)) in Melbourne. CFA means the Country Fire Authority, a body corporate established under section 6 of the Country Fire Authority Act 1958 (Vic) and includes any successor body, whether created by machinery of government, legislation or otherwise. Channel Plan means the plan or requirements for the channelization of the Goods as specified in Schedule 10, and as amended from time to time at the discretion of CFA by notification. In respect of a Victorian Public Entity, the plan or requirements attached to the relevant Purchase Order from such Victorian Public Entity. Code of Practice means a code of practice as defined in, and approved under, the Information Privacy Act 2000 (Vic). Commencement Date means the date set out in Item 1 of Schedule 1. Confidential Information means any technical, scientific, commercial, financial or other information of, about or in anyway related to, CFA, including any information designated by CFA as confidential, which is disclosed, made available, communicated or delivered to the Supplier in connection with this Agreement, but excludes information: (a) which is in or which subsequently enters the public domain other than

as a result of a breach of this Agreement; (b) which the Supplier can demonstrate was in its possession prior to the

date of this Agreement; (c) which the Supplier can demonstrate was independently developed by

the Supplier; (d) which is lawfully obtained by the Supplier from another person entitled

to disclose such information; or (e) which is disclosed pursuant to legal requirement or order. Contract Manager means the person nominated by CFA pursuant to clause 17.1(a)(i) for the time being. Contracts Publishing System means the system of the Victorian Government requiring publication of details of contracts entered into by Victorian Government departments or any successor system (including variations). Control means, in relation to any body corporate, the ability of any person directly or indirectly to exercise effective control over the body corporate (including the ability to determine the outcome of decisions about the financial and operating and other policies of that body corporate) by virtue of the holding of voting shares, units or other interests in that body corporate or by any other means. Delivery Point means the location or address to which the Goods other than Mobile Radios are to be delivered and for the Initial Quantities as specified in


Item 12 of Schedule 1 and for the Additional Quantities as specified in the relevant Purchase Order (or such other location or address as may be agreed in writing). Expiry Date means the date set out in Item 1 of Schedule 1. Fire Season means the period 1 December of each year to 30 March of the following year. First Use means: (a) Installation in respect of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a

Portable Radio; and (b) issuing to employees or volunteers of CFA in respect of the Goods

other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio. Goods mean the Initial Quantities and the Additional Quantities. Information Privacy Principles means the information privacy principles set out in the Information Privacy Act 2000 (Vic). Installation Plan means the project plan for the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio created pursuant to clause 8.1. Initial Quantities means the goods (or any of them) specified and quantified in Schedule 2 which are required by CFA for initial supply. Inner Zone means CFA Regions 7, 8, 13 and 14. Installation means the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio in Nominated Vehicles. Installation Point means the location or address to which Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are to be delivered and installed for the Initial Quantities and as specified in the relevant Purchase Order for the Additional Quantities (or such other location or address as may be agreed in writing). Intellectual Property Rights includes all present and future copyright and neighbouring rights, all proprietary rights in relation to inventions (including patents), registered and unregistered trademarks, confidential information (including trade secrets and know how), registered designs, circuit layouts, and all other proprietary rights resulting from intellectual activity in the industrial, scientific, literary or artistic fields. Laws mean the law in force in the State and the Commonwealth of Australia, including common law and legislation. Middle Zone means CFA Regions 6, 9, 12 and 15. Mobile Radios means those Goods which are designed to be installed in a vehicle. Monthly Installation Schedule means a detailed plan for the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio during a calendar month created pursuant to clause 8.3.


New Product means a new model of the Goods or a new generation of radios released by the Supplier during the Term which has been evaluated by CFA to have a functional specification which does not differ in any materially adverse way from the Specifications. Nominated Vehicles means vehicles nominated by CFA for Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio to be installed. Outer Zone means CFA Regions 2, 4, 5, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 22, 23 and 24. Portable Radio means those Goods which are designed to operate without installation into a vehicle but not being Specialised Radio. Purchase Order means an order for Additional Quantities, submitted by an Authorised Representative to the Supplier in accordance with clause 4.2 that is in or substantially in the form set out in Annexure A. Purchase Order Contract means the contract which arises between CFA and the Supplier when CFA delivers a Purchase Order under clause 4 or the contract which arises between an Victorian Public Entity and the Supplier when an Victorian Public Entity delivers a Purchase Order under clause 4. Purchase Price means the sum ascertained by multiplying the Unit Price for the applicable Goods by the number of units delivered under this Agreement or a Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires). Quarterly Plan means a detailed plan for the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio during a calendar quarter created pursuant to clause 8.2. Relationship Manager means the person nominated by the Supplier pursuant to clause 17.1(a)(ii) for the time being. Responsibility Chart has the meaning given to that term in clause 17.2. Service Level Requirements means the service levels the Supplier must comply with in performing its obligations under this Agreement, as specified in Schedule 4, and as amended from time to time in accordance with clause 17.3(d). Specialised Radio means Mobile Radios which are repackaged by CFA to be used for a specialised purpose including but not limited to as a seat belt secured radio, a suitcase radio or installed in a building. Specifications means the specifications to which the Goods must comply, including any relevant performance requirements, technical constraints and quality standards, as set out in Schedule 3. State means the State of Victoria, Australia. Tender Documentation means the documentation submitted by the Supplier in response to a request for tender or request for proposal, in the form finally accepted by CFA, as set out in Annexure B. Term means the term of this Agreement determined in accordance with clause 2.


Time for Delivery means the date and, where relevant, the time specified in Item 13 of Schedule 1 for the Initial Quantities and the relevant Purchase Order for the Additional Quantities (or such other date or time as may be agreed in writing) by or on which delivery of the Initial Quantities or the Additional Quantities must be effected by the Supplier. Time for Installation means the date and, where relevant, the time notified to the Supplier by CFA pursuant to clause 8.3. Transportable Repeaters means the Goods specified in item 3.1.3 of RFT Part B. Unit Price means the price per item of each of the Goods or Installation of Goods as stated in Schedule 2, as amended from time to time in accordance with clauses 17.5, 18 or 19. Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio means those Goods which are vehicle powered battery chargers for a Portable Radio. Vehicle Mounted Repeaters means Goods specified in item 3.1.4 of Part B. Victorian Public Entity means the State of Victoria and any “authority” as defined in the Audit Act 1994 (Vic.) but does not include universities. Warranty Period means the period commencing on the date of the First Use and expiring three (3) years later or otherwise agreed between the parties. Web Site means the world wide web site maintained by the Department of Treasury and Finance and located at universal resource locator www.agencies.vic.gov.au, as amended from time to time.

1.2 Interpretation Unless expressed to the contrary, in this Agreement: (a) words in the singular include the plural and vice versa; (b) any gender includes the other genders; (c) if a word or phrase is defined its other grammatical forms have

corresponding meanings; (d) “includes” means includes without limitation; (e) no rule of construction will apply to a clause to the disadvantage of a

party merely because that party put forward the clause or would otherwise benefit from it;

(f) a reference to: (i) a person includes a partnership, joint venture,

unincorporated association, corporation and a government or statutory body or authority;

(ii) a person includes the person’s legal personal representatives, successors, assigns and persons substituted by novation;


(iii) any legislation includes subordinate legislation under it and includes that legislation and subordinate legislation as modified or replaced;

(iv) an obligation includes a warranty or representation and a reference to a failure to comply with an obligation includes a breach of warranty or representation;

(v) time is a reference to time in Melbourne, Australia; (vi) “$”, “dollars” or “AUD” is a reference to the lawful currency of

the Commonwealth of Australia; (vii) a party or parties is a reference to CFA and the Supplier (as

the case requires); and (viii) Victoria is a reference to the State of Victoria, Australia.

(g) if the date on or by which any act must be done under this Agreement is not a Business Day, the act must be done on or by the next Business Day.

1.3 Headings Headings do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

2 Term 2.1 Term

This Agreement commences on the Commencement Date and, unless terminated earlier under clause 23, clause 24 or Schedule 7 or extended in accordance with clause 2.2, will end on the Expiry Date.

2.2 Extension of term (a) CFA may elect, by notice in writing to the Supplier not later than two

months prior to the expiry of the then current Term, to extend the Term of this Agreement for one or more further periods, as set out in Item 1 of Schedule 1.

(b) Any such further term or terms will be on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement (excluding, in respect of the final further period, this clause 2.2).

3 Supply of Initial Quantities The Supplier must supply the Initial Quantities to CFA on and subject to the terms of this Agreement.


4 Supply of Additional Quantities 4.1 Standing offer for the supply of Goods

The Supplier hereby makes a standing offer to supply the Additional Quantities during the Term, on and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

4.2 Formation of Purchase Order Contract (a) During the Term, an Authorised Representative may request the

Supplier to supply the Additional Quantities to CFA by submitting a Purchase Order to the Supplier (such order to be submitted in accordance with the requirements of clause 32 or in such other manner as may be agreed from time to time).

(b) Any Purchase Order submitted pursuant to clause 4.2(a) must, as a minimum, specify the following details: (i) the identity of CFA, the Authorised Representative and the

order number; (ii) the Unit Price and total price of the required Additional

Quantities; (iii) the Supplier’s details; (iv) the required Additional Quantities (including the quantity of

each item required); (v) the Time for Delivery (where the required delivery time is not

otherwise specified in the Specifications); (vi) the Delivery Point; and (vii) whether Installation is required to be performed for any

Mobile Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio. (c) A Purchase Order Contract will be formed, and the Purchase Order

will become binding on the Supplier and CFA upon receipt of the Purchase Order by the Supplier.

(d) A Purchase Order Contract will consist of: (i) the terms of this Agreement (other than clauses 2, 3, 4.1,

4.2, 4.4, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 14.1, 14.4, 17.1, 17.2, 18, 19.1, 25, 33.1, 33.5, 33.9, Schedule 1 Items 1, 2, 3, 8, 9 and with such consequential changes as are necessary to reflect the formation of the relevant Purchase Order Contract in such manner);

(ii) the Purchase Order; and (iii) any other document that is expressly incorporated as part of

the Purchase Order Contract under paragraph (d)(i) or (ii) above.


4.3 Inconsistency Where there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and any Purchase Order Contract, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail to the extent of that inconsistency.

4.4 New Products (a) If, during the Term, CFA wishes to order from the Supplier any New

Product, CFA will notify the Supplier of that fact in writing. (b) Within 5 Business Days of receiving a notification under

clause 4.4(a), the Supplier must provide to CFA a quote detailing the price at which the Supplier is prepared to supply the New Product to CFA, together with any other conditions applicable to such supply. The Supplier undertakes that in determining the Unit Price for any New Product, it will have regard to the obligations contained in clause 19 and, to the extent that it is reasonably possible to do so, will calculate the Unit Price for any New Product on the same basis as that on which the Unit Price of the Additional Quantities was calculated.

(c) The parties must negotiate in good faith with a view to reaching agreement as to the terms on which the requested New Product will be supplied by the Supplier under this Agreement.

(d) If the parties reach agreement pursuant to clause 4.4(c), the New Product will be deemed to form part of the Additional Quantities for the purposes of this Agreement, and the Supplier must promptly provide to CFA an updated version of Schedule 2 containing a list of all Goods and their respective Unit Prices in accordance with the format in the RFT Part D.

(e) If the parties are unable to reach agreement pursuant to clause 4.4(c) within a timeframe reasonably acceptable to CFA, the New Product will not form part of the Additional Quantities for the purposes of this Agreement.

4.5 Inability to supply If at any time during the Term the Supplier is unable or is likely to become unable, for whatever reason, to supply a particular Additional Quantity, irrespective of the reason for that inability to supply, the Supplier must: (a) immediately notify CFA of that fact; and (b) promptly provide to CFA for its consideration, a substitute for the

relevant item. Any substitute or replacement item will be supplied at the same cost (or lower) as the item that it has replaced, unless otherwise agreed in writing by CFA. If CFA agrees to accept the substituted item in replacement for the original item, that substituted item will become part of the Additional Quantities and the Supplier must promptly provide to CFA an updated version of Schedule 2 containing a list of all Additional Quantities and their respective Unit Prices.


5 Availability to Victorian Public Entities (a) Any Victorian Public Entity may elect to be bound by the terms and

conditions of this Agreement by delivering a notice to such effect to the Supplier and CFA any time during the Term.

(b) Subject to clause 5(a), the Supplier agrees to make the standing offer to supply the Additional Quantities during the Term pursuant to clause 4 to any Victorian Public Entity on the same terms and conditions as are contained in this Agreement unless the Supplier and the Victorian Public Entity agree to vary the terms and conditions for the supply of the Additional Quantities.

(c) The Supplier acknowledges that Victorian Public Entities are under no obligation to acquire any Additional Quantities from the Supplier, whether an election pursuant to clause 5(a), has occurred or not.

(d) The Supplier will invoice each Victorian Public Entity separately as instructed by the Victorian Public Entity.

(e) The Supplier acknowledges and agrees that CFA will not be a party to any Purchase Order Contract between the Supplier and an Victorian Public Entity arising in connections with this Agreement.

(f) The Supplier hereby releases CFA from all and any claims, debts, demands, liability, responsibility or obligation of any kind in connection with any Additional Quantities supplied by the Supplier to any Victorian Public Entity.

6 Price for Initial Quantities, Additional Quantities and Installation

6.1 Price for Initial Quantities and Installation (a) The Unit Price for the Initial Quantities is set out in Schedule 2.

Subject to any change in the Unit Price for the Initial Quantities resulting from the application of any express provision of this Agreement, such Unit Prices are fixed for the Term.

(b) The Unit Price for the installation of the Initial Quantities is set out in Schedule 2. Subject to any change in the Unit Price for the installation of the Initial Quantities resulting from the application of any express provision of this Agreement, such Unit Prices are fixed for the Term.

6.2 Price for Additional Quantities and Installation (a) The initial Unit Price for each of the Additional Quantities is set out in

Schedule 2. Subject to any change in the Unit Price for the Additional Quantities resulting from the application of any express provision of this Agreement, such Unit Prices are fixed for the Term.


(b) The initial Unit Price for the installation of the Additional Quantities is set out in Schedule 2. Subject to any change in the Unit Price for the installation for the Additional Quantities resulting from the application of any express provision of this Agreement, such Unit Prices are fixed for the Term.

6.3 Unit Price inclusive of other costs (a) Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or any

Purchase Order Contract, the Unit Prices for the Goods include all packaging, transport, insurance, loading, unloading and storage costs, up to the delivery of the Goods to the Delivery Point, including unloading of the Goods at the Installation Point (as the case requires).

(b) Except as expressly provided otherwise in any Purchase Order Contract, there will be no charge or cost to CFA from the Supplier for the decommissioning and removal of old radios, any peripherals and ancillary equipment, pursuant to clause 8.5. In other words, the Unit Price for the Goods includes all costs of removing, repackaging, transport, insurance, loading, unloading and storage costs of old radios, any peripherals and ancillary equipment, up to the delivery at CFA’s State Logistics Centre as specified in Item 12 of Schedule 1. .

7 Specifications (a) The Goods supplied under this Agreement must comply in all

respects with the Specifications (as set out in Schedule 3). (b) Without limitation to anything else in the Specifications, all Goods

supplied under this Agreement must: (i) utilise the latest available technology; (ii) comprise the most recent model or version of the relevant

Goods that is available at the time of supply; (iii) be channelized in accordance with the Channel Plan; and (iv) be able to be rechannelled by authorised staff of CFA.

(c) CFA may, at any time, give written notice to the Supplier proposing a variation to the Specifications (including any resulting extension of the Time for Delivery). The Supplier must, within 5 Business Days of such notice, provide a written proposal as to varied Unit Prices that would apply with respect to the provision of the varied Specifications (based on the value for money proposition reflected in the Unit Prices). CFA may accept such proposal within 5 Business Days of its receipt from the Supplier. In the absence of such acceptance, the Goods must be supplied in accordance with this Agreement without such variation.


8 Installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio

8.1 Installation Plan (a) The Supplier will prepare an Installation Plan (including relevant

milestones) for the installation of up to 7000 Mobile Radios and 2000 Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio in the Initial Quantities by 30 June 2012 and submit it to CFA for approval within fourteen (14) days of the Commencement Date.

(b) The Supplier acknowledges that the Installation Plan must accommodate the following factors: (i) approximately 1240 Installation Points; (ii) Nominated Vehicles comprising:

(A) approximately 57 types of vehicles owned by CFA, some of which are set out in Appendix G to Annexure E; and

(B) an indeterminate number of types of private vehicles; and

(iii) the unpredictable availability of Nominated Vehicles for installation during any Fire Season.

(c) CFA will promptly review the Installation Plan when the Supplier submits it. The Supplier will accommodate any requests for alteration reasonably made by CFA in order to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

(d) The CFA must approve the Installation Plan when satisfied that it is consistent with the requirements of this Agreement. The Installation Plan must be approved within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date or, if CFA elects to extended the approval period by an extra thirty (30) days then must be approved within sixty (60) days of the Commencement Date or which is otherwise agreed between the parties.

(e) CFA is not required to approve the Installation Plan if it is inconsistent with the requirements of the Agreement. CFA will provide the Supplier with details as to why it considers the Installation Plan is inconsistent with the requirements of the Agreement and provide the Supplier with an opportunity to rectify that inconsistency prior to the date upon which approval of the Installation Plan is due.

(f) The Installation Plan will, when approved by both parties, become part of the Specifications.

[ An indicative Installation Plan is included in Schedule 5 for your consideration only ]


8.2 Quarterly Plan (a) During the Term, CFA and the Supplier will co-operate and

collaborate to develop a detailed plan for the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio in respect of each calendar quarter based on the Installation Plan.

(b) CFA will nominate the Installation Points and numbers of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio required for the calendar quarter at least sixty (60) days before the commencement of the calendar quarter.

(c) The Supplier will prepare a Quarterly Plan and submit it to CFA for approval not less than forty five (45) days before the commencement of the relevant calendar quarter except the first Quarterly Plan which is to be submitted no more than twenty (20) days after the Commencement Date. A Quarterly Plan will give a detailed schedule for the installation of the Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio, including regions involved, Installation Points and the number of installations per calendar month. To the extent reasonably required, CFA will assist the Supplier in the preparation of a Quarterly Plan.

(d) CFA will promptly review a Quarterly Plan when the Supplier submits it. The Supplier will accommodate any requests for alteration reasonably made by CFA in order to satisfy operational requirements.

(e) CFA must approve a Quarterly Plan when satisfied that either it conforms with the Specifications or that any departures from the Specifications are reasonable in the circumstances. A Quarterly Plan must be approved not less than fifteen (15) days before the commencement of the calendar quarter.

(f) CFA is not required to approve a Quarterly Plan if it is inconsistent with the requirements of the Agreement. CFA will provide the Supplier with details as to why it considers a Quarterly Plan is inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement and provide the Supplier with an opportunity to rectify that inconsistency prior to the date upon which approval of a Quarterly Plan is due.

(g) Quarterly Plan will, when approved by both parties, become part of the Specifications.

8.3 Monthly Installation Schedule (a) During the Term, CFA and the Supplier will co-operate and

collaborate to confirm Monthly Installation Schedules, that is, a detailed plan for the installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio in respect of each calendar month based on the relevant Quarterly Plan. A Monthly Installation Schedule will include: (i) CFA Regions;


(ii) Installation Points; (iii) Nominated Vehicles; (iv) Time for Installation of each Nominated Vehicle; (v) dates of any training; and (vi) name of accredited installer(s) for each Installation Point.

(b) The parties will notify the other party of any suggested amendments to the relevant calendar month part of a Quarterly Plan at least thirty (30) days before the commencement of that calendar month.

(c) The Supplier will prepare a Monthly Installation Schedule and submit it to CFA for approval not less than at least twenty (20) days before the commencement of the calendar month.

(d) CFA will promptly review a Monthly Installation Schedule when the Supplier submits it. The Supplier will accommodate any requests for alteration reasonably made by CFA in order to satisfy operational requirements.

(e) CFA must approve a Monthly Installation Schedule when satisfied that either it conforms with the Specifications or that any departures from the Specifications are reasonable in the circumstances. A Monthly Installation Schedule must be approved not less than ten (10) days before the commencement of the calendar month.

(f) CFA is not required to approve a Monthly Installation Schedule if it is inconsistent with the requirements of the Agreement. CFA will provide the Supplier with details as to why it considers a Monthly Installation Schedule is inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement and provide the Supplier with an opportunity to rectify that inconsistency prior to the date upon which approval of a Monthly Installation Schedule is due.

(g) Monthly Installation Schedule will, when approved by both parties, become part of the Specifications.

8.4 Installation The Supplier must deliver and install the Goods which are Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio in the Nominated Vehicles at the Installation Point at the Time for Installation. In addition, the Supplier must ensure that: (a) the delivery and installation of Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers

for a Portable Radio which are part of the Initial Quantities are: (i) finished by 30 June 2012; and (ii) carried out in accordance with the Installation Plan, the

Quarterly Plan and the Monthly Installation Schedule (unless otherwise agreed in writing between CFA and the Supplier);


(b) the Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are installed by personnel of the Supplier accredited by CFA or a contractor accredited by CFA;

(c) the Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are installed and set up to an operational state;

(d) the Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are installed in accordance with CFA “Installation Practice – Installation Instruction” as amended from time to time and any other direction or instruction issued by CFA. A copy of “Installation Practice – Installation Instruction” is attached and marked Annexure E;

(e) the Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are tested to demonstrate that they are in working order; and

(f) a warranty certificate is signed by the technician and provided to the Contact Manager. The warranty certificate should contain the following details: (i) the external unique identifier number of the Mobile Radios

and the number on the CFA supplied RAD labels; (ii) the date of installation of the Mobile Radios and Vehicle

Chargers for a Portable Radio; (iii) confirmation of the installation of Vehicle Chargers for

Portable Radios; (iv) the name of the installing technician; (v) a signature of installing technician declaring the Mobile

Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio are in good working order; and

(vi) the registration number, brigade, location and description of the Nominated Vehicle in which the Mobile Radio and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio has been installed.

8.5 Decommissioning and removal of old radios (a) During the installation of any Mobile Radios, the Supplier, at no

additional cost, must decommission and remove any superseded or old radio equipment in the Nominated Vehicles.

(b) The Supplier must ensure that the decommissioning and removal of any superseded or old radio equipment is undertaken in accordance with Item 14 of Schedule 1.

8.6 Delivery of Mobile Radio without Installation (a) CFA may elect to have Mobile Radios delivered to a location without

installation by notice in writing to the Supplier. In such circumstances, CFA will not be liable to pay for the installation or delivery.

(b) The Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for arranging the transportation of the Mobile Radios including payment


of all transportation and related costs, storage, proper packaging and labelling and compliance with all laws relating to intrastate, interstate and international transportation.

8.7 Return visit If the Installation cannot be conducted or completed at the Installation Point at the Installation Time for reasons within the control of CFA, then the Supplier will return to conduct or complete the Installation at the earliest opportunity or a mutually agreed time and CFA will pay for the first and return visit.

8.8 Installation during Fire Season During the Fire Season, CFA has the right to postpone or suspend part of or the whole of any Monthly Installation Schedule for operational reasons at no cost to CFA on no less than twenty four (24) hours notice in writing to the Supplier.

8.9 Late installation (a) If the Supplier is delayed in the installation of Mobile Radios or

Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, it may make application in writing to CFA, immediately upon becoming aware of such delay, requesting an extension of time for delivery of the relevant Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio. Such request must set out in reasonable detail the circumstances giving rise to such delay, and the likely length of such delay (and provide such other information as CFA may reasonably request). CFA may agree to extend the Time for Installation of the Mobile Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio if, in the reasonable opinion of CFA, the circumstances giving rise to the delay are legitimate and warrant an extension of time for this Agreement or completion of the relevant Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires). CFA will promptly notify the Supplier in writing of any agreed revised Time for Installation.

(b) If the Supplier fails to deliver any of Mobile Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio by the applicable Time for Installation (or any revised Time for Installation agreed pursuant to clause 8.9(a)), such failure or delay will constitute a breach by the Supplier of this Agreement or the relevant Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires) and CFA may: (i) require the Supplier to pay to CFA liquidated damages for

every day after the applicable Time for Installation by which the installation of the Mobile Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio remains outstanding: (A) in accordance with the agreed provisions set out in

Item 6 of Schedule 1; or (B) at the rate otherwise stated in the relevant Purchase

Order (as the case requires); or


(ii) terminate this Agreement or the relevant Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires).

8.10 Accreditation of installers (a) The Supplier will prepare an accredited installer application form as

set out in Appendix H to Annexure E for each proposed installer, whether an employee or subcontractor of the Supplier.

(b) CFA may, in its discretion, grant accreditation to the applications made pursuant to clause 8.10(a) to perform installations under this Agreement.

(c) The Supplier must only use installers with accreditation pursuant to clause 8.10(b).

9 Delivery of Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio

9.1 Delivery (a) The Supplier must deliver the Goods other than Mobile Radios and

Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio to the Delivery Point at the applicable Time for Delivery, or by such other date and time as is agreed in writing between CFA and the Supplier. Delivery will not be taken to have occurred unless and until the delivery is acknowledged in writing by the Authorised Representative.

(b) The Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for arranging the transportation of the Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio to the Delivery Point including payment of all transportation and related costs, storage, proper packaging and labelling and compliance with all laws relating to intrastate, interstate and international transportation.

(c) The Supplier must ensure that such Goods are appropriately packaged to withstand transport and storage without damage. The Supplier acknowledges that such Goods may be affected by the environments encountered while in storage as set out in the Specifications.

9.2 Late delivery (a) If the Supplier is delayed in the supply of Goods other than Mobile

Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, it may make application in writing to CFA, immediately upon becoming aware of such delay, requesting an extension of time for delivery of the relevant Goods. Such request must set out in reasonable detail the circumstances giving rise to such delay, and the likely length of such delay (and provide such other information as CFA may reasonably request). CFA may agree to extend the Time for Delivery of such Goods if, in the reasonable


opinion of CFA, the circumstances giving rise to the delay are legitimate and warrant an extension of time for this Agreement or completion of the relevant Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires). CFA will promptly notify the Supplier in writing of any agreed revised Time for Installation.

(b) If the Supplier fails to deliver any of the Goods other than Mobile Radios or Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio by the applicable Time for Delivery (or any revised Time for Installation agreed pursuant to clause 9.2(a), such failure or delay will constitute a breach by the Supplier of this Agreement or the relevant Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires) and CFA may: (i) require the Supplier to pay to CFA liquidated damages for

every day after the applicable Time for Delivery by which the delivery of such Goods remains outstanding: (A) in accordance with the agreed provisions set out in

Item 6 of Schedule 1; or (B) at the rate otherwise stated in the relevant Purchase

Order (as the case requires); or (ii) terminate this Agreement or the relevant Purchase Order

Contract (as the case requires).

9.3 Unloading (a) Where the Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for

a Portable Radio to be delivered can be manually unloaded at the Delivery Point in accordance with applicable Laws (including all relevant occupational health and safety codes), the Unit Price for such Goods will include the cost of unloading the Goods, which will be the responsibility of the Supplier. Where such Goods are unable to be manually unloaded in the manner described above, general arrangements for unloading the Goods must be made with CFA.

(b) Notwithstanding clause 9.3, the parties may agree in writing alternate arrangements relating to delivery of the Goods.

10 Testing and Acceptance 10.1 Testing of Goods

CFA may test the Goods to determine whether they meet or exceed the standards required under this Agreement (including the Specifications). CFA may test the Goods by the means specified in Schedule 3 or by other appropriate means including selection of samples for testing and analysis. Where Goods have been sold by sample the Goods must reasonably comply with such sample. CFA may employ such reasonable further tests at its own cost and where the Goods fail such further tests the Supplier must pay the cost of such tests as incurred by CFA.


10.2 Factory testing (a) The Supplier must conduct factory testing of the Goods prior to

delivery. (b) On written request of CFA, the Supplier must supply certification of

the factory testing in respect of any Goods supplied under this Agreement.

10.3 Acceptance of Goods Subject to clause 10.1, if the Goods meet or exceed the standards required under this Agreement (including the Specifications), CFA must promptly accept the Goods by written notice to the Relationship Manager or nominee. If CFA does not accept or reject the Goods within 30 days of: (a) for Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio,

Installation of such Goods; and (b) for the Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a

Portable Radio, delivery of such Goods then the Goods are deemed to be accepted.

10.4 Non-conforming Goods Without limiting any other clause of this Agreement or any other remedy that CFA may have, if the Goods supplied pursuant to this Agreement do not meet or exceed the standards required under this Agreement (including the Specifications), CFA will not be required to pay for those Goods (Non-conforming Goods) and the Supplier must, at the Supplier’s cost, if CFA requires it to do so, promptly remove those Non-conforming Goods from CFA’s premises, and at the election of CFA, either: (a) replace the Non-conforming Goods with Goods that do meet the

relevant standards and Specifications and which are acceptable to CFA; or

(b) refund to CFA all money paid in respect of the Non-Conforming Goods.

10.5 Damaged Goods If the Goods supplied pursuant to this Agreement are found by CFA to be damaged: (a) during transport; or (b) the removal of their transport packaging; or (c) for those Goods to be installed by the Supplier, during the Installation, then the Supplier must promptly, at the Supplier’s cost, remove and replace the damaged Goods.


11 Title in and risk to Goods (a) Title in the Goods will pass to CFA upon Acceptance of the Goods. (b) Subject to clause 10.5, risk in Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers

for a Portable Radio will pass to CFA when those Goods are installed in a Nominated Vehicle.

(c) Subject to clause 10.5, risk in the Goods other than Mobile Radios and Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio will pass to CFA when those Goods are delivered to the Delivery Point.

12 Warranties 12.1 Warranties

The Supplier warrants to CFA that: (a) the Supplier has the right to sell and transfer title to and property in

the Goods to CFA; (b) the Goods:

(i) (except as otherwise provided in the Specifications) are new when delivered to CFA;

(ii) are in a condition ready for immediate operational use when installed without the need for specialist intervention or servicing of any kind;

(iii) are fit for the purpose stated in this Agreement (including the Specifications) or elsewhere in the Purchase Order Contract (if applicable) (or, if no purpose is stated, the purpose for which the Goods would ordinarily be used);

(iv) conform to the description, model number and the sample (if any) provided by the Supplier;

(v) conform in all other respects with the requirements of this Agreement (including the Specifications) and the relevant Purchase Order Contract;

(vi) are free from defects (including latent defects); (vii) are of merchantable quality and comply with all applicable

Laws and standards; (viii) have been manufactured, constructed or assembled at the

location and in the facility disclosed by the Supplier in the Tender Documentation (or as otherwise advised to CFA) as the place of manufacture, construction or assembly of the Goods; and

(ix) are constructed only using parts which are commercially available from at least two current independent manufacturers. The Supplier warrants that at least two of


those independent manufacturer have represented in writing that the provision of those parts shall continue for at least ten (10) years after the Commencement Date.

(c) all representations made by the Supplier in or in connection with the Tender Documentation were and remain accurate and the Supplier has and will maintain during the Term the quality assurance certification of the relevant body;

(d) the Supplier will not vary the specification, design, shape, configuration or characteristics of the Goods during the Term without first obtaining the written consent of the Contract Manager;

(e) the training provided by the Supplier pursuant to clause 14.1 are recognised and certified by the manufacturer of the Goods;

(f) the maintenance and repair of the Goods by a technician of CFA trained by the Supplier pursuant to clause 14.1 will not void any warranty in respect of the Goods from the Supplier or manufacturer of the Goods; and

(g) the installation of the Goods is free from defects.

12.2 Warranty Period (a) Without limiting any other rights of CFA, the Supplier must, at the

Supplier’s cost, rectify any defect in the Goods resulting from the design, materials or workmanship of the Goods supplied under this Agreement or otherwise in breach of any of the warranties set out in clause 12.1 during the Warranty Period within three (3) Business Days.

(b) Without limiting any other rights of CFA, the Supplier must, at the Supplier’s cost, rectify any defect in the Goods resulting from the installation of the Goods under this Agreement during the Warranty Period within three (3) Business Days.

(c) The Supplier, unless the Contract Manager otherwise approves in writing, shall meet all costs of, and incidental to, the performance of rectification work under clause 12.2(a) and (b), including any packing, freight, disassembly and re-assembly costs.

(d) The Supplier, unless the Contract Manager otherwise approves in writing, shall reimburse CFA for all costs and expenses of, and incidental to, change of the defective Goods with working Goods including the identification, gathering, packing and freight including the staff time of CFA.

(e) In the event of CFA identifying defects in the first five (5) deliveries of the Initial Quantities, then the Supplier shall exceed the Service Level Requirements in the identification and resolution of those defects.


12.3 Manufacturer’s warranty The Supplier must, where the Specifications so provide and to the extent that it is possible to do so, obtain for CFA the benefit of any manufacturer’s warranties applicable to the Goods supplied under this Agreement.

12.4 Intrinsically Safe Certification (a) The Supplier must ensure that any maintenance or repairs of the

Goods by or on behalf of the Supplier are performed by a duly certified repairer to ensure that any intrinsically safe status is preserved.

(b) On request at any time during the Term, the Supplier must provide CFA with evidence of the intrinsically safe certification of any repair facilities that are used to conduct a repair which clause 12.4(a) is applicable.

12.5 Breach of Warranty If the Supplier fails, within the period of 20 Business Days after notification by the Contract Manager, to rectify a defect pursuant to clause 12.2(a) or (b), CFA may, without limiting the Supplier’s warranties and obligations under this clause, perform or have performed the necessary rectification work at the expense of the Supplier, and may recover such expense as a debt to be offset against any outstanding amounts owed by CFA to the Supplier. The rights and remedies provided in this clause are in addition to, and shall not limit, any other rights of CFA under the Agreement or otherwise.

12.6 Software Updates and Fixes The Supplier must supply to CFA for a period of ten (10) years after the Commencement Date, at no cost, any update, fix, patch, new release of any software in the Goods as are generally released by the Supplier to its customers.

12.7 Non-Warranty repairs during the Warranty Period The Supplier must, at CFA’s cost, rectify any defect in the Goods not covered by the warranty set out in clause 12.2(a) and (b) during the Warranty Period within three (3) Business Days. [The Supplier is requested to put a proposal on the arrangements for non-warranty repairs to the Goods during the Warranty Period. This proposal should describe the support available to maintain the Goods and as a minimum should address the following: (a) software support for operation, functionality, performance, update and

maintenance; (b) engineering support including local capabilities; (c) maintenance support including regional maintenance capability; (d) supply support including availability of spares and accessories and

lead-times; and


(e) training support. CFA proposes to have a separate Maintenance Contract with the terms and conditions set out in Schedule 11 ]

12.8 Repairs after the expiry of the Warranty Period The Supplier must, at CFA’s cost, rectify any defect in the Goods for five (5) years after the expiry of the Warranty Period within three (3) Business Days. CFA may, in its absolute discretion, extend this clause 12.8 for an additional two (2) years. [The Supplier is requested to put a proposal on arrangements for repairs to the Goods after the expiry of the Warranty Period. This proposal should describe the support available to maintain the Goods and as a minimum should address the following: (a) software support for operation, functionality, performance, update and

maintenance; (b) engineering support including local capabilities; (c) maintenance support including regional maintenance capability; (d) supply support including availability of spares and accessories and

lead-times; and (e) training support. CFA proposes to have a separate Maintenance Contract with the terms and conditions set out in Schedule 11. ]

13 Accessories The Supplier must maintain in Australia an adequate supply of Accessories in the quantity reasonably necessary to ensure that the Supplier has Accessories readily available to supply without delay.

14 Specific Responsibilities of the Supplier 14.1 Provision of Training to CFA

(a) The Supplier must provide CFA training as specified in Schedule 4. All such training must take place at a location nominated by CFA and at the times set out in Schedule 4, or otherwise agreed by the parties.

(b) The Supplier must ensure that: (i) its training instructors have all skills, qualifications and

knowledge necessary to provide such training to CFA; (ii) its training instructors are approved by CFA; and (iii) all training materials are available to CFA in the format

required as set out in Schedule 4.


(c) CFA may request the Supplier to replace any of its training instructors and the Supplier must cease using the relevant training instructor and arrange a replacement training instructor as soon as practicable.

14.2 Representative in Melbourne To enable timely progress and completion of this Agreement and any Purchase Order Contract, the Supplier must establish and maintain its authorised representative or agent in Metropolitan Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

14.3 Taxes All taxes, duties and government charges imposed or levied in Australia or overseas in connection with this Agreement, any Purchase Order Contract will be the responsibility of the Supplier.

14.4 Performance Guarantee (a) The Supplier will provide or procure a performance guarantee

substantially in the form specified in Annexure C. (b) CFA will consent to the discharge of a performance guarantee made

pursuant to clause 14.4(a) if, at any time following the termination or expiry of this Agreement, the Supplier can demonstrate to CFA’s reasonable satisfaction that there is no basis for any claim to made against the performance guarantee in the future.

14.5 Documentation (a) The Supplier will ensure that the documentation, publications and aids

relevant to the Goods are: (i) of a reasonable standard in terms of presentation, accuracy

and scope; (ii) the most accurate, current and up-to-date versions available

at the date of the Agreement; (iii) published in English with all the terms, words and symbols

adequately defined or explained; and (iv) provided to CFA as set out in Schedule 4 at no additional

cost. (b) If any documentation, publications or aids is revised or replaced for

any reason, the Supplier will supply CFA with revisions or replacements at no additional cost to CFA during the Warranty Period.

14.6 Environmental Disposal of Goods The Supplier must notify CFA of any special disposal requirements of the Goods due to legislative, regulatory, security, environmental or any other requirements.


14.7 Time of the essence The Supplier acknowledges and agrees that time will be of the essence in the performance of this Agreement and each Purchase Order Contract.

15 Invoicing and payment 15.1 Invoicing for supply of Goods

(a) The Supplier must submit to CFA a tax invoice in respect of: (i) the Purchase Price for supply of the Initial Quantities; and (ii) each Purchase Order Contract for supply of the Additional

Quantities, no later than 30 days following the end of the calendar month in which the relevant supply was made.

(b) The calculation of any Purchase Price shall use the Unit Price as at: (i) the date of the Time for Delivery in relation to the Initial

Quantities; and (ii) the date that the Purchase Order is received by the Supplier

in relation to the Additional Quantities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Supplier must not have the benefit of any increases in the Unit Price due to any delays in the delivery of the Goods.

(c) A tax invoice submitted for payment pursuant to clause 15.1(a) must contain each of the matters specified in Item 4 of Schedule 1 and be sent to the address specified in Item 4 of Schedule 1 (or such other address as may be specified in a Purchase Order Contract).

15.2 Payment of Supplier’s invoice (a) Subject to the remainder of this clause 15.2, CFA will pay the

invoiced amount pursuant to clause 15.1 to the Supplier within 30 days of receipt of the invoice, in the manner specified in Item 5 of Schedule 1.

(b) An invoice will not be paid until such time as the invoice is certified for payment by the Authorised Representative. An invoice will not be certified for payment unless the Authorised Representative is satisfied that it is correctly calculated with respect to the Goods that are the subject of the relevant Purchase Order Contract and the Supplier is entitled to claim payment.

(c) If the Authorised Representative disputes the invoiced amount (whether in whole or in part) CFA must pay the undisputed amount of such invoice (if any), and notify the Supplier of the amount CFA believes is due for payment. If CFA and the Supplier are unable to agree on the balance of the invoiced amount, the dispute will be referred for determination in accordance with clause 27.


(d) Payment of an invoice is not to be taken as: (i) evidence or an admission that the Goods have been

supplied in accordance with the Specification; (ii) evidence of the value of the Goods supplied; (iii) an admission that the Goods were satisfactorily supplied; (iv) an admission of liability; or (v) acceptance or approval of the Supplier’s performance, but must be taken only as payment on account.

15.3 Fair payment (a) The parties will, on demand by the other party, pay simple interest on a

daily basis on any overdue amount, at the rate for the time being fixed under section 2 of the Penalty Interest Rates Act 1983 (Vic).

(b) For the purposes of clause 15.3(a), overdue amount means an amount (or part thereof) that::

(i) is not, or is no longer, disputed in accordance with this Agreement;

(ii) is due and owing under a tax invoice (as defined in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth)) properly rendered by the Supplier in accordance with this Agreement; and

(iii) has been outstanding for more than 30 days from the date of receipt of the invoice or the date that the amount ceased to be disputed, as the case may be.

16 Liability (a) The Supplier must indemnify CFA, its officers, employees and agents

(Indemnified Party) against any loss, damage, claim, action or expense (including legal expense) which any Indemnified Party suffers as a direct or indirect result of any of the following: (i) a breach of this Agreement by the Supplier including any

failure to deliver or install the Goods in accordance with either this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract; or

(ii) any warranty given by the Supplier under this Agreement being incorrect or misleading in any way; or

(iii) any negligent act or failure to act by the Supplier or any of the Supplier’s employees, agents, officers or sub-contractors.

(b) If any indemnity payment is made by the Supplier under this clause 16, the Supplier must also pay to the Indemnified Party an


additional amount equal to any tax which is payable by the Indemnified Party in respect of that indemnity payment.

(c) The Supplier must indemnify CFA, its officers, employees and agents (Indemnified Party) against a loss or claim that has been reasonably incurred by CFA as a result of a claim made by a third party where and to the extent that loss or liability relates to personal injury, death or property damage.

17 Contract management 17.1 Contract Manager and Relationship Manager

(a) For the purposes of ensuring a productive and efficient relationship between CFA and the Supplier under this Agreement: (i) CFA nominates the person or persons specified in Item 2 of

Schedule 1 as its Contract Manager; and (ii) the Supplier nominates the person or persons specified in

Item 2 of Schedule 1 as its Relationship Manager in relation to other queries, consents, approvals, complaints and disputes required or arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(b) CFA may, from time to time, nominate a replacement Contract Manager by notice in writing to the Supplier. The appointment of the replacement Contract Manager will be effective for the purposes of this Agreement from the date on which notice is given to the Supplier in accordance with this clause 17.1(b).

(c) The Supplier may only replace a Relationship Manager nominated by it if: (i) the proposed replacement Relationship Manager is of an

equal or higher seniority as the Relationship Manager to be replaced; and

(ii) the change to the Relationship Manager will not adversely affect the quality of the relationship between CFA and the Supplier.

(d) Unless otherwise agreed, a replacement Relationship Manager must be appointed no later than five (5) Business Days after the previous Relationship Manager ceases to act in that capacity.

(e) The Relationship Manager must make him or herself available at all times during business hours, and at all other times on reasonable notice by the Contract Manager, to meet with the Contract Manager and discuss any queries, concerns, issues or disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement.


17.2 Responsibility Chart (a) The parties will, within four (4) weeks following the entry into this

Agreement, prepare a Responsibility Chart identifying the key tasks and obligations under this Agreement, and the party responsible for completing or otherwise performing the relevant task or obligation.

(b) To assist with the management and successful implementation of the tasks and obligations contained in this Agreement, the parties agree to regularly review and update the Responsibility Chart throughout the Term. This regular review will be held no less frequent than every six (6) months.

(c) This clause sets out the intentions of the parties with respect to its subject matter but does not create any binding obligations on the other parties.

17.3 Service Level Requirements (a) The Supplier must use its reasonable endeavours to comply with the

Service Level Requirements during the Term. (b) Performance against the Service Level Requirements must be

tracked, monitored and reported on by the Supplier to CFA by the measurement periods and categories set out in Schedule 6.

(c) The parties acknowledge and agree that the purpose of the Service Level Requirements is to ensure a minimum level of performance by the Supplier, with the aim of continuous improvement in meeting the identified Service Level Requirements (including measurable improvements in value, efficiency and productivity year on year), thereby increasing the benefits to the State or both parties during the Term.

(d) The measures and tolerances in the Service Level Requirements may be amended, added to or deleted during the Term only by agreement of CFA and the Supplier in writing.

17.4 Progress report and attendance of government forum (a) The Supplier must provide to the Contract Manager:

(i) a progress report in respect of the Supplier’s performance under this Agreement, such report to be provided at the times, in the format and containing the matters specified in Item 7 of Schedule 1; and

(ii) all other data or information that CFA or the Contract Manager may request to enable it to adequately assess the performance of the Supplier.

(b) In addition to the obligations set out in clause 17.4(a), the Supplier must, if so requested by the Contract Manager, ensure that its Relationship Manager attends all relevant government forums.


17.5 “Value adding” initiatives (a) The parties agree that they will, to the extent that it is commercially

feasible to do so, work together during the Term to identify new measures or initiatives for mutual value enhancement in connection with the supply of the Goods under this Agreement, including through the: (i) identification of efficiencies in the supply chain; (ii) implementation of any applicable technological

improvements; and (iii) utilisation of any applicable industry-wide productivity gains, with a view to achieving year on year improvements in value for both parties.

(b) Without limitation to the obligations of the parties under clause 17.5(a) if, at any time during the Term, the Unit Prices of the Goods: (i) are not commercially competitive (in the manner required

under clause 19.1); or (ii) are not as favourable as those offered to other purchasers of

goods that are equivalent or similar to the Goods (as required under clause 19.2),

then the Supplier must promptly notify CFA of that fact, detailing the reasons why that is the case. Promptly following such notification, the parties will meet to discuss those matters, with a view to identifying what (if any) steps the parties could take to ensure that the Unit Prices applicable to the provision of the Goods are commercially competitive in the manner required under clause 19.1 or are no less favourable than those offered to other purchasers of goods that are equivalent or similar to the Goods (as required under clause 19.2).

(c) Any value adding measures or initiatives identified by the parties will be discussed and, if deemed appropriate, implemented by the parties as soon as practicable.

17.6 Contract management review The Contract Manager and the Relationship Manager must meet at the time and in the manner specified in Item 8 of Schedule 1 to discuss contract management issues and to review the Supplier’s performance under this Agreement, including: (a) a review of the Supplier’s compliance with the Service Level

Requirements; (b) an examination of the value adding measures or initiatives proposed

or implemented by the parties pursuant to clause 17.5; (c) a review of the Supplier’s compliance with the Installation Plan,

Quarterly Plans and Monthly Installation Schedules; and


(d) a review of draft Quarterly Plans and Monthly Installation Schedules.

18 Price review (a) If the Supplier wishes to propose any change in the Unit Prices of the

Goods (other than as a result of the application of a price review mechanism pursuant to clause 18(c)), the Supplier must, no later than three (3) months prior to the next anniversary of the Commencement Date, provide to the Contract Manager a detailed report substantiating any such proposed change.

(b) CFA and the Supplier will discuss in good faith any changes to the Unit Prices proposed in accordance with clause 18(a), however CFA will be under no obligation to agree to any such proposed change. If the parties do agree to a change in the Unit Prices of the Goods, such agreement must be in writing, and will take effect from the next anniversary of the Commencement Date.

(c) In addition to the price review permitted under clauses 18(a) and (b), the parties will adopt the price review mechanism set out in Item 3 of Schedule 1 in relation to the Additional Quantities and the installation of the Additional Quantities. Any revised Unit Prices for the Additional Quantities and/or the installation of the Additional Quantities agreed by the parties (which agreement must be in writing to be effective) will take effect from the Review Dates set out in Item 3 of Schedule 1.

19 Competitive pricing 19.1 Competitive pricing principles

CFA and the Supplier agree that it is their common intention that the Unit Prices of the Goods will be (and will remain, for the term of the Agreement) commercially competitive in terms of: (a) the price offered by the Supplier to other customers whose orders for

goods are of a comparable volume to the orders for Goods placed by the Budget Sector Agencies or the Victorian Public Entities under this Agreement; and

(b) prices, and terms and conditions, offered by other providers in the market for goods which are the same as or equivalent to the Goods.

19.2 Most favoured pricing The Supplier must ensure at all times during the Term that the Unit Prices of the Goods are no less favourable than any price at which the Supplier provides or offers to provide Goods that are equivalent or similar to the Goods to any other customer of the Supplier whose orders of goods are of a comparable volume to those placed by the Budget Sector Agencies or the Victorian Public Entities under this Agreement.


20 Access to records 20.1 Supplier to retain records

The Supplier must, for a period of seven (7) years after the Expiry Date (or, if the Agreement is extended in accordance with clause 2.2, seven (7) years after the date on which such extension of the term concludes) keep true and particular accounts and records of: (a) all Goods supplied under this Agreement and any Purchase Order

Contract; and (b) all associated records including:

(i) records of purchase of Goods by the Supplier; and (ii) all supporting materials used to generate and substantiate

invoices submitted in respect of Goods supplied under this Agreement.

20.2 Right to access and audit (a) CFA or its duly authorised representatives will have the right, after

giving reasonable notice at any time during business hours, to inspect and/or audit the accounts and records of the Supplier relating to the supply of Goods and all other matters relevant to the calculation of the Unit Price and the Purchase Price of the Goods and Installation. Such representatives will be entitled (at the expense of CFA) to take copies of or extracts from any such records.

(b) The right of access and audit granted under clause 20.2(a) may be exercised by CFA at any time during the Term or in the seven (7) year period following the expiry of the Term.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, CFA will be solely responsible for the costs of conducting any audit under clause 20.2(a).

21 Intellectual Property Rights 21.1 Warranty and indemnity by Supplier

(a) The Supplier warrants to CFA that CFA is entitled to use and deal with in accordance with this Agreement any Intellectual Property Rights which may be used by it in connection with the supply of, or which is incorporated in, any Goods or other items supplied under this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract.

(b) The Supplier indemnifies and will at all times keep CFA indemnified against any action, claim, suit, demand or liability to pay compensation or damages and costs or expenses arising out of or in respect of any breach or alleged breach of any third party’s intellectual property rights relating to the supply of Goods or other items under this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract or


relating to a CFA’s use of the Goods or other supplied items in accordance with this Agreement.

21.2 Licence to CFA The Supplier grants to CFA a non-exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free licence to use any Intellectual Property Rights in relation to any Goods, other items and the training provided by the Supplier, including but not limited to the training materials, service manuals, other service documentation and certificates supplied for non-commercial purposes, to the extent necessary to allow CFA the full use and enjoyment of those Goods or other items in accordance with this Agreement and the Supplier must upon request by CFA, do all things as may be necessary (including executing any documents) to give full effect to this clause.

21.3 CFA Documentation (a) All Intellectual Property Rights as may exist in any drawings and other

technical documentation (CFA Documentation) provided to the Supplier by or on behalf of CFA in connection with this Agreement are owned by (and will remain the property of) CFA except to the extent expressly provided otherwise.

(b) For the Term, CFA grants to the Supplier a non-exclusive, royalty-free licence to use any Intellectual Property Rights in CFA Documentation for the purposes of performing this Agreement.

(c) On termination or the expiry of this Agreement, the Supplier must return CFA Documentation and all copies thereof, to CFA.

21.4 Technical Documentation (a) All Intellectual Property Rights in any technical documentation created

as the result of the performance of this Agreement (Technical Documentation) vests in and is the property of the Supplier from the time of its creation.

(b) The Supplier hereby grants to CFA a non-exclusive, perpetual, world-wide, royalty-free licence to use any Intellectual Property Rights in the Technical Documentation for non-commercial purposes.

21.5 No assignment Nothing in this clause 21 affects any assignment of Intellectual Property Rights in any Goods or other items supplied under this Agreement unless the parties expressly agreed in writing to the contrary.

22 Conflict of interest (a) The Supplier warrants to CFA that it does not, and will ensure that its

employees, agents and contractors do not, hold any office or possess any property, are not engaged in any business, trade or calling and do not have any obligations by virtue of any contract whereby, directly or indirectly, duties or interests are or might be created in conflict with or


might appear to be created in conflict with their duties and interest under this Agreement.

(b) The Supplier must promptly inform CFA of any matter which may give rise to an actual or potential conflict of interest at any time during the Term.

(c) The Supplier acknowledges and agrees that failure to comply with this clause 22 will constitute a breach of a fundamental term of this Agreement.

23 Change in Control (a) The Supplier must notify CFA in writing of any proposed or impending

change in Control of the Supplier (or of the ultimate holding company of the Supplier) of which it becomes aware and obtain CFA’s prior written consent to such change in Control.

(b) In determining whether or not to provide its consent to a change in Control, CFA may consider such information as it considers relevant or necessary, including: (i) compliance by the proposed owner with Governmental

policies including in relation to ethical employment standards;

(ii) insurance coverage maintained by the proposed owner; (iii) the financial viability of the proposed owner; and (iv) the likely ability of the proposed owner to satisfy the

requirements set out in the Tender Documentation, and the obligations of the Supplier under the Agreement.

(c) If CFA notifies the Supplier that it does not consent to the proposed or impending change in Control, and the change in Control occurs notwithstanding, CFA may, by notice in writing to the Supplier, terminate this Agreement or any outstanding Purchase Order Contracts, such termination to take effect at any nominated time within the immediately succeeding twelve (12) months.

24 Termination 24.1 Grounds for termination by CFA

CFA may terminate this Agreement and any or all Purchase Order Contracts by notice in writing to the Supplier (such termination to take effect at any nominated time within the immediately succeeding twelve (12) months) if: (a) the Supplier in the opinion of CFA consistently fails to supply or install

the Goods in accordance with the Specifications or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement;


(b) the Supplier fails to remedy, to the satisfaction of CFA, any breach of this Agreement (which in the reasonable opinion of CFA is able to be remedied) within fourteen (14) days after the date on which CFA issues the Supplier a written notice requiring the Supplier to remedy the breach;

(c) the Supplier breaches any material provision of this Agreement and in the reasonable opinion of CFA such breach cannot be remedied;

(d) the Supplier or any of its employees, agents or sub-contractors are guilty of fraud, dishonesty or any other serious misconduct;

(e) the Supplier commits any act or does any thing that is contrary to prevailing community standards, or is otherwise regarded by the public as unacceptable or which brings the reputation of the Supplier into disrepute and as a consequence CFA believes that its continued association with the Supplier will be prejudicial or otherwise detrimental to the reputation of the State; or

(f) if the Supplier: (i) being a partnership, company or other composite body

undergoes a change in its structure which, in the reasonable opinion of CFA, limits the capacity of the Supplier to supply the Goods or otherwise preclude or adversely affect the Supplier’s ability to carry out its obligations and duties under this Agreement or under a Purchase Order Contract; or

(ii) goes into liquidation or a receiver and manager or mortgagee’s or chargee’s agent is appointed or becomes subject to any form of insolvency administration or arrangement, or in the case of an individual, becomes bankrupt or enters into a scheme or arrangement with creditors.

24.2 Grounds for termination by the Supplier The Supplier may immediately terminate any Purchase Order Contract by notice in writing to CFA (with a copy to the Contract Manager) if: (a) CFA fails to remedy, to the satisfaction of the Supplier, any breach of

this Agreement (which in the reasonable opinion of the Supplier is able to be remedied) within fourteen (14) days after the date on which the Supplier issues CFA a written notice requiring CFA to remedy the breach; or

(b) CFA breaches any material provision of this Agreement and in the reasonable opinion of the Supplier such breach cannot be remedied.

24.3 Consequences of termination or expiry (a) Termination or expiry of this Agreement will not prejudice any right of

action or remedy which may have accrued to either party prior to termination or expiry (as the case may be).


(b) Termination or expiry of a Purchase Order Contract will not prejudice any right of action or remedy which may have accrued to either party to it prior to termination or expiry (as the case may be).

(c) Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement: (i) CFA will pay to the Supplier all amounts owing in respect of

this Agreement and any Purchase Order Contracts that have been completed but not billed as at the date of termination or expiry (provided that such Goods have been supplied in accordance with the Specifications any applicable performance standards and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the relevant Purchase Order Contract); and

(ii) the Supplier must pay to CFA all amounts owing under this Agreement as at the date of termination or expiry.

24.4 Survival The termination or expiry of this Agreement will not extinguish or affect clauses 12, 16, 20, 21, 24.4, 25, 26, 27, 32, and 33 or any other provisions of this Agreement which by their nature survive termination or expiry.

25 Insurance 25.1 Supplier to maintain insurance

(a) The Supplier must (and must ensure that any sub-suppliers appointed by it under clause 29) obtain and maintain for the Term: (i) the insurances specified in Item 9 of Schedule 1; and (ii) insurance against loss of, damage to or destruction of any

Goods in its custody or possession for full reinstatement or replacement value.

(b) The Supplier must provide CFA with evidence of the currency of any insurance it is required to obtain on or prior to submitting its first invoice under this Agreement, and otherwise on request by CFA at any time during the Term.

(c) Where any insurance the Supplier is required to obtain and maintain expires during the Term (Initial Insurance), the Supplier must provide CFA with evidence of the currency of relevant replacement insurance prior to the expiration of the Initial Insurance.

(d) Any insurance obtained pursuant to clause 25.1(a) or (c) must be: (i) taken out with an insurer acceptable to CFA; and (ii) on terms (including any excess) which are acceptable to

CFA.


25.2 Cross liability In addition to the requirements of clause 25.1(d), any insurance that the Supplier is required to obtain and maintain under this Agreement must: (a) be in the joint names of the Supplier and CFA; and (b) include a cross liability clause under which the insurer agrees to

waive all rights of subrogation or action against any of the persons named in the relevant insurance policy as the “insured” and for the purpose of which the insurer accepts the term “insured” as applying to each of the persons so named as if a separate policy of insurance had been issued to each of them.

26 Confidentiality and privacy 26.1 Use of Confidential Information

(a) The Supplier will (and will ensure that its employees, agents and advisers will): (i) use and reproduce Confidential Information only to perform

its obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) not disclose or otherwise make available Confidential

Information other than to personnel who have a need to know the information to enable the Supplier to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) All Confidential Information will remain the property of CFA and all copies or other records containing the Confidential Information (or any part of it) must be returned by the Supplier to CFA on termination or expiry of this Agreement.

(c) The Supplier acknowledges that CFA will be entitled (in addition to any other remedy it may have) to seek an injunction or other equitable relief with respect to any actual or threatened breach by the Supplier of this clause 26 and without the need on the part of CFA to prove any special damage.

26.2 Disclosure of Supplier’s information (a) Subject to clause 26.2(b), CFA agrees to treat as confidential all

information of or relating to the Supplier that is provided to it, whether under this Agreement or the Tender Documentation, by or on behalf of the Supplier.

(b) The Supplier hereby acknowledges and/or consents to: (i) CFA (or such other Governmental Agency as may, from time

to time, be responsible for doing so) publishing, whether on the internet or otherwise, all such information as is necessary to comply with the requirements of the Contracts Publishing System;


(ii) CFA making available to the Victorian Auditor-General all information that is requested by the Auditor-General; and

(iii) CFA making available all information in relation to the Supplier or this Agreement as may be required to comply with its obligations under the Freedom of Information Act 1982 (Vic).

26.3 Deed of Confidentiality The Supplier must require all of its employees, agents or any other person to whom Confidential Information will be disclosed to execute a Deed of Confidentiality in or in a substantially similar form to Annexure D at the cost of the Supplier. The Supplier must deliver such documents to CFA at the request of the Contract Manager.

26.4 Privacy The Supplier acknowledges that it will be bound by the Information Privacy Principles and any applicable Code of Practice with respect to any act done or practice engaged in by the Supplier under or in connection with this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract in the same way and to the same extent as CFA would have been bound had it been directly done or engaged in by CFA.

27 Disputes 27.1 Parties to meet

If any dispute arises under or in connection with this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract (Dispute) which Dispute is not able to be resolved by the Contract Manager and the Relationship Manager within fourteen (14) days, the nominated senior executive officer (or equivalent) of each of CFA (on the one hand) and the Supplier (on the other hand) will promptly meet and discuss in good faith with a view to resolving such Dispute.

27.2 Mediation (a) If any Dispute is unable to be resolved in accordance with

clause 27.1 within fourteen (14) days, the parties agree to endeavour in good faith to settle the Dispute by mediation administered by the Australian Commercial Disputes Centre (ACDC) before having recourse to arbitration or litigation.

(b) The mediation will be conducted in accordance with the mediation guidelines of ACDC (Guidelines) which set out the procedures to be adopted, the process of selection of the mediator and the costs involved and the terms of those Guidelines are incorporated in this Agreement.

27.3 Arbitration or litigation (a) If the parties fail to settle any Dispute in accordance with clause 27.2

the parties may agree to submit the Dispute for resolution to final and binding arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the Institute of


Arbitrators and Mediators Australia by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with those rules.

(b) If the parties do not agree to refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with clause 27.3(a), either party may submit the Dispute for resolution to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Victoria, Australia.

27.4 Performance during Dispute resolution The parties to a Dispute will continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, under any Purchase Order Contract , pending the resolution of a Dispute under this clause 27.

27.5 Interlocutory relief Nothing in this clause 27 is to be taken as preventing any party to a Dispute from seeking interlocutory relief in respect of such dispute.

28 Compliance with Law The Supplier must, in performing its obligations under this Agreement and under any Purchase Order Contract, comply with all Laws affecting or applicable to the provision of Goods by the Supplier. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Supplier must comply with the provisions set out in Schedule 7.

29 Sub-contracting (a) Subject to clause 29(c), the Supplier must not sub-contract to any

third person any of its obligations under this Agreement or any Purchase Order Contract without the prior written consent of CFA, which consent may be given or withheld by CFA in its absolute discretion.

(b) The Supplier must ensure that any sub-contractor engaged by it complies with all obligations imposed on the Supplier by this Agreement. The Supplier will not, as a result of any sub-contracting arrangement, be relieved from the performance of any obligation under this Agreement or a Purchase Order Contract and will be liable for all acts and omissions of a sub-contractor as though they were the actions of the Supplier itself.

(c) The Supplier is not obliged to obtain the consent of CFA in relation to a third party under a sub-contracting arrangement whilst its total value remains less than $1,000.

(d) The Supplier must ensure that any contract with a sub-contractor engaged by it in relation to the Installation has provisions no less onerous as clause 26.


30 Access and safety When the Supplier enters the premises of CFA, the Supplier must ensure that its employees, agents and sub-contractors use reasonable endeavours to: (a) protect people and property; (b) prevent nuisance and unnecessary noise and disturbance; and (c) act in a safe and lawful manner and comply with the safety standards

and policies of CFA (as notified to the Supplier).

31 GST 31.1 Definitions

Terms used in this clause have the same meanings given to them in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth).

31.2 Consideration is inclusive of GST Unless otherwise expressly stated, all prices or other sums payable or consideration to be provided under or in accordance with this Agreement are inclusive of GST. CFA’s obligation to pay the GST component of the consideration is subject to it receiving a valid tax invoice in respect of the supply at or before the time of payment.

31.3 Reimbursement If this Agreement requires a party to pay for, reimburse or contribute to any expense, loss or outgoing (reimbursable expense) suffered or incurred by another party, the amount required to be paid, reimbursed or contributed by the first party will be the amount of the reimbursable expense net of input tax credits (if any) to which the other party is entitled in respect of the reimbursable expense plus any GST payable by the other party.

32 Notices 32.1 Giving a communication

A Purchase Order, notice, demand, certification, process or other communication relating to this Agreement must be in writing in the English language, and may (in addition to any other method permitted by law) be sent by pre-paid post, pre-paid courier or by electronic mail as follows: (a) to CFA: at the address which is set out in Item 10 of Schedule 1 (or,

where the notice or document is in relation to a Purchase Order Contract, to the address nominated in the relevant Purchase Order); and

(b) to the Supplier: at the address which is set out in Item 10 of Schedule 1.


32.2 Time of delivery A notice or document shall be taken to be delivered or served as follows: (a) in the case of delivery in person or by courier, when delivered; (b) in the case of delivery by post within Australia, two (2) Business Days

after the date of posting; (c) in the case of delivery by post to or from an address outside Australia,

ten days after the date of posting; (d) in the case of facsimile transmission, on receipt by the sender of a

transmission report from the despatching machine showing: the date of transmission, the relevant number of pages, the correct telephone number of the destination facsimile machine and the result of the transmission as satisfactory; and

(e) in the case of electronic mail, if the receiving party has agreed to receipt in that form under the Agreement, a Purchase Order Contract , and the message is correctly addressed to and successfully transmitted to that party’s electronic mail address (e-mail address), when acknowledgment of receipt is recorded on the sender’s computer.

32.3 After hours communications If any notice or document is delivered or deemed to be delivered: (a) after 5.00 pm in the place of receipt; or (b) on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the place of

receipt, it is taken as having been delivered at 9.00 am on the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that place.

33 General 33.1 Legal costs

Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, each party must pay its own legal and other costs and expenses of negotiating, preparing, executing and performing its obligations under this Agreement.

33.2 Amendment (a) This Agreement may only be varied or replaced by a document

executed by CFA and the Supplier. (b) A Purchase Order Contract may only be varied or replaced by a

document executed by CFA and the Supplier.


33.3 Waiver and exercise of rights (a) A single or partial exercise or waiver by a party of a right relating to

this Agreement does not prevent any other exercise of that right or the exercise of any other right.

(b) A party is not liable for any loss, cost or expense of any other party caused or contributed to by the waiver, exercise, attempted exercise, failure to exercise or delay in the exercise of a right.

33.4 Severability Any provision of this Agreement, a Purchase Order Contract which is invalid or unenforceable is to be read down, if possible, so as to be valid and enforceable, and, if that is not possible, the provision shall, to the extent that it is capable, be severed to the extent of the invalidity or unenforceability, without affecting the remaining provisions.

33.5 Rights cumulative Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, the rights of a party under this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights of that party.

33.6 Set off CFA may set off against any sum owing to the Supplier under this Agreement, any Purchase Order Contract any amount then owing by the Supplier to CFA.

33.7 Governing law and jurisdiction (a) This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance

with the laws applicable in Victoria, Australia. (b) Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive

jurisdiction of the courts of Victoria, Australia and any courts which have jurisdiction to hear appeals from any of those courts and waives any right to object to any proceedings being brought in those courts.

33.8 Assignment of rights (a) A party may assign any right under this Agreement with the prior

written consent of the other party. (b) The Supplier will not, as a result of any assignment pursuant to

clause 33.8(a), be relieved from the performance of any obligation under this Agreement, and will be responsible for acts and omissions of any assignee.

(c) CFA may, by notice in writing to the Supplier, assign its rights to any other State government department, administrative office or other entity (including any Budget Sector Agency) in the event of any State government restructure or other re-organisation.


33.9 Counterparts This Agreement may consist of a number of counterparts and, if so, the counterparts taken together constitute one document.

33.10 Entire understanding (a) This Agreement, together with:

(i) the Tender Documentation; and (ii) any other documents or representations specified in Item 11

of Schedule 1, contains the entire understanding between the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement.

(b) Each Purchase Order Contract formed pursuant to this Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties as to the subject matter of that Purchase Order Contract.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in clause 33.10(a) and (b) (as the case requires): (i) all previous negotiations, understandings, representations,

warranties, memoranda or commitments concerning the subject matter of this Agreement or Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires) are merged in and superseded by this Agreement or Purchase Order Contract (as the case requires) and are of no effect; and

(ii) no oral explanation or information provided by any party to another: (A) affects the meaning or interpretation of this

Agreement or Purchase Order Contract, (as the case requires); or

(B) constitutes any collateral agreement, warranty or understanding between any of the parties.

33.11 Relationship of parties This Agreement is not intended to create a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship between the parties.


Schedule 1 Contract Variables Item 1: Term (Clause 2) Commencement Date: [TBA] Expiry Date: 29 June 2012 Further term(s): 2 terms of 1 year

Item 2: Contract Manager and Relationship Manager (Clause 17) CFA’s Contract Manager(s) Name: Doug Booth Title: Project Director Telephone: 03 9262 8234 Mobile: 0418 316 180 Email: [email protected] Supplier’s Relationship Manager

Name: [TBA] Title: Telephone: Mobile: Email:

Item 3: Price review (Clause 18)

Review Mechanism:

The Unit Prices of the Goods shall be adjusted on the Review Dates in accordance with the following formula;

××+

××+=

C1C1 - C2Po

FxnFxn - Fxo Po NICPoICPn

Pn is the new adjustment to the Unit Price in Australian Dollars.


Po is the Unit Price set out in Schedule 2 of the Agreement in Australia Dollars.

C1 is the Consumer Price Index number published six (6) Business Days prior to the closing date of the Tender.

C2 is the new index Consumer Price Index number current at the time of the relevant Review Date.

Fxo is the base foreign exchange rate equal to 1 Australian Dollar ($AUD) six (6) Business Days prior to the closing date of the Tender which is the Westpac Banking Corporation selling rate as published in the Australian Financial Review and specifically 1 AUD = [details or rate].

Fxn is the new foreign exchange rate equal to 1 Australian Dollar ($AUD) which is the Westpac Banking Corporation selling rate as published in the Australian Financial Review current at the time of relevant Review Date.

IC is the fraction of the Unit Price subject to variation in accordance with the movement of the relevant exchange rate, specifically [ insert ].

NIC is the fraction of the Unit Price subject to variation in accordance with the movement of the Consumer Price Index, specifically [ insert ].

The Unit Prices of Installation of the Goods shall be adjusted on the Review Dates in accordance with the following formula;

×+=

C1C1 - C2 Po PoPn

Pn is the new adjustment to the Unit Price in Australian Dollars. Po is the Unit Price set out in Schedule 2 of the Agreement in Australia

Dollars. C1 is the Consumer Price Index number published six (6) Business Days

prior to the closing date of the Tender. C2 is the new index Consumer Price Index number current at the time of the

relevant Review Date. In this Item 3: Consumer Price Index means the index published by the Australian Bureau of Statistics under the heading “All Groups” for Melbourne in table 6401.0.

Review Dates:

The anniversaries of the Commencement Date.


Item 4: Invoicing for Goods (Clause 15.1)

Invoice requirements:

Invoices must contain the information necessary to be a tax invoice for the purposes of the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) in addition to the following:

(a) the Purchase Order Number; (b) the Purchase Price and any service rates (if applicable) due to the

Supplier and the basis for their calculation; (c) the amount of any GST paid or payable by the Supplier with respect to

the Purchase Price or any service rates (if applicable); (d) the date of delivery of the Goods or provision of services to which the

invoice relates; (e) a description (including quantity) of the Goods and services delivered; (f) the Supplier’s address for payment; and (g) where the services are Installation, a copy of the warranty certificate

created pursuant to clause 8.4(f) of the Agreement. Address for invoice:

All invoices must be sent to the Contract Manager or as otherwise specified in a Purchase Order.

Item 5: Payment for Goods (Clause 15.2)

Initial Quantities

Payment for the Initial Quantities is to be made in the following manner:

[Insert appropriate method of payment (e.g. cheque, transfer of funds, etc]

Additional Quantities

Payment for the Additional Quantities is to be made in accordance with the relevant Purchase Order Contract, which may include any of the following methods:

[Insert an appropriate method of payment (e.g. cheque, transfer of funds, etc]

Item 6: Liquidated Damages (Clauses 8.9 and 9.2)

$100 per Business Day.


Item 7: Progress report (Clause 17.4)

The Supplier must deliver to CFA every three months, or other period as agreed between the parties, a Project Status Report (PSR).

The PSR shall include:

(a) a summary of significant work activities, including Installation and training, undertaken in the period from the date of the last report to the current report;

(b) a summary of significant work activities expected to be undertaken in the period between the current report and the next report;

(c) a summary of progress against meeting all delivery requirements in this Agreement;

(d) a projection of claims for payment envisaged during the next three months;

(e) a list of all project meeting action items and their status; (f) a list of correspondence for which CFA response is outstanding; and (g) a list of CFA correspondence to the Supplier for which a response is

outstanding, and an estimate of the response date. The PSR shall include descriptions of any perceived risks to the project, and the Supplier’s proposed strategy for mitigation of those risks.

The PSR shall describe any significant issues experienced during the reporting period and any potential issues. For each issue, the description is to include:

(a) an account of the issue; (b) the effect of the issue on the project to date; (c) the action taken or proposed to resolve the issue; (d) any requested CFA Representative actions to overcome or mitigate the

issue; (e) the effect on the project if the proposed actions are put into effect;

and (f) the effect on the project if the proposed actions are not taken or fail.

The PSR shall include a report on project quality assurance, which shall address:

(a) certification status and any external audit results; (b) internal audit non-conformances;


(c) changes to quality management staff; (d) any significant changes to quality management procedures likely to

impact the production program; and (e) any other quality-related subject on an exception basis nominated by the

Contract Manager. Item 8: Contract management review (Clause 17.6)

Monthly.

Item 9: Insurance (Clause 25)

Tick one or more of the boxes below to specify the types and amount of insurance that the Supplier is required to obtain and maintain during the Term:

Type of coverage Amount (AUD)

Public liability insurance $5,000,000 Product Liability insurance $5,000,000 Professional Liability insurance $5,000,000 Please specify below details of any conditions attaching to such insurance coverage (e.g. run-off insurance, etc). ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Item 10: Notice particulars (Clause 32)

CFA Address: 4 Lakeside Drive, Burwood East , Vic, 3151. Fax: 03 9262 8383 Email: [email protected] Addressee: Doug Booth Supplier Address: Fax: Email: Addressee:


Item 11: Documentation (Clause 33.10) Insert details of any additional documentation (other than the Tender Documentation) that forms part of this Agreement: [insert]

Item 12: Delivery Point (Clause 9) CFA State Logistics Centre, Samantha Court, Knoxfield Victoria

Item 13: Time for Delivery (Clause 9) [TBA]

Item 14: Decommissioning (Clause 8) The Supplier must deliver to the Delivery Point (as specified in Item 12) any removed radios with a copy of the warranty certificate together with all peripheral and ancillary equipment. The Supplier is to provide the following information with the decommissioned radio: (a) The registration number, brigade, location and description of the nominated

vehicle that the radio was removed from; (b) The date of removal of the radio; and (c) The external unique identifier number of the decommissioned radio. A copy of the warranty certificate and the information required under paragraph (c) is also to be sent to the Contract Manager.


Schedule 2 Goods and Unit Prices

1 Initial Quantities of Goods Goods Number of Units

Mobile Radios 7000 Portable Radios 3000 Vehicle Mounted Repeaters 30 Transportable Repeaters 20 Accessories As set out in Schedule 9

2 Additional Quantities of Goods (a) Mobile Radios; (b) Portable Radios; (c) Vehicle Mounted Repeaters; (d) Transportable Repeaters; and (e) Accessories.

3 The Unit Price of Goods Goods Unit Price ($)

Mobile Radios [TBA] Portable Radios [TBA] Vehicle Mounted Repeaters [TBA] Transportable Repeaters [TBA] Accessories As set out in Schedule 9


4 The Unit Prices of the Installation of Initial and Additional Quantities of Goods

4.1 Installation of Mobile Radio (Refer to Schedule 5 for more information)

CFA currently applies a zone pricing structure to installation charges using three zones. These are; (a) Inner Zone means CFA Regions 7, 8, 13 and 14; (b) Middle Zone means CFA Regions 6, 9, 12 and 15; and (c) Outer Zone means CFA Regions 2, 4, 5, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 22, 23

and 24. Tenderers are required to provide Unit Prices for Installation on a zone basis; (d) Inner Zone: $ (e) Middle Zone: $ (f) Outer Zone: $

4.2 Installation of Vehicle Chargers for a Portable Radio

$ Note: Installation of this item is to be arranged at the time of installing a mobile radio in the same vehicle.


Schedule 3 Specifications [TBA]


Schedule 4 Training

1.1 Training Materials Complete technical diagnostic, maintenance and user training course materials shall be provided for each Goods furnished under this Agreement. Training materials are to be provided in hardcopy format as well as in Adobe ‘portable document format’ (pdf) and Microsoft Word 2003 format. All training materials supplied for training shall become the property of CFA upon completion of training.

1.2 Training Courses

[The Tenderer will provide a proposal for the following training courses for each specific type of radio equipment to CFA: (a) Technical Training Course (b) Train the Trainer Course; and (c) User Training Course] [The Tenderer will provide a proposal for an optional (at CFA discretion) online tutorial tool for this training.] The Supplier is to detail the format that will host the tutorials and whether the tutorials can be prepared in a modular format. The Supplier will provide suitably qualified staff to deliver the Technical and the ‘Train the Trainer” courses. The user trainer courses will be delivered by CFA. CFA must approve the qualifications and suitability of the supplier’s training staff. All such training must take place at a time and location nominated by CFA, or otherwise agreed by the parties.

1.3 Documentation The Supplier will ensure that the documentation, publications and aids to the Goods are: (a) of a reasonable standard in terms of presentation, accuracy and scope; (b) the most accurate, current and up-to-date versions available at the date

of the Agreement; (c) published in English with all the terms, words and symbols adequately

defined or explained; and (d) provided to CFA as set out in Schedules 3 and 4 at no additional cost. If any documentation, publications or aids is revised or replaced for any reason, the Supplier will supply CFA with revisions or replacements at no additional cost to CFA during the Warranty Period.


Schedule 5 Indicative Installation Plan

2010 2011 2012 Quarter

Radios Regions Radios Regions Radios Regions

Q1 n/a n/a 453 6, HQ, FV 980 15, 16, 17 Q2 n/a n/a 684 4, 5 684 2, 20, 18 Q3 728 8, 13 981 12, 22, 23, 24 n/a n/a Q4 618 7, 14 707 9, 10, 11 n/a n/a

Total Radios 1,346 2825 1664

The key features of the above proposed distribution of installations are:

1. The installation into Region 8 first as a pilot is to ensure that systems and processes are in place with the Installers and effective.

2. A plan to ensure completion of all installations by June 2012. 3. A potential reduction of numbers of installations during the quarters that cover

the fire season. The Regions covered during this period are subject to change depending on seasonal conditions.

The installation of mobile radios is required to follow the training of brigade members. It is proposed that installation will occur within four (4) weeks of training of brigade members in the use of the Mobile Radios.


Schedule 6 Service Level Requirements In supplying the Goods and otherwise performing its obligations under the Agreement, the Supplier must satisfy or achieve the following Service Level Requirements: [The contents of this Schedule 6 to be informed by the proposals put forward by the Tenderer as requested in clauses 12.7 and 12.8]


Schedule 7 Compliance with Law In performing its obligations under this Agreement, the Supplier must comply with the following (without limiting any of its other obligations under this Agreement): 1 Employment Policy

(e) The Supplier must comply with Anti-Discrimination Law. (f) The Supplier and any person engaged in the supply of the Goods must

not: (i) engage in unethical work practices; or (ii) engage employees or sub-contracted workers upon terms

and conditions which do not meet industry standards generally applicable in Victoria, Australia.

(g) Where a federal industrial award may apply to the capacity in which an employee is engaged by the Supplier, or by a sub-Supplier, in the provision of the supply of the Goods, the conditions on which that employee is engaged shall be no less beneficial to the employee than the rates and conditions under that award.

2 Ethical Purchasing Policy 2.1 Without limiting or derogating from the Supplier’s obligation to comply with any

Law, the Supplier must satisfy the Ethical Employment Standard at all times. 2.2 CFA may make an Adverse Assessment if, at any time during the term of the

Agreement: (a) a court, tribunal, commission or board makes a finding of serious

breach of an Applicable Industrial Instrument against the Supplier or convicts the Supplier of a serious offence under Applicable Legislation; or

(b) a court, tribunal, commission or board makes a finding of a breach of an Applicable Industrial Instrument against the Supplier or convicts the Supplier of an offence under Applicable Legislation that is part of a pattern of repeated or ongoing breaches or offences; or

(c) the Supplier fails to meet its disclosure obligations under paragraph 2.3.

2.3 The Supplier must, on request by CFA and within the time period required by CFA in writing (which must not be less than 30 days) provide an up-to-date Ethical Employment Statement setting out Full Details of: (a) any adverse finding against the Supplier by a court, tribunal,

commission or board in respect of a breach of an Applicable Industrial Instrument;


(b) any conviction by a court, tribunal, commission or board of an offence committed by the Supplier under Applicable Legislation;

(c) any finding by a court, tribunal, commission or board that the Supplier has breached a penalty provision of Applicable Legislation; and

(d) any proceeding or prosecution against the Supplier in respect of a breach of an Applicable Industrial Instrument or an offence under or breach of Applicable Legislation commenced since the date of this Agreement that has not previously been disclosed to CFA.

The up-to-date Ethical Employment Statement may, at the option of the Supplier, also include details of remedial measures implemented to ensure future compliance with Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation.

2.4 The parties acknowledge and agree that: (e) if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to paragraph 2.9, the

Supplier’s name and details (including its Australian Business Number) will be included in the Ethical Employment Reference Register for a period of 24 months from the date that termination takes effect;

(f) CFA will access the Ethical Employment Reference Register for the purpose of applying the Ethical Purchasing Policy; and

(g) the inclusion of any details in the Ethical Employment Reference Register is one factor in the assessment process of whether a tenderer satisfies the Ethical Employment Standard, and will not automatically exclude the Supplier from participation in future tender processes.

2.5 In connection with the requirements of the Ethical Purchasing Policy, the Supplier will: (a) permit an accountant or auditor on behalf of CFA from time to time

during ordinary business hours and upon reasonable notice, to inspect and verify all records maintained by the Supplier for the purposes of this Agreement; and

(b) give such accountant or auditor all reasonable assistance to facilitate the conduct of such audit or inspection.

Any information provided, or to which an accountant or auditor has access under this clause, shall be treated as confidential information and shall not be used other than for the purposes of this Agreement or disclosed other than as required at law or to meet any requirements of the Parliament of Victoria, Australia.

2.6 The confidentiality obligations of the parties shall not extend to: (a) information already in the public domain other than due to a breach of

this Agreement; (b) any disclosure required by Law;


(c) any disclosure reasonably required in order to comply with a request for information made by the Auditor-General of Victoria, Australia; or

(d) information reasonably required in order to publish appropriate and comprehensive performance data relating to the provision of the Goods under this Agreement.

2.7 Notwithstanding any other obligation in this Agreement, the Supplier acknowledges that CFA (or such Victorian Government department as may be charged with the responsibility of monitoring compliance with the Ethical Purchasing Policy from time to time) may publish (whether on the internet or otherwise) the name of the Supplier and the value of the Goods to be provided under this Agreement, together with the conditions of this Agreement generally.

2.8 If at any time during the term of the Agreement, CFA notifies the Supplier in writing that it has made an Adverse Assessment pursuant to paragraph 2.2, the Supplier must, within 14 days of receipt of such notice, or such longer period agreed by CFA, provide a statutory declaration from a director or company secretary of the Supplier, setting out: (a) any additional information that in the opinion of the Supplier is

relevant to the Adverse Assessment, including the Supplier’s grounds for any objection to the Adverse Assessment;

(b) details of any information on which the Adverse Assessment is based that in the opinion of the Supplier is incorrect, incomplete or otherwise unfairly prejudicial to the Supplier; and

(c) any existing or planned remedial measures that the Supplier has taken or will be taking to prevent a breach or offence similar to the breach or offence on which the Adverse Assessment is based from recurring.

2.9 Following receipt of the statutory declaration or expiration of the period described in paragraph 2.8, whichever comes first, CFA may, in its discretion, do one or more of the following: (a) request the Supplier show cause as to why this Agreement should not

be suspended or terminated with effect from 14 days; and/or (b) suspend the operation of this Agreement for a specified period of up

to 6 months with 14 days notice; and/or (c) terminate this Agreement with 14 days notice.

2.10 In exercising its discretion under paragraph 2.9, CFA will take into consideration: (a) whether the Supplier has taken or will take measures that, in the

reasonable opinion of CFA, are commensurate with the breach or the offence on which the Adverse Assessment is based and can be reasonably expected to prevent such breach or offence from recurring; or


(b) whether CFA is otherwise satisfied that the Supplier has shown good cause why the Agreement should not be suspended or terminated.

2.11 The remedies under paragraph 2.9 are in addition to and do not limit any other rights or remedies of CFA under this Agreement or otherwise at Law.

2.12 In this paragraph 2: Adverse Assessment means an assessment by CFA pursuant to the Ethical Purchasing Policy that, in the opinion of CFA, the Supplier does not satisfy the Ethical Employment Standard. AFPCS means that Australian Fair Pay and Conditions Standard within the meaning of the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth). Applicable Industrial Instruments means an Award, Enterprise Agreement or AFPCS that applies to the employment of any of the employees of the Supplier and is binding on the Supplier. Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation means all Applicable Industrial Instruments and all Applicable Legislation. Applicable Legislation means: (a) Federal Awards (Uniform System) Act 2003 (Vic); (b) Outworkers (Improved Protection) Act 2003 (Vic); (c) Dangerous Goods Act 1985 (Vic); (d) Equipment (Public Safety) Act 1994 (Vic); (e) Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 (Vic); (f) Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth); (g) Long Service Leave Act 1992 (Vic); (h) Anti-Discrimination Laws; (i) any corresponding State (other than Victoria, Australia) or territory

legislation dealing with any of the matters dealt with in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; and

(j) any other legislation designated by the Victorian Government as Applicable Legislation under the Ethical Purchasing Policy from time to time.

Anti-Discrimination Law means the Equal Opportunity for Women in the Workplace Act 1999 (Cth), the Equal Opportunity Act 1995 (Vic), the Disability Discrimination Act 1992 (Cth), the Sex Discrimination Act 1984 (Cth), the Racial Discrimination Act 1975 (Cth), the Age Discrimination Act 2004 (Cth) and the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth). Award means any award within the meaning of the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth) or of any tribunal empowered to make industrial awards applying to the employment of employees.


Enterprise Agreement means any Workplace Agreement, Pre-reform Certified Agreement, pre-reform AWA, Preserved State Agreement, Notional Agreement Preserving a State Award (as these terms are defined in the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth)) or any agreement made, lodged or registered under a law of a State. Ethical Employment Reference Register has the meaning given to that term in the Ethical Purchasing Policy. Ethical Employment Standard means, in the context of this Agreement, the requirement for the Supplier to demonstrate, to the reasonable satisfaction of CFA, and in accordance with the requirements of the Ethical Purchasing Policy, that the Supplier has, and will continue during the term of the Agreement, to meet its obligations to its employees under Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation. Ethical Employment Statement has the meaning given to that term in the Ethical Purchasing Policy. Ethical Purchasing Policy means the Victorian Government’s Ethical Purchasing Policy supporting fair and safe workplaces, which is published by the Victorian Government, as amended from time to time. Full details means details of: (a) the nature of the breach or offence or alleged breach or offence; (b) any conviction recorded or adverse finding made in respect of the

breach or offence; (c) any penalty or orders imposed by a court, tribunal, commission or

board in respect of the breach or offence and the maximum penalty that could have been imposed under the Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation;

(d) the name of the court, tribunal, commission or board, the State or Territory in which the proceeding or prosecution is brought, the date on which the proceeding or prosecution was commenced and the number or description assigned to the proceeding or prosecution by the court, tribunal, commission or board;

(e) the name of the entity against which the finding or conviction was made or the proceeding or prosecution was initiated;

(f) this Agreement; and (g) any further information regarding the matters set out in paragraphs (a)

– (f) above that may be requested by CFA. 3 VIPP Compliance 3.1 The Supplier acknowledges that:

(a) information contained in the VIPP Statement (Implementation Plan if applicable) and information regarding the Supplier’s compliance with the VIPP may be provided to CFA for inclusion on the register; and


(b) such information will be made available to CFA and agencies of the Victorian Government for the purposes of reporting under the requirements of the VIPP Act 2003.

3.2 CFA will monitor the Supplier’s compliance with the VIPP Statement (Implementation Plan if applicable), measured against the VIPP outcomes set out in Schedule 8. The Supplier acknowledges that to facilitate this monitoring process, an auditor or other nominated representative of CFA will be entitled to have access to, and to obtain information from, the Supplier’s records and staff, and the Supplier hereby authorises CFA to obtain information from the persons, firms or corporations nominated in Schedule 8 as to the Supplier’s compliance with the VIPP. In assessing the Supplier’s compliance with the VIPP Statement, CFA’s auditor or other representative will exercise his or her reasonable discretion, and will take into account any issue raised by the Supplier which fairly represents a cause of failure to comply with the VIPP that is beyond the Supplier’s reasonable control.

3.3 In this paragraph 3: Department means the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development or such other Department of the Victorian government as may be responsible for monitoring compliance with the VIPP from time to time. VIPP means the Victorian Industry Participation Policy issued by the Victorian government, as amended from time to time. VIPP Statement means the statement submitted by the Supplier to CFA in connection with the tender evaluation process conducted prior to the entry into this Agreement. VIPP Implementation Plan means the plan submitted with the VIPP Statement, where applicable, by the Supplier to CFA in connection with the tender evaluation process conducted prior to the entry into this agreement.


Schedule 8 VIPP Compliance Matrix

Benefit Outcome Measure

[Local content] [insert required outcome in relation to Goods to be provided]

[insert appropriate measurement for Goods to be provided]

[Employment] [insert required outcome in relation to Goods to be provided]


[Technology transfer] [insert required outcome in relation to Goods to be provided]



Schedule 9 Accessories Price List This list of accessories is for guidance to Tenderers on the minimum range of accessories required. Tenderers should provide a full list of their recommended accessories for each of the Goods tendered.

LISTED ACCESSORIES PRICE INITIAL

INDICATIVE QTY

Portable radio headset (with PTT), including adjustable boom microphone

50

Portable radio handheld microphone with inbuilt speaker, including attachment clip and connector compatible with radio

300

Mobile radio remote speaker for external locations

10

Breathing Apparatus Face Mask communications set (with PTT)

50

Mobile remote headset (PTT), including adjustable boom microphone

50

Mobile remote microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker

50

Mobile vehicle cabin Microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker

50

Mobile vehicle cabin speaker 50

TR remote speaker for external locations 50

TR handheld microphone with PTT 10

VMR remote speaker for external locations 10

VMR remote headset (with PTT) and adjustable boom microphone

10

VMR remote microphone with PTT 10

VMR vehicle cabin microphone with PTT 10

Accessories

VMR vehicle cabin speaker 10

Portable Radio spare battery (Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe) for maintenance stocks

3000

Portable Radio mains-powered battery charger/conditioner

1000 Power Accessories

In-vehicle holder to mount Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe Portable Radios inside a vehicle

2000


LISTED ACCESSORIES PRICE INITIAL

INDICATIVE QTY

Carry Case (non-metallic) for use with Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe Portable Radios

300

Belt Clip for Portable Radio 50 Mobile Vehicle mounting hardware

Mechanical Accessories

VMR vehicle cabin mounting hardware Mobile Radio GPS external antenna GPS antennas Portable Radio GPS external antenna Programming software for Mobile Radio 20 Programming software for Portable Radio 20 Programming software for TR 20 Programming software for VMR 20 Programming cable for connection between a Mobile Radio and a PC

20

Programming cable for connection between a Portable Radio and a PC

20

Programming cable for connection between a TR and a PC

20

Programming Accessories

Programming cable for connection between a VMR and a PC

20


Schedule 10 Channel Plan The Channel Plan is provided to Tenderers in Attachment B to Part A.


Schedule 11 Maintenance Contract CFA requires the Supplier to propose a maintenance contract that at a minimum has the following items as per the below table: Item Item Details 1. Interpretation Definitions and standard legal terms 2. Entire Agreement Confirms that the Agreement is the only maintenance

relationship between CFA and the Supplier 3. Inconsistency Body of this contract overrides the schedules if there is an

inconsistency 4. Commencement &

Completion References to the start and end date of contract. from Schedule 1 Term to commence upon conclusion of individual radio warranties CFA proposes a 5 year term followed by 3 yr options at CFA’s option.

5. Services Details the Supplier’s service obligations which are detailed in various schedules

6. Fees for Service CFA will pay fees as per schedule and escalation clauses to apply

7. Invoicing & Payment

Method for Supplier to invoice for services. Clause written around pricing structure of routine service and damage repairs Items to be included in invoice detailed Payment terms 30 days from receipt on invoice for routine service or damage radio repairs.

8. Supplier’s Warranties

Details of warranties provided by the Supplier

9. Records This item will be a requirement on the Supplier to keep service records Supplier required to record hours worked on each radio service or repair and provide to CFA upon request May be related to charge structure

10. Supplier’s Staff The Supplier would be required to only use qualified staff to service CFA radios


Item Item Details

11. Confidentiality & Security

Info is confidential both ways

12. Waiver Rights under the contract cannot be waived without joint written agreement

13. Intellectual Property Relevant IP status and ownership 14. Termination Reasons and methods for termination 15. Nature of

Engagement The parties are independent contractors

16. Indemnity Indemnity clause granted by the Supplier 17. Insurance Supplier to have professional indemnity insurance and

public liability insurance $20 mill The Supplier to provide proof of this insurance cover

18. Severability Legal 19. Variation of

Agreement Parties to agree to any variation and put in writing

20. Disputes A process for dispute resolution to be agreed 21. Sub-contracting or

Assignment CFA to approve any subcontractors

22. Employment Policy & OHS Standards

Supplier must comply with Vic laws on employment and OHS Standards

23. Compliance with Laws

Requirement to comply with laws

24. Surviving Obligations

Numerous obligations survive the contract

25. Service of Documents

Standard clause

26. Limitation of Liability

No Limitation of Liability

Sc.1 Agreement List of items Sc.2 Services Detailed list of the maintenance services

Identification where services are located Sc.3 Schedule of rates To be negotiated: CFA

Routine repairs pricing Non routine repairs pricing Beyond Economic Repair [BEC]


Item Item Details

No Fault Found [NFF] Sc.4 Deed of

Confidentiality Deed that all Supplier staff to sign

Sc.5 Specifications Detail numbers and types of radios Key service of Supplier Supplier requirements Responsibilities of CFA and Supplier Transferring radios for repairs. CFA pay to deliver. Supplier pays to return Ave turnaround time of 3 days – max 5 days Performance linked discounts – is it applied? Description is complicated without a worked example Contains obligations that should be included in body of contract Supplier to provide a fault docket for inclusion with all radios for repair Supplier is not required to provide field level maintenance

Sc.6 Supplier Insurance Letter of declaration of insurance


Executed as an agreement on this day of 20 . Signed by [name] a duly authorised officer of Country Fire Authority in the presence of:

) ) ) )

........................................................... Witness ........................................................... Name of Witness (print)

Where the Supplier is a company incorporated in Australia: Executed by [#] )

)

........................................................... Company Secretary/Director ........................................................... Name of Company Secretary/Director (print)

........................................................... Director ........................................................... Name of Director (print)


Annexure A Form of Purchase Order

Note: This Form of Purchase Order is a CFA Form and other Victorian Public Entities may use their own form of purchase order. Annex A


Annexure B Tender Documentation

[Annex Tender Documentation]

Annex B


Annexure C Unconditional Performance Guarantee

Deed of Agreement dated ................................................................. 20 ......................................... Between ............................................................................................ [insert name of CFA] (the ‘CFA) And ............................................................................................ ACN/ABN............................................ [insert name and ACN/ABN of the Guarantor] (‘the Guarantor’) Purpose ............................................................................................ ACN/ABN............................................ [Insert name and ACN/ABN of Supplier] (the ‘Supplier’) has agreed to supply Goods to CFA pursuant to a contract (‘Agreement’). The Guarantor agrees to provide the guarantees and indemnities stated below in respect of the Agreement. What is agreed: The Guarantor guarantees to CFA the performance of the obligations undertaken by the Supplier under the Agreement on the following terms and conditions:

1. If the Supplier (unless relieved from the performance of the Agreement by CFA or by statute or by a decision of a tribunal of competent jurisdiction) fails to execute and perform its undertakings under the Agreement, the Guarantor will, if required to do so by CFA, complete or cause to be completed the undertakings contained in the Agreement.

2. If the Supplier commits any breach of its obligations, and the breach is not remedied by the Guarantor as required by this clause, and the Agreement is then terminated for default, the Guarantor will indemnify CFA against costs and expenses directly incurred by reason of such default.

3. The Guarantor will not be discharged, released or excused from this Deed of Guarantee by an arrangement made between the Supplier and CFA with or without the consent of the Guarantor, or by any other inference arising out of the conduct between the parties.

4. The obligations of the Supplier will continue in force and effect until the completion of the undertakings of this Deed of Guarantee by the Guarantor.


5. The obligations and liabilities of the Guarantor under this Deed of Guarantee will not exceed the obligations and liabilities of the Supplier under the Agreement.

6. Where the Guarantor is required to perform any obligation under the Agreement in accordance with this Deed of Guarantee, the Guarantor agrees to the novation of the Agreement from the Supplier to the Guarantor if requested by CFA.

7. This Deed of Guarantee will be subject to and construed in accordance with the laws in force in the State of Victoria.

8. Where the Supplier has failed to perform under the Agreement the obligations of the Guarantor will continue even though the Supplier has been dissolved or has been made subject to external administration procedures under Chapter 5 of the Corporations Law or any other law.

9. The rights and obligations under this Guarantee will continue until all obligations of the Supplier under the Agreement have been performed, observed and discharged.

10. A notice or other communication is properly given or served if the party delivers it by hand, posts it or transmits a copy electronically (by electronic mail or facsimile) to the address last advised by one of them to the other. Where the notice is given or served electronically, the sending party can confirm receipt by any other means. The address for services of notice for a party is, in the case of the: Guarantor Physical address Postal address Phone number Fax number Email address Supplier Physical address Postal address Phone number Fax number Email address CFA Physical address Postal address Phone number


Fax number Email address

or such other address as a party may notify to the other party in writing from time to time.

A notice or other communication is deemed to be received if: (a) delivered by hand, when the party who sent the notice holds a receipt for the

notice signed by a person employed at the physical address for service; (b) sent by post from and to an address within Australia, after three (3) working

days; (c) sent by post from or to an address outside Australia, after ten (10) working

days;

(d) sent by facsimile, at the time which the facsimile machine to which it has been sent records that the communication has been transmitted satisfactorily (or, if such time is outside normal business hours, at the time of resumption of normal business hours);

(e) sent by electronic mail, only in the event that the other party acknowledges receipt by any means; or

(f) sent by any other electronic means, only in the event that the other party acknowledges receipt by any means.

Annex C


Annexure D Deed of Confidentiality

THIS DEED is made day of 200

BY [ ] of

[ ] (“Covenantor”)

Country Fire Authority (“CFA”)

Introduction

A. The Covenantor is an external party/sub-contractor of [Supplier’s Name] (the “Supplier”) which is involved in supply the Goods and providing any associated services defined in an Agreement between CFA and the Supplier for the Mobile and Portable Radio Replacement

B. The Information to which the Covenantor will have access for the performance of

Agreement is confidential.

C. CFA will allow the Covenantor access to this Information provided that confidentiality can be maintained and the Covenantor has entered into this Deed in order to acknowledge the conditions under which access to the Information will be granted.

It is Agreed

1. In this Deed unless the context otherwise requires or the contrary intention appears


(a) The singular includes the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include other genders.

(b) Terms importing natural persons include partnerships and bodies corporate.

(c) Other grammatical forms of defined words or phrases have corresponding meanings.

(d) Where a party comprises two or more persons, the provisions of this Deed that bind that party shall bind those persons jointly and severally.

(e) “Goods and Services” means all the goods and services which the Covenantor will provide in accordance with the Contract between CFA and the Supplier.

(f) “information” means all information or data however held, stored or recorded including drawings, plans, specifications, calculations, reports, models, concepts, source codes, files, computerised data, photographic recordings, audio or audio visual recordings and any information or data made available to the Covenantor in carrying out the Project Services.

(g) “Party” means a party to this Agreement.

(h) A reference to a party to this Agreement or any other document or agreement includes its successors and permitted assigns.

2. The Covenantor covenants and agrees to treat as secret and confidential all Information to which he has access or which is disclosed to him during the course of carrying out the Agreement.

3. The Covenantor covenants and agrees that he shall only use the Information for the purposes of supplying the Goods and providing the Services under the Agreement and shall not allow any other person access to the Information.

4. The Covenantor covenants and agrees that he will not copy or reproduce the Information (in whole or in part) without the approval of CFA and will take all necessary precautions to prevent unauthorised access to or copying of the Information by any other person.

5. The Covenantor acknowledges that CFA shall be entitled (in addition to any entitlements to damages) to an injunction or other equitable relief with respect to any actual or threatened breach by the Covenantor of this Deed and without the need on the part of CFA to prove any special damage.


6. This Deed is governed by the Law of Victoria.

7. Any purported variation of a provision of this Deed shall be ineffective unless in writing and executed by the parties.

Executed as a Deed on the date set out at the commencement of this Deed.

SIGNED SEALED and DELIVERED

By: ______________________________________________________

in the presence of:

Witness: ________________________________________________

Annex D


Annexure E Installation Practice – Installation Instruction

RRP - RFT Annex E - Page 1 of 28

CONTENTS

Section Page

INTRODUCTION............................................................................................... 2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP................................................................. 3 INSTALLATION WARRANTY ........................................................................... 3 COMPONENT MOUNTING .............................................................................. 4

Control Head and Microphone.............................................................. 4 Decommissioned Radio ....................................................................... 4 Transceiver........................................................................................... 5 Speakers .............................................................................................. 5 Antenna ................................................................................................ 6

CABLING........................................................................................................... 6 Power Cable ......................................................................................... 7 Speaker Cable...................................................................................... 7 Coaxial Cable ....................................................................................... 7 Interconnecting Cable........................................................................... 7 Connectors ........................................................................................... 8

POWER CONNECTION.................................................................................... 8 Ignition Sense Relay............................................................................. 8 Twenty-Four Volt Vehicles.................................................................... 8

PERFORMANCE CHECK AND HANDOVER................................................... 9 APPENDIX A ..................................................................................................... 10

Abbreviations........................................................................................ 10 APPENDIX B ..................................................................................................... 11

Aerial Installation Locations.................................................................. 11 Radio Component Locations ................................................................ 11

APPENDIX C..................................................................................................... 12 Installation Tests................................................................................... 12

APPENDIX D..................................................................................................... 14 Radio Test Flow Chart.......................................................................... 14

APPENDIX E ..................................................................................................... 17 Recommended Connectors and Lugs.................................................. 17

APPENDIX F ..................................................................................................... 18 Antenna Forward Vs Reflected Power Table ....................................... 18

Appendix G........................................................................................................ 19 Appliance Types for Installation............................................................ 19

Appendix H ........................................................................................................ 27 Accredited Installer Application Form................................................... 27


INTRODUCTION 1. This instruction sets out the requirements for the installation of Country Fire Authority

[CFA] mobile radio equipment as part of the Radio Replacement Project in:

a. CFA owned transport vehicles and appliances;

b. brigade owned cars or appliances, including Forest Industry Brigades;

c. privately owned cars and appliances; and

d. other approved units.

The sample range of vehicle types is detailed in Appendix G.

2. These instructions specifically pertain to VHF mobile radios. CFA has UHF radios installed in some vehicles. These installation principles still apply; however, the aerial dimensions are not identified for any UHF services in these instructions.

3. Mobile radio is an integral part of CFA's communications network. It is therefore imperative that the performance of all radios within the network is maximised. This instruction prescribes a minimum standard for installations to ensure that this requirement is met and to minimise the incidence of faults due to incorrect installation.

4. Throughout these instructions, the following interpretations are to be complied with:

SHALL: The conditions must be complied with at all times. Additional materials, equipment or time could be required in order to comply.

SHOULD: The conditions are to be complied with wherever practicable. If necessary, alternative arrangements that do not degrade function or performance are to be implemented.

MAY: Options available provided function and performance standards are maintained.

5. Before commencing any works that do not comply fully with these instructions, prior permission must be obtained from the Project Director.

6. Often the ‘no holes’ demands of the owner or operator do not allow the most expedient installation to occur. Several options are available that may impact on the installation time:

a. Purpose built brackets are available for some vehicles;

b. Multifunction brackets may be purchased, or tailor made, provided safety is not compromised by protruding or wobbly fittings; or

c. The modest cost of refurbishing holes in dash pads, trims, or consoles, before trade-in time, may be considered for the benefits of a potentially more secure and functional installation.

7. All installers must be accredited with CFA before undertaking any installation work. Potential installers are required to complete the CFA Installer Application Form and be accredited prior to undertaking any installations. Refer to Appendix H for a copy of the Application Form.


MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 8. Pride in the quality and presentation of the work shall be paramount to enable the

equipment to function effectively, to provide appropriate access to controls and visibility of the display.

a. All materials including cable and connectors used in the installation shall be of a type, size and quality equivalent to that of the original manufacturer.

b. Crimp connectors and lugs are preferred to solder type connectors and lugs. All connectors and lugs shall be a high quality, recognised brand.

c. Crimp connectors and lugs shall be fitted using the correct high quality tools and shall not be soldered.

d. The number of strands in multi-stranded cables shall not be reduced.

e. The procedure to fit all lugs and connectors shall comply with the manufacturer's instructions (i.e. if using solder type BNC connectors, the strands of the braid shall be flared out to prevent crossed strands).

f. Where solder type connectors or lugs are used, the cables shall be tinned before the connector or lug is fitted and soldered.

g. Due care shall be taken when installing and fixing equipment. Any panels, trim or fittings removed during the installation shall be returned to their original locations in their pre-existing condition. The Accredited Installer shall make good any damage caused, as a result of the installation, at their expense, to the satisfaction of CFA.

h. All interconnecting cables and wires, mounting brackets and fixtures shall be installed in such a way as to have minimal visual impact. All cabling and wiring is to be:

i) concealed wherever possible, and

ii) protected by grommets when run through panels.

i. Components shall be mounted securely to avoid any potential to become a missile in rough terrain or a collision.

No equipment shall be left in an inoperable state for any extended period of time without the prior express permission of CFA.

INSTALLATION WARRANTY 9. Should a fault occur within the first month from the date of installation, CFA reserves

the right to contact the installer to undertake first-in maintenance of the radio to ensure that it is not an installation fault.

10. In any event the installer cannot claim against CFA for costs involved. Should CFA staff attend a fault and determine that the fault was due to poor installation practices, CFA may claim costs associated with the attendance and any rectification costs under the warranty.


COMPONENT MOUNTING 11. Components are to be installed so that they do not limit or interfere with the operation

of any moveable parts of the vehicle, including:

* Air bags;

* Seats;

* Seat belts and locking mechanisms; or

* Pedals, levers and controls, etc.

12. The mounting of components shall:

a. Not restrict the view of the driver or pose a threat to the operation of the vehicle under any circumstances.

b. Not pose a risk of injury to any occupant of the vehicle in the event of an accident.

c. Not potentially become a missile if an air bag is deployed.

d. Be to the manufacture’s standard, or as approved by CFA. No additional holes are to be made in the head assembly (refer Technical Note No. 3). Modifications are not allowed. Additional holes in mounting brackets, except the microphone bracket, are permitted.

e. Allow first-in maintenance to be performed without the use of tools wherever practicable.

f. Not be mounted in locations that make removal difficult; such as mounting transceivers under seats, when the seat needs to be unbolted to remove the radio from the mounting cradle.

g. Not impact the operability of other radio devises retained in the vehicle.

Control Head and Microphone

13. The control head and microphone shall be mounted in the cabin of the vehicle, in a location easily accessible to both the driver and front seat passenger.

14. The correct bracket for the microphone shall be mounted so that the microphone does not fall out when travelling over rough terrain and may be easily removed and restored.

Decommissioned Radio

15. The decommissioned radio is to be removed from the vehicle, packaged for transport and despatched to CFA’s State Logistic Centre, Unit 2/6 Samantha Court, Knoxfield 3180

16. Details on the decommissioned radio are to be added onto the Mobile Radio Installation and Test Sheet, and have the CFA representative, or owner/operator, sign the “Accepted by CFA representative” section of the test sheet.


Transceiver

17. Where the transceiver is separate to the control head, which is the norm, the transceiver may be installed in any suitable position within the vehicle, provided it is not subjected to excessive heat or moisture, including:

a. under the rear parcel shelf in sedans,

b. under the front passenger seats, or

c. on the rear cabin wall in utilities.

18. Where mounting screws penetrate the exterior panels of the vehicle, it may be necessary to seal against the ingress of moisture and detritus.

19. Where personal injury may occur from exposed sharp screws, such as in the floor or rear of tilt cab appliances, Tek screws or self-tappers are not to be used. Nutserts or Rivnuts are suitable alternatives.

20. Avoid mounting the transceiver close to any sensitive electronic vehicle management units or other equipment and accessories, including:

a. engine management units;

b. electronic transmission controllers;

c. Antilock Brake Systems (ABS);

d. Electronic Stability Program units (ESP);

e. GPS receivers, etc.

f. Any Vehicle Mounted Repeater or similar equipment

Speakers

21. Cabin speakers shall be installed in a position enabling any passenger and the driver to easily monitor radio transmissions. If it is not visible, it may not be heard clearly. Crew-cab appliances should have the speaker mounted near the centre of the roof to allow all occupants to hear clearly.

22. Cabin speakers shall not be mounted where the vehicle occupants may hit his/her head on the speaker.

23. External Speakers are to withstand the vibration encountered in a vehicle environment. Speakers that are held by a single-point mounting bracket are unacceptable. Speakers shall be supported on both sides, or be a panel-mount design. Only 8-Ohm extension speakers are to be fitted. The recommended horn speaker for surface mounting is:

Radio Parts Model No: CHR-615AF, 8 Ohm, 15 Watt, all metal horn speaker. Any intention to use an alternative must be approved in advance by CFA.

24. Where two radios are fitted in the vehicle, maximum separation of the speakers is to be provided to allow easier identification of the correct receiving radio by the operator.

25. Additional speakers are to be connected via the MDB25S External Speaker Interface available from CFA. PolySwitch re-settable fuses are included to protect the radio from speaker or wiring faults.


26. A maximum of two additional speakers, eight ohms minimum impedance each, may be connected to the radio.

27. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES are additional speakers to be connected or paralleled up to the original provided speaker without PolySwitch fuses.

Antenna

28. Refer to Appendix B for antennae selection options and locations in order of performance. The final choice of antenna is that of the vehicle owner.

29. All antennae shall be cut and tuned, according to the manufacturer’s instructions, to provide a reflected power verses the forward power equal to or less than the table in Appendix F. Care must be taken to avoid erroneous measurements caused by reflections from open bonnets, people, light-bars and beacons, etcetera; or standing waves caused by faulty cabling or stub. If cutting whips for minimum reflected power, the low frequency channel 105 should be used, with 5mm cuts between measurements. Selecting the lowest frequency allows one or two cuts to be made, after the lowest reflected power measurement has been made, and still remain optimum length. Forward power must continue to be monitored. Suitable channels tuning of the aerial are:

a. Low frequency channel 105 157.475 MHz.

b. Mid frequency channel 84 160.9875 MHz.

c. High frequency channel 110 161.4 MHz.

30. The effect of antenna whip length versus frequency is shown in Fig1, Fig 2 and Fig 3 below.

O ptim um A n te nn a L en g th

Wat

ts

C h an n e l10 5 8 4 1 1 0F re q u en cy

Refle

cted

Pow

er

1

Short Antenna

Wat

ts

C h a n ne l10 5 84 1 1 0F re q ue n cy

Refle

cted

Pow

er

1

Wat

ts

C h a nn e l1 0 5 8 4 11 0F re qu e nc y

Refle

cted

Pow

er

1

Long Antenna

F ig 1 F ig 2 F ig 3 31. The correct antenna connector shall be used to connect the co-axial cable to the radio.

The use of adaptors are not permitted.

CABLING 32. All cables shall be run in a neat and tidy manner.

33. Cabling interconnecting the various components of the radio installation shall be installed in such a way as to minimise the possibility of physical and electrical damage being caused to the installation or to the vehicle.

34. Cables shall not be run under the carpet or floor coverings where there is possibility of damage from pressure caused by feet or items placed on the vehicle's floor. Cables should be run under the trim at the bottom of doorways, under consoles and behind trim panels to offer maximum protection to the cables. Additional protection shall be provided where necessary.


35. Cable runs parallel to the vehicle wiring, or other wiring, is to be kept as short as possible to minimise noise being induced into the radio, or malfunctions in other equipment.

36. All cables are to be fixed clear of any moveable parts of the vehicle including:

a. Seat mechanisms;

b. Seat belts and locking mechanisms; and

c. Pedals, levers and controls.

37. Cables penetrating metal parts of the vehicle body shall be protected by rubber grommets.

38. Cables shall be continuously supported by the use of cable ties (spaced at a maximum of 200 mm) along their length to prevent them becoming tangled with other cables or apparatus. Cable ties shall be used (black, UV stabilised for external use). The use of adhesive tape is not acceptable.

39. Unnecessary joins in cables should be avoided.

40. Where a radio is being transferred from vehicle to vehicle, care shall be taken to remove the radio loom without damage.

Power Cable

41. Should the power cable need to be lengthened, the maximum voltage drop must be less than one Volt while transmitting. Unnecessary joins are to be avoided; however, cutting the lead to connect to an Ignition Sense Relay is permitted. The positive lead is to be coloured red and the negative lead black for its entire length.

Speaker Cable

42. Speaker cable shall be PVC sheathed twin, minimum 0.4 mm2, multi-stranded cable, “Pirelli” brand or equivalent. The colour shall be grey or black with a single tracer on one lead. Double-sheathed cable is preferred for cables run under the vehicle chassis.

43. To minimize the risk of damage caused by accidental shorting; female or socket connectors shall be used on the speaker cable from the radio, with male or plug connectors on the speaker side. Recommended speaker connectors are specified in Appendix E.

Coaxial Cable

44. Antenna cabling shall be a Branded TYPE RG 58C/U. MIL Spec. All coaxial cable shall have a nominal impedance of 50 ohms (Ω) and be covered with a non-contaminating PVC or Polyethylene outer jacket. The centre conductor shall be multi-stranded and the dielectric solid polyethylene.

Interconnecting Cable

45. The original equipment manufacturers cable connecting the transceiver to the control head is to be used and is not to be damaged or shortened.


Connectors

46. Where crimp connectors are used they shall only be crimped with the correct crimping tool designed for the connector and the cable size. Recommended connectors are detailed in Appendix E.

POWER CONNECTION 47. Mobile radio equipment shall be connected to a 12-Volt DC, negative earth supply.

48. Ring type lugs, of the correct size for the cable and for the terminal bolts, shall be used for the power lead in the following manner:

a. The positive lead shall be connected directly to the 12-Volt battery positive terminal.

b. The unfused negative lead shall be connected to:

i) The main negative battery lead chassis bonding point, or

ii) The negative battery terminal.

49. The power supply cable shall not be connected to the vehicle wiring, fuse panel or cigarette lighter. Wire splices, such as Scotchloks, shall not be used to provide power to CFA radio equipment, nor shall other equipment be connected to CFA radio equipment wiring.

50. Where the vehicle manufacturer has supplied two-way radio power connection point, this may be used with appropriate lugs provided that it has a supply cable of at least 4mm2, or 6mm2 if longer than 3m in length.

51. A 20-amp, in-line blade fuse shall be installed within 300 mm of the positive supply connection point.

52. If the vehicle has a tilt-cab, the cable run is to allow the cab to tilt correctly, without fouling the power cable to the radio.

53. Cabin tilting procedures are specific for each appliance type and must be performed by appropriately trained personnel. For your safety, and to prevent damage to the vehicle, tilting of the cab must be undertaken in the presence of an authorised CFA representative or the vehicle owner/agent. Prior Mobile Radio Test Sheets pertaining to identical vehicles shall provide evidence of such training.

54. The voltage difference between the battery terminals, or converter output terminals, and the radio power input is not to be greater than 1-Volt when the radio is transmitting.

Ignition Sense Relay

55. An ignition sense relay with 30-Amp minimum contact rating may be fitted. It shall power the radio with the key in both the Accessories and Ignition-On positions.

Twenty-Four Volt Vehicles

56. Vehicles that use a 24-Volt system may use a 24-Volt to 12-Volt converter (minimum 10-Amp output with over-voltage protection) to reduce the voltage to 12-Volts; or have an auxiliary 12-Volt alternator and battery fitted.


57. Where a 24-Volt to 12-Volt converter is used the radio is not to restart when operating any other equipment, including pump start.

a. On no account is the radio supply voltage to exceed 16 Volts DC, and b. Installers shall check that the correct polarity and voltage has been provided

before connecting radio.

PERFORMANCE CHECK AND HANDOVER 58. Following the completion of each installation, the following tests are to be performed

with the results being recorded on the Installation and Test Sheet. A sample is shown in Appendix C. These instructions supplement Appendix D, Radio Test Flow Chart that has with helpful hints for solving faults. If problems are encountered, call the Project Director for further assistance.

a. Power Output The Forward and reflected power reading of the antenna installation is to be checked using a suitably rated, 50 Ohm, through line, power meter. (Meters shall be of a type approved by CFA). The power output from the radio shall not be less than 20 Watts with the vehicle engine running and ideally with the radio on channel 84.

b. Reflected Power The reflected power verses the forward power is to be equal to or less than the table in Appendix F. The final forward & reflected power readings shall be recorded on the test sheet.

c. Readability Radio Check The vehicle operator may be asked to conduct this test. They will know the appropriate channel and call signs to use; however, if they are unavailable, a request for a radio check on the region’s primary channel is appropriate. Testing to a base at the site is not suitable due to the closeness of the base.

d. Functional Checks:

i) Operation of the microphone reed switch by the magnet in the bracket. Select scan - a small dot appears next to the Z scan symbol when the microphone is removed and disappears shortly after it is restored. Deselect scan after the test.

ii) To ensure power has been restored to all accessories, check that they function. This includes lights and warning devices, mobile phone kits, GPS, etcetera, where fitted.

iii) If power has been removed from the vehicle sound system, consult with vehicle owner to ensure sound system security code is entered.

iv) Ensure that all instruments function and warning lights, including ABS, Air Bags, etcetera, extinguish correctly.

59. Clean up the work site, ensuring that no screws or other debris are left in the vehicle, in fire stations or other premises, or littering driveways and aprons, or on the ground.

60. The Installer is required to apply a CFA asset number onto the radio prior to installation. Blocks of asset numbers will be supplied by CFA for this purpose.

61. Fill out the Mobile Radio Installation and Test Sheet, and have CFA representative, or owner/operator, sign the Accepted by CFA representative section.


APPENDIX A

Abbreviations

A Ampere

CFA Country Fire Authority

MHz Mega Hertz (Hertz X 106)

mW milli-Watt (Watt X 10 –3)

UHF Ultra High Frequency (300 – 3,000 MHz)

V Volts

VHF Very High Frequency (30 – 300 MHz)

W Watt


APPENDIX B

Aerial Installation Locations

6

1 & 25

3 4

Preferred aerial locations in order of performance:1. Quarter wave, or 5/8 high gain, mounted through hole in the metal roof.2. Ground independant 1/2 wave attached to the light bar.3. Ground independant 1/2 wave mounted away from engine and roof pillars.4. Ground independant 1/2 wave mounted away from roof pillars.5. Glass mount aerial mounted away from:

i. engine on rear or side glass,ii. screen printed radio aerials, andiii. demister elements.

The black paint commonly used on modern windows should not impact on performance, however, performance may bedramatically reduced by some tint films such as Insta-Clear®. Aftermarket tints must be cut out where the aerial is mounted.

6. Glass mount aerial on front windscreen must be clear of windscreen wiper arcs and may be adversely affected by:i. reduced coupling caused by the increased thickness of the front windscreen, andii. tint films with metallic composition.

Radio Component Locations

Power lead connectionsFused red wire to:1. battery positive terminal; or2. terminal of relay provided for the radio, sensing accessory and ignition; or3. Twelve volt output of 24 - 12 volt converter.Unfused black to:1. earthing point of battery lead, or2. negative terminal of battery.

Transceiver locations1. under parcel shelf in sedans, or2. on rear wall in utes, or3. under seats


APPENDIX C

Installation Tests

Each installation shall be tested prior to acceptance and the results, recorded in the Mobile Radio Installation and Test Sheet (RADTS-2). The Sheet is to be returned with the decommissioned radios to the address on the form.

Installers who have technical queries can contact CFA Communications Help Desk on (03) 9764 8222 during normal business hours.

MOBILE RADIO INSTALLATION and TEST SHEET


RADTS-02

Vehicle Location and Radio Details Brigade/Department: Region: Vehicle Designation: Owner/Operator Name: Vehicle Registration No: Installation Date: _ _ /_ _ / 20_ _ Radio Asset/Serial No: RAD _ _ _ _ _

Accredited Installer’s Details Installer’s Name: Accredited Installer No: P / / Job No (if required):

Test Results Forward power > 20 Watts W Transmitter output power on Ch 84 with engine

running Reflected power < 1 Watt mW Conduct a radio check with a distant station noting your reception comments in ‘Your end’. Mark their readability comments of your transmission in ‘Other end’. Readability No Signal Unreadable Scratchy Readable Loud & Clear Your end Other end

Functional Checks Pass/Fail

Microphone bracket: select scan – a small dot appears next to the Z scan symbol when the microphone is removed. Deselect after test:

Siren and emergency lights, mobile phone kits, portable chargers, GPS power, etcetera, where fitted:

Consult with vehicle owner to ensure sound system security codes are entered and vehicle systems are functional:

Instrumentation check – ensure warning lights for ABS, Air Bags, etcetera, extinguish after engine is started:

Decommissioned Radio

Radio Asset No.: RAD _ _ _ _ _ Serial No.: Additional equipment Supplied

Name (print) Signature Date Accepted by CFA representative†

Note: Acceptance by CFA representative, vehicle owner, or agent, does not exclude CFA from making any claims against the Installer. It is an indication that the job has been completed to the representative’s satisfaction. Post to: Contract Manager Radio Replacement Project P.O. Box 701 Mount Waverley 3149

Fax copy to : Contract Manager Radio Replacement Project (03) 9262 8383


APPENDIX D

Radio Test Flow Chart Measure Transmit

Forward Power

>20 Watts?

MeasureReflected Power

< 1 Watt?

Conduct RadioReadability Check

Loud& Clear both

ways?

ConductFunctional Checks

Checks OK?

Hand-over tooperator.

Record testresults & providetraining if required

Investigate andrectify cause

B

A

C

Checkcoaxial cable,aerial length &

aerial base.

N

Y

Y

Y

Y

N

N

N

Typical Results:1/4 Wave < 350 mW1/2 Wave < 150 mWGlass mount < 500 mWMeasurements may be affected byproximity to lights or bonnet raised.


A

Check reflectedpower

< 1 W?

Check voltage atbattery with

engine running

13.5 - 14.5 V?

Check voltage atradio, which mustnot be > 1V below

battery volts.

12.5 - 14.5 V?

Replace faultyradio

Checkcoaxial cable,aerial length &

aerial base.

Faulty vehiclecharging system

Check wiring,connectors and

fuse.

Recommence test

N

N

N

Y

Y

Y

In this scenario standingwaves may cause dramatic

variations in the readings,particularly if there is a short,or open, circuit. The reflectedpower may be several watts.Retest on channel 110; If thereadings change dramatically

there is a fault in the aerialcomponents or coaxial cable.


Y

B

Distance maycause noise;

Tx & Rx should besimilar

Tx = Rx?

Rx ok, Txpoor?

Replace faultyradio

Noise caused bydistance or fault in

other radio.

Check modulationwith a local radio.

Check mic,connector & Tx.

Recommence test

C

It may be necessary to movevehicle and retest if

reception is very poor

Mic orconnection

Fault?

YY

N

NN

Deaf receiver orspeaker fault

Transmittermodulation low or

noisy.


APPENDIX E

Recommended Connectors and Lugs

Lead Application Description Part Number Supplier Power 12 Volt charging systems Battery Terminal Lugs to suit bolt size RT5.5-10RG or RT5.5-12RG Interior of vehicle Bullet Terminal - Female 0558-961 Wurth Interior of vehicle Bullet Terminal – Male 0558-962 Wurth Exterior, such as in chassis rails Heat Shrink Butt Splices 257-874 Farnell InOne Speaker Interior to DB25S leads Bullet Terminal - Female FBC1.25DG 4357 6724 Radio Parts Exterior, such as in chassis rails Bullet Terminal – Male MBC1.25DG 4537 6642 Radio Parts Aerial BNC Connector Greenpar BNC RG 58 Male Plug 309 643 Farnell BNC Connector Andrew BNC RG 58 Male Plug BNC – 113 RFI

Table 1 – Recommended Connectors

Name Farnell InOne Radio Parts RFI Wurth Address Private Mail Bag 6

Chester Hill NSW 2162 562 Spencer Street West Melbourne Vic 3003

46 Corporate Boulevard PO Box 265 Bayswater, VIC, 3153, Australia

302 Boundary Road Dingley Vic 3172

Phone 1300 361 005 (03) 9321 8300 (03) 9751 7500 1300 657 765 Fax 1300 361 225 (03) 9321 8333 (03) 9761 6288 1800 032 396 Email [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Web http://au.farnell.com www.radioparts.com.au. www.rfindustries.com.au www.wurth.com.au

Table 2 – Supplier Details

CFA COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION PRACTICE


APPENDIX F

Antenna Forward Vs Reflected Power Table Reflected Power: The reflected power measured with an approved thru line power meter shall be equal or less than the figure stated in the table for the forward power measured.

Forward Power (Watts) Reflected Power (mW)

Less than 19 Note 1 20 800 mW 21 840 mW 22 880 mW 23 920 mW 24 960 mW 25 1 Watt 26 1.040 Watts 27 1.100 Watts Greater than 28 Note 1

Note: 1: For readings of less than 19 Watts or greater than 28, it indicates that there may

be a fault with the antenna installation, and further investigation is required.



Appendix G

Appliance Types for Installation

CCFFAA AAPPPPLLIIAANNCCEE TTYYPPEE

IIMMAAGGEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN GGEENNEERRAALL UUSSEE

Tanker

Water capacity can vary from 1000 – 4000 litres.

Carries water and has pump and roll capacity, with an independently powered pump. Tankers are generally used in rural fire fighting. Can also be used in structural environments.

Pumper

Carries water and has a pump used to get water from static supply or hydrant. Also carries breathing apparatus and associated equipment for predominantly structure type fires.

Pumpers are generally used for urban fire fighting.

Pumper Tanker

As the name suggests is a cross between a pumper and a tanker. Provides a larger tank capacity than a Pumper. Can be 2 or 4 wheel drive vehicle.

Pumper Tankers are generally used in areas that have rural geography bordering on Urban developments.





Ladder Platform

An aerial appliance with a telescopic ladder not fitted with a pump. Effective working height to 37 metres

Aerial appliances are required when fighting fires and rescue in multi-level buildings.

Teleboom

An aerial appliance with a telescopic ladder fitted with a pump, and has the capacity to carry water. Effective working height to 20 metres.

Aerial appliances are required when fighting fires and rescue in multi-level buildings.

Field Command Vehicle

A 4WD vehicle with a seating capacity of a minimum of four. Fitted with a minimum of two radios. (MCV4)

This vehicle is used to establish a control point in small incidents and sector command roles.





Car

Transport vehicle A vehicle used for transporting crews and equipment

Big Fill

Large capacity pump mounted on a dedicated vehicle.

Predominantly used in remote areas or areas where water supply is a concern. Bigfills have the same use as the Quickfill; however the Bigfill pump is mounted on a dedicated vehicle as opposed to being portable.





Bus

Transport vehicle Used for the transportation of crews and equipment.

Field Operational Vehicle

Typically a 2-3 tonne van. (MVC3)

Contains radio and telephone communication equipment, and computers to maintain a self sufficient capacity. Similar to an MCV, yet smaller in size.





Hazardous Detection Unit

Carries specialist air monitoring and gas detection equipment.

Attends incidents to identify the hazardous material s that may be posing a threat to the environment and or people. This includes leaks spills or bio-chemical or clandestine labs

UTE

Utility type motor vehicle / crew transport

May be used for crew transport, as a support vehicle or to carry equipment to the fire ground.





Hazardous Materials Vehicle

A specialist unit carrying PPE and other specialist equipment for the mitigation and decontamination of hazardous materials incidents.

Attends incidents that may pose a threat to the environment and/or people including hazardous material (chemical) leaks or spills or bio chemical incidents

Mobile Communication Vehicle

Carries a number of radios for CFA use and may have radios for other fire or emergency services. Will have mobile telephones, fax machine, photocopier, and computers and will be self sufficient. (MCV1 & 2)

Able to be set up in remote areas or at large incidents to take over communications needs for a specific fire / incident. The CV will usually be deployed with an IMT and or strike teams.





Protective Equipment Van

Fitted with a compressor and carries a large amount of BA sets (may include long duration 02 sets), cylinders, gas suits and air line and air analysing equipment.

Used to replenish BA cylinders on the fire ground. Airline equipment is used for hazardous material and confined space incidents.

Rescue

Equipped and accredited in compliance with current government RAR policy. Carries specialist rescue equipment such as the jaws of life, hydraulic rams and spreaders.

Used at incidents such as Motor Vehicle Collisions and industrial accidents. Utilising specialist equipment crews can cut open motor vehicles or industrial equipment to extricate trapped victims.

Slip-on

Tray back 4 wheel drive vehicle with a small water tank usually no more than 500 litres

Used in grass or scrub fire situations, used as a quick or rapid intervention vehicle. Also handy for getting in to tight or small reserves etc.





Over Snow

Essentially a 2WD Type 4 Pumper with a tracked platform, and does not carry water.

This appliance is effectively a 2WD pumping appliance used for urban type fire fighting. It is not an all terrain vehicle, and will only go anywhere a 2WD vehicle would go, except it will do it over snow.

Snow Mobile

2 passenger over snow vehicle

Used in Snow covered environment only. May tow a small equipment trailer but is essentially for crew transport.

Boat

A vessel used to travel on or through water.

A boat will be utilised on waterways to combat fires and incidents on boats.



Appendix H

Accredited Installer Application Form




RFT Part D - Tenderers Response Tender document (a) Tenderers must provide an electronic copy (CD) of their response in

Microsoft Office 2003 format, submitted in accordance with the requirements set out in the Conditions of Tender. Note: This electronic copy is for convenience only and the original hard-copy response is considered to be the actual tender submitted by the tenderer.

(b) Three (3) complete additional hard-copies with one of these copies marked “original tender”

(c) All responses must be provided within the specified boxes and must respond to the Specification (Part B) and Proposed Contract (Part C) in accordance with the Conditions of Tendering (Part A).

(d) Where necessary, any graphics or data should be placed at the end of the documents and referred to in the response.

(e) Include the name of the Tenderer in the footer of the Tender.

(f) All electronic documents must be virus checked by the Tenderer before lodgement.


Country Fire Authority, Victoria

Request for Tender CFA-AMD-2009-10 for replacement of Mobile and Portable Radios and Repeaters I accept the provisions contained in the Conditions of Tendering.

Tenderer’s Information

Name of Tenderer and address of registered office:

Place of registration:

Australian Company Number:

Australian Business Number:

Principal office in Victoria (if any):

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

Name and title of Tenderer’s authorised agent:

Date:


1 Executive summary

Provide a brief executive summary providing an overview of the Tender offer (not more than 500 words)

2 Compliance with the Specification A Tenderer must provide a tabulated statement showing clearly, and in order of the relevant sections, its level of compliance with Part B (Specification). Refer section 7.1, Part A (Conditions of Tender) for further instructions.

Section

Compliance Statement [Note to Tenderers: The cells in this column need to state one of the following: Will comply, Will comply subject to conditions; or Will not comply. Remove this note when you prepare your Tender]

Explanation / Comment

[Note to Tenderers: Where the statement in column 2 is “Will comply subject to conditions”, Tenderers should state in this column 3 the applicable conditions and the reason why those conditions are applicable. Where the statement in column 2 is “Will not comply” Tenderers should state in this column 3 the reasons for such non-compliance. In both cases, the nature and extent of non-compliance must be clearly stated. Remove this note when you prepare your Tender.]

Example only, create additional table rows as required

Alternative Tender Where a Tenderer also submits an Alternative Tender, it must include any supplementary material, together with associated prices, which demonstrates in detail that


such an alternative will fully achieve and/or exceed all the specified outputs or functional and performance requirements together with references as to why the additional features may be advantageous. The details should be cross referenced to the appropriate clause number in the Specification. Word limit – [250] words

3 Capability Knowledge of and experience in the industry: Provide details of your organisation’s knowledge and experience in the industry, as it applies to the required Goods and Services. Word limit – [250] words

Infrastructure and other support Provide details of your organisation (and location) and support which will be used to provide the requirement. Word limit – [250] words

Staff resources Provide a brief curriculum vitae for each member of staff you are proposing for the work including details of qualifications, experience and skills. Word limit – [250] words

Schedule of proposed sub-contractors Provide details of each proposed sub-contractor to be engaged in connection with the provision of the

Subcontractor’s name: Address: Goods or services to be provided:


Goods and all Services requested under this RFT. Also, define the scope and extent of services to be provided by sub-contractors.

Methodology (a) Provide details of the methodology you propose to use to provide the Goods and Services. Word limit – [250] words

(b) Provide details of the proposed planning arrangements to be implemented in the provision of the Goods and Services, in particular meeting deadlines. Word limit – [250] words

4 Past Performance Previous and current work

(a) Detail previous work related to the requirements detailed in the Specification. Word limit – [250] words

(b) Detail current work related to the requirements detailed in the Specification. Word limit – [250] words

(c) Briefly detail all previous public sector experience in the past three years as it relates to the requirements detailed in the Specification. Word limit – [250] words


References Provide three referees that CFA could contact regarding your ability to provide to the Goods and Services required under the Specification Note: The CFA reserves the right to contact any of the Tenderer’s previous customers.

Client and contract details: Description of service: Period: Client and contract details: Description of service: Period: Client and contract details: Description of service: Period:

Related Tenderers Provide details of any other Tenderer that is a related body corporate of the Tenderer.

5 Quality system for deliverables (a) Does your organisation have a certified Quality Management System? If YES, to which standard are you accredited? State accreditation body used.

(b) If you are not currently certified, are you in the process of achieving certification? If YES: • To which standard? • When did you commence? • Targeted date for

completion? • Accreditation body being

used?


(c) If you are not in the process of achieving certification, provide details of how you intend to ensure that the Goods or Services meet CFA requirements and industry standards for quality. Word limit – [250] words

(d) If required, are you prepared to undergo a quality assessment? Word limit – [250] words

(e) What is the current QA level of proposed sub-contractors (if any)?

Sub-Contractor

Name: QA level:

6 Customer service Customer Service Plan CFA requires some indication of the level of customer service you would offer. Provide details of the Customer Service Plan you would undertake for this contract.

(a) What methods will you employ to gather end user feedback?

(b) What strategies will be used to ensure continuous improvement for the service?

(c) What other customer service orientated proposals do you have which will enhance your bid?


Word limit - [250] words

Benchmarking Provide details of what you consider to be appropriate performance measures and benchmarks.

Transition (a) Transition In Plan Provide a Transition In Plan identifying the tasks and responsibilities attributed to the Tenderer and to CFA. Word limit – [250] words

(b) Transition Out Plan Provide a brief Transition Out Plan identifying the tasks and responsibilities attributed to the Tenderer and to CFA. Word limit – [250] words

7 Strategic (a) Provide details of the location of your head office and any networking facilities which you believe may support your ability to perform the contract at a high level. Word limit – [250] words

(b) State details of any non-metropolitan Victoria based offices within your organisation, (or affiliated companies, if any) that could service regional requirements. Word limit – [250] words


8 Innovation (a) State your involvement in activities using leading technologies, innovative solutions and best practice that have resulted in “value for money” improvements. Word Limit [250] words.

(b) Provide details of any online systems that can provide e-commerce solutions. Word limit – [250] words

9 Financial viability Tenderers are required to demonstrate that they have the financial capacity to provide, over the term of the contract, all the requirements specified in this RFT. Accordingly, you are required to provide the following information. If the answer to any of the following questions is “yes”, provide an explanation. (a) Are there any significant events, matters or circumstances which have arisen since the end of the last financial year which may significantly affect the operations of the Tenderer?

(b) Are there any mergers/acquisitions either recent (within the past 12 months) or which are imminent?

(c) Are there any proceedings, either actual or threatened, against the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities or any director of the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities or have there been any such proceedings within the past five years? If so, what (if any) remedial action has been


taken in respect of such proceedings?

(d) Are there any bankruptcy actions against the Tenderer, a director of the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities, or has there been within the past five years?

(e) Are there any de-registration actions against the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities on foot, or have there been any within the past five years?

(f) Are there any insolvency proceedings, actual or threatened (including voluntary administration, application to wind up, or other like action) against the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities on foot, or have there been any within the past five years?

(g) Is the Tenderer, its parent or associated entities currently in default of any agreement, contract, order or award that would or would be likely to adversely affect the financial capacity of the Tenderer to provide the Goods and/or Services contemplated by this RFT?

(h) Are there any other factors which could adversely impact on the financial ability of the Tenderer to successfully perform the obligations contemplated by this RFT?

(i) Is the Tenderer solvent and able to meet its debts as and when they fall due in the normal course of business?

In addition to the information required above, Tenderers are required to undertake to provide to CFA upon request all such information as CFA reasonably requires to satisfy itself that Tenderers are financially viable and have the financial capability to provide the Goods and Services for which they are tendering and to otherwise meet their obligations under the Proposed Contract.


Provide your undertaking to comply with this request.

I agree………………..

10 Risk and insurance Schedule of insurance information

Provide details of all relevant insurances maintained by the Tenderer.

Name of insurance companies: Policy type (eg public liability, professional indemnity, etc): Policy number(s): Expiry dates: Limit of liability: Relevant exclusions:

Risk management strategies

Provide details of all risk management strategies and practices of the Tenderer that would be applicable or relevant in the context of the supply of the Goods or Services.

11 Compliance with the Proposed Contract A Tenderer must provide a tabulated statement showing clearly, and in order of the relevant clauses, its level of compliance with Part C (Proposed Contract). Refer section 7.2, Part A (Conditions of Tender) for further instructions.

Clause number Compliance Statement [Note to Tenderers: The cells in this column need to state one of the following: Will Comply Will comply subject to conditions; or Will not comply. Remove this note when you prepare your Tender.]

Explanation/Comment [Note to Tenderers: Where the statement in column 2 is “Will comply subject to conditions”, Tenderers should state in this column 3 the applicable conditions and the reason why those conditions are applicable. Where the statement in column 2 is “Will not


comply” Tenderers should state in this column 3 the reasons for such non-compliance. In both cases, the nature and extent of non-compliance must be clearly stated, together with any amendments that would make the relevant clause acceptable to the Tenderer. Remove this note when you prepare your Tender.]

Example only, create additional table rows as required

12 Conflict of interest

Provide details of any interests, relationships or clients which may or do give rise to a conflict of interest and the area of expertise in which that conflict or potential conflict does or may arise and details of any strategy for preventing conflicts of interest.

Outline the processes you have in place to handle any future conflict of interest (actual or perceived).


13 Costings (a) Pricing schedule. Tenderers may submit prices and price

basis in a separate form from the pricing schedule but must ensure the information as per the pricing schedule contained in Attachment B is fully detailed. Tenderers are advised to include specific quantity pricing discounts (QTY breaks) in this section.

(b) Price basis (1) Are prices fixed and if so for what period of time? (2) If prices are variable for labour, materials or exchange rate, include here the base indicies/exchange rate used in calculating tender prices.

(c) Provide details of any other costs associated with this contract.

14 Ethical Purchasing Policy It is a condition of tendering for purchases of goods or services valued at $100,000 or more or where the tenderer participates in a high risk industry that shortlisted tenderers may be required to complete an Ethical Employment Statement (RFT Part E) demonstrating that they satisfy the ethical employment standard set out in the Victorian Government Ethical Purchasing Policy (www.vgpb.vic.gov.au). Shortlisted Tenderers who do not comply with a request to provide Part E within the timeframes specified by CFA will be disqualified from the Tendering Process. The names of Tenderers who


submit an Ethical Employment Statement and are assessed by CFA as not satisfying the Ethical Employment Standard will be placed on the Ethical Employment Reference Register. Response required: Understood and agreed.

15 VIPP Statement (for regional contracts in excess of $1m and metropolitan contracts in excess of $3m)

Shortlisted Tenderers may be required to provide a Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) Statement, demonstrating they have considered the industry development implications of their Tender according to this policy. Accordingly, when requested by CFA, you are required to complete and submit separately under confidential cover, a VIPP Statement as detailed in the accompanying VIPP Statement form. Response required: Understood and agreed.

16 Any other matters Detail any matters which have not been covered in previous sections, and you believe need to be taken into consideration when your Tender is evaluated.

17 VGPB website The Conditions of Tender include a provision for disclosure of contract information (refer


Attachment A to this Part D). Identify any information in your Tender which you consider falls within the following categories and which you consider should not be published.

(a) Trade secrets.

(b) Unreasonable disadvantage.


Attachment A Contract disclosure The Government has a strong presumption in favour of disclosing contracts and, in determining whether any clauses should be confidential, specific freedom of information principles (including a public interest test) will apply. However, even if certain clauses are excised from public contracts, the Government cannot pre-empt the workings of the Freedom of Information Act 1982 (Vic) or constrain the Auditor General's powers to secure and publish documents as he or she sees fit. The Conditions of Tendering include a provision for the disclosure of contract information (refer section in Part A of the RFT dealing with “Use of Tenders”). The provisions of the Proposed Contract in regard to confidentiality and disclosure should also be noted. This provision is consistent with the Government's presumption of the full disclosure of contracts. Any non-disclosure of contract provisions must be justified by the successful Tenderer by applying the principles for exemption under the provisions of the FOI Act. Section 34(1) of the FOI Act provides that information acquired by an agency or a Minister from a business, commercial or financial undertaking is exempt under the FOI Act if the information relates to trade secrets or other matters of a business, commercial or financial nature and the disclosure would be likely to expose the undertaking unreasonably to disadvantage. If a Tenderer wishes to withhold the disclosure of specific contract information, the Tenderer must clearly outline how the release of this information will expose trade secrets or expose the business unreasonably to disadvantage. Trade secrets In considering whether specific information should be categorised as a trade secret, Tenderers should assess: • the extent to which it is known outside of the Tenderer’s business; • the extent to which it is known by the persons engaged in the Tenderer’s

business; • any measures taken to guard its secrecy; • its value to the Tenderer’s business and to any competitors; • the amount of money and effort invested in developing the information; and • the ease or difficulty with which others may acquire or develop this information.

Unreasonable disadvantage

In determining whether disclosure of specific information will expose a Tenderer’s business unreasonably to disadvantage, you should consider section 34(2) of the FOI Act. Broadly, you should consider: • whether the information is generally available to competitors; and • whether it could be disclosed without causing substantial harm to the

competitive position of the business


CFA will consider these applications in the Tender evaluation and negotiations with Tenderers.


Attachment B

Pricing Schedule

Column (a): This should be in a simple numerical sequence.

Column (b):

A brief description of the item or service sufficient for identification, cross-referenced where

practicable to relevant clause numbers in the specification or draft contract or other parts of the

RFT. Where the deliverable is a service (e.g. installation or training), only the relevant columns

should be completed and others marked ‘not applicable’ or ‘N/A’.

Column (c): The number of items required under any resultant contract.

Column (d): GST exclusive Unit Prices are required.Column (e): The GST amount applicable to each line item.

Column (f):The GST Inclusive Unit Price shall be calculated

by adding the GST Exclusive Unit Price in column (d) and the GST amount in column (e).

Column (g):The Total Price in Column (g) shall be calculated by multiplying the Quantity in Column (c) by the

GST Inclusive Unit Price in Column (f).

Notes to tenderers: Australian Sourced Pricing Schedule

NOTE 1: Where quantity discounts (price breaks) are offered against an item the tenderer should detail these using additional columns and rows as necessary.

drafters: UNIT PRICE GST APPLICABLE UNIT PRICE GST

INCLUSIVETOTAL PRICE

(in $A) (in $A) (in $A) (in $A)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

VHF Portable radios, including Battery and removable antenna configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

Intrinsically Safe VHF Portable radios, including Battery and removable antenna configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

VHF Mobile Radio terminals, including Remote Head(s) where required and configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

VHF Transportable Repeater (TR) including transport case configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.VHF Vehicle Mounted Repeater (VMR) with mounting hardware and configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.Portable radio handheld microphone including attachment clip and connector compatible with the radio and no inbuilt speaker (lapel microphone)

Portable radio headset (with PTT), including adjustable boom microphone.Portable radio handheld microphone with inbuilt speaker, including attachment clip and connector compatible with radio.Mobile radio remote speaker for external locations.Breathing Apparatus Face Mask communications set (with PTT)Mobile remote headset (PTT), including adjustable boom microphone.Mobile remote microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker.Mobile vehicle cabin Microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker.Mobile vehicle cabin speaker.TR remote speaker for external locations.TR handheld microphone with PTT.VMR remote speaker for external locations.VMR remote headset (with PTT) and adjustable boom microphone.VMR remote microphone with PTT.VMR vehicle cabin microphone with PTT.VMR vehicle cabin speaker.Portable Radio spare battery (Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe) for maintenance stocks.Portable Radio mains-powered battery charger/conditioner.Portable Radio vehicle powered battery chargerIn-vehicle holder to mount Intrinsically safe and non-Intrinsically safe Carry Case (non metallic) for use with Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe Portable RadiosBelt Clip for Portable Radio.Mobile Vehicle mounting hardware.VMR vehicle cabin mounting hardwareMobile Radio GPS external antennaPortable Radio GPS external antennaProgramming software for Mobile Radio

Programming software for TRProgramming software for VMRProgramming cable for connection between a Mobile Radio and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a Portable Radio and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a TR and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a VMR and a PCInstallation of mobile radios to the CFA fleet, including removal of existing radios and return to store. Deployment of Portable radios and TR & VMR and return of existing equipment to store.Training of CFA Training staff in installation and replacement of non-portable radios, and use of all radio products. Training in configuration and use of programming software and procedures for OTAP.Maintenance contract for support of all products.Logistics, including maintenance arrangements for faulty equipment.Transport and freight charges for supply of all products.

Additional Costings

Price of one (1) radio for testing and retention by CFA. Part A Conditions of Tender 6.9 (h) 1

CFA - RADIO REPLACEMENT PROJECT PRICE AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE - VHF GOODSOption A: For when Supplies will be sourced wholly in Australia.

Table 1: Price and Delivery Schedule Response Format

ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY

See note 1 re price breaks

VHF Voice and Special radio terminals

Accessories

Power Accessories


TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE (GST Inclusive)

GPS Antennas


Programming software for Portable Radio

Service Charges

Column (a): This should be in a simple numerical sequence.

Column (b):

A brief description of the item or service sufficient for identification, cross-referenced where practicable to relevant clause numbers in the specification or draft Contract. Where the deliverable is a service (e.g.

installation or training), only the relevant columns should be completed and others marked ‘not applicable’ or ‘N/A’.

Column (c): The number of items required under any resultant contract.

Columns (d)-(h):If line items are sourced in Australia only column (d) needs to be

completed. If line items are sourced overseas only columns (e) – (h) need to be completed.

Column (d): GST exclusive Unit Prices are required.Column (e): Duty free Unit Prices are required.

Column (f): Foreign currency Unit Prices should be converted to $AUD using the exchange rates applicable at the Base Date.

Column (g): The customs duty applicable to each line item is required.

Column (h): The Duty Paid Unit Price shall be calculated by adding the Duty Free Unit Price in column (f) and the Customs Duty in column (g).

Column (i): The GST amount applicable to each line item.

Column (j):

For items sourced in Australia, the GST Inclusive Unit Price shall be calculated by adding the Unit Price in column (d) and the GST amount in

column (i). For items sourced overseas, the GST Inclusive Unit Price shall be calculated by adding the Duty Paid Unit Price in column (h) and

the GST amount in column (i).

Columns (k)-(m): If line items are sourced in Australia, only column (k) needs to be

completed. If line items are sourced overseas, only columns (l) and (m) should be completed.

Column (k): The Total Price shall be calculated by multiplying the Quantity in column (c) by the GST Inclusive Unit Price in column (j).

Columns (l) and (m):

For items sourced overseas, the Total Price shall consist of two components. The foreign currency component in column (l) shall be calculated by multiplying the Quantity in column (c) by the Duty Free Unit Price in column (e). The $A component shall be calculated by

adding the Customs Duty in column (g) and the GST amount in column (i) and then multiplying by the Quantity in column (c).

Notes to tenderers: O/seas Pricing Schedule

NOTE 1: Where quantity discounts (price breaks) are offered against an item the tenderer should detail these using additional columns and rows as necessary.

GST APPLICABLE

UNIT PRICE GST

(in $A) (in $A)

UNIT PRICE DUTY FREE

UNIT PRICE DUTY FREE

CUSTOMS DUTY

UNIT PRICE DUTY PAID

(in foreign currency)

(in $A) (in $A) (in $A)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m)

VHF Portable radios, including Battery and removable antenna configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

See note 1 in instructions

sheet

Intrinsically Safe VHF Portable radios, including Battery and removable antenna configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

VHF Mobile Radio terminals, including Remote Head(s) where required and configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

VHF Transportable Repeater (TR) including transport case configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

VHF Vehicle Mounted Repeater (VMR) with mounting hardware and configured with all CFA channels and descriptions, including CTCSS and any other configuration data.

Portable radio handheld microphone including attachment clip and connector compatible with the radio and no inbuilt speaker (lapel microphone)

Portable radio headset (with PTT), including adjustable boom microphone.

Portable radio handheld microphone with inbuilt speaker, including attachment clip and connector compatible with radio.

Mobile radio remote speaker for external locations.

Breathing Apparatus Face Mask communications set (with PTT)Mobile remote headset (PTT), including adjustable boom microphone.Mobile remote microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker.Mobile vehicle cabin Microphone with PTT and channel selection capability, no inbuilt speaker.Mobile vehicle cabin speaker.TR remote speaker for external locations.TR handheld microphone with PTT.VMR remote speaker for external locations.VMR remote headset (with PTT) and adjustable boom microphone.VMR remote microphone with PTT.VMR vehicle cabin microphone with PTT.VMR vehicle cabin speaker.

Portable Radio spare battery (Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe) for maintenance stocks.Portable Radio mains-powered battery charger/conditioner.Portable Radio vehicle powered battery chargerIn-vehicle holder to mount Intrinsically safe and non-Intrinsically safe Portable Radios inside a vehicle.Carry Case (non metallic) for use with Intrinsically Safe and non-Intrinsically Safe Portable Radios

Belt Clip for Portable Radio.Mobile Vehicle mounting hardware.VMR vehicle cabin mounting hardware

Mobile Radio GPS external antennaPortable Radio GPS external antenna

Programming software for Mobile Radio

Programming software for TRProgramming software for VMRProgramming cable for connection between a Mobile Radio and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a Portable Radio and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a TR and a PCProgramming cable for connection between a VMR and a PCInstallation of mobile radios to the CFA fleet, including removal of existing radios and return to store. Deployment of Portable radios and TR & VMR and return of existing equipment to store.Training of CFA Training staff in installation and replacement of non-portable radios, and use of all radio products. Training in configuration and use of programming software and procedures for OTAP.Maintenance contract for support of all products.Logistics, including maintenance arrangements for faulty equipment.Transport and freight charges for supply of all products.

(GST Inclusive)

CFA RADIO REPLACEMENT PROJECT PRICE AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE - VHF GOODSOption B: For when Supplies will be sourced wholly or partly overseas.

Table 1: Price and Delivery Schedule Response Format

ITEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE

ITEMS

SOURCED IN AUSTRALIA

ITEMS SOURCED OVERSEAS ITEMS SOURCED IN AUSTRALIA

ITEMS SOURCED OVERSEAS

(in $A) (in $A) (foreign currency

component)

($A component)

VHF Voice and Special radio terminals

Accessories

Power Accessories


GPS Antennas


Programming software for Portable Radio

Service Charges

(GST Inclusive)

TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE (GST

Inclusive)

CONTRACTPRICE



Note to Tenderers:

Only complete and submit this Part E if you have been expressly requested to do so by CFA.

The information sought in this RFT Part E relates to section 10 of RFT Part A (Conditions of Tendering) and is subject to the warranties contained in section 14 of that document.

Name of the Tenderer

ABN of the Tenderer

Name of the Lead Authority

RFT Number

Description of the RFT

Date of submission of this RFT Part E


Ethical Purchasing Policy For a tendering process to which the Ethical Purchasing Policy applies, shortlisted Tenderers are required to complete an Ethical Employment Statement. The Ethical Purchasing Policy provides that the State will not enter into a contract to which the policy applies with any Tenderer that cannot satisfy the ethical employment standard. The ethical employment standard is the requirement for persons that supply or propose to supply goods and services to the Victorian Government to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of CFA, and in accordance with the requirements of the Ethical Purchasing Policy, that the relevant contracting or tendering entity meets its obligations to its employees under Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation at the time a contract is awarded and continues to meet such obligations during the term of that contract. Details of Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation are set out in the Ethical Purchasing Policy located at www.vgpb.vic.gov.au. When notified by CFA, shortlisted Tenderers are required to complete sections 1 to 5 of this RFT Part E within the timeframe specified by CFA. CFA will assess whether a Tenderer satisfies the ethical employment standard in accordance with the Process Guidelines for Government Buyers. The assessment will be based on: • any findings against the Tenderer by a court, tribunal, commission or board of

a breach of an applicable industrial instrument (award or agreement binding on the Tenderer), including a finding of a breach of a non-confidential consent order, in the preceding 24 months;

• any convictions under applicable legislation (detailed in the Ethical Purchasing Policy) in the preceding 24 months;

• any current proceedings or prosecutions in respect of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument or an offence under applicable legislation;

• remedial measures implemented to ensure future compliance with applicable industrial instruments and legislation.

The assessment will consider: • the seriousness of breaches or offences which are the subject of an adverse

finding or conviction; • the number of adverse findings or convictions; • whether there is a pattern of continued breaches or convictions (including, for

the purposes of determining a pattern of continued breaches only, whether there are any current proceedings or prosecutions before a court, tribunal, commission or board);

• whether remedial measures are commensurate with the breach or offence and in the reasonable opinion of CFA, can be reasonably expected to prevent such breach or offence from recurring.


The name of the disqualified Tenderer will be placed on a register maintained by the Department of Treasury and Finance (the Ethical Employment Reference Register) for a period of 24 months from the date the Tenderer is disqualified from the Tendering Process. The information in a Tenderer's ethical employment statement will be used to assess whether the Tenderer satisfies the ethical employment standard. CFA may request further details about the information provided by the Tenderer in this Ethical Employment Statement. CFA will not enter into contracts with Tenderers who do not satisfy the ethical employment standard. Such Tenderers will be disqualified from the Tendering Process and their names will be placed on the Ethical Employment Reference Register for a period of 24 months from the date the Tenderer is disqualified from the Tendering Process. Victorian Government departments and entities may access the Ethical Employment Reference Register for the purpose of determining whether the Tenderer has not met the ethical employment standard for other Tendering Processes, ie has not satisfied the standard in the past. A Tenderer whose name is on the Ethical Employment Reference Register will not be excluded from other government business opportunities solely on the basis that its name appears on the register. The Tenderer will be informed if, in the assessment by CFA, it has failed to satisfy the ethical employment standard before disqualification occurs. The Tenderer will have an opportunity to provide additional information at that time. Definitions For the purposes of sections 1 to 5 of this Ethical Employment Statement: Full Details means details of: • the nature of the breach or offence or alleged breach or offence; • any conviction recorded or adverse finding made in respect of the breach or

offence; • any penalty or orders imposed by a court, tribunal, commission or board in

respect of the breach or offence and the maximum penalty that could have been imposed under the Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation;

• the name of the court, tribunal, commission or board, the State or Territory in which the proceeding or prosecution is brought, the date on which the proceeding or prosecution was commenced and the number or description assigned to the proceeding or prosecution by the court, tribunal, commission or board;

• the name of the entity against which the finding or conviction was made or the proceeding or prosecution was initiated;

• this Contract; and • further information about any of the above, if required by CFA. Tendering Entity means the legal entity (individual or company) that would (if successful) enter into a contract with the State at the end of the Tendering Process.


Partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures or consortia planning to enter into a contract with the State will need to complete an Ethical Employment Statement for each entity forming part of the bidding team.

1 Provide details of any industrial instrument (award or agreement) that specifically applies to the employees of the Tendering Entity and is binding on it (applicable industrial instruments).

2 Provide Full Details of any findings against the Tendering Entity by a court, tribunal, commission or board of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument, including a finding of a breach in a non-confidential consent order, in the preceding 24 months.

3 Provide Full Details of any convictions under the following legislation (applicable legislation) in the preceding 24 months: • Dangerous Goods Act 1985 (Vic) • Equipment (Public Safety) Act 1994 (Vic) • Federal Awards (Uniform System) Act 2I003 (Vic) • Long Service Leave Act 1992 (Vic) • Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 (Vic) • Outworkers (Improved Protection) Act 2003 (Vic) • Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth) • Any other legislation designated by the Victorian

Government as applicable legislation under the Ethical Purchasing Policy from time to time.

4 Provide Full Details of any current proceedings or prosecutions in respect of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument or an offence under applicable legislation.

5 Provide details of remedial measures implemented to ensure future compliance with applicable industrial instruments and applicable legislation.


RFT Part F – VIPP Statement Note to Tenderers:

Only complete and submit this Part F if you have been expressly requested to do so by CFA.

1 Victorian Industry Participation Policy Statement Shortlisted Tenderers are required to submit a Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) Statement to demonstrate that they have genuinely considered the industry development implications of their Tender according to the VIPP. This policy seeks to maximise opportunities for Australian, New Zealand and Victorian suppliers to compete for government business on the basis of best value for money over the life of the goods or services. Further information is available on the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development (DIIRD) website www.diird.vic.gov.au/vipp and in Attachment A to this Part F. Shortlisted Tenderers when notified by CFA are required to complete the following: [Tenderers to insert their name]

Value added activity (local content) Tenderers should specify the level of local (Victorian / Australian / NZ) value added, expressed as a percentage of the overall contract price. A definition of value added is provided at the end of this document.

Employment

Tenderers should provide details of actual new employment opportunities to be created and the proportion of these opportunities which will be filled by people from the local communities involved.

Skills and technology transfer

Tenderers should identify opportunities for increasing the


skills of Victorians and Australians and the potential to undertake the innovation, research and development of technology.

2 Victorian Industry Participation Policy implementation plan For projects of over $10 million (over $2.5 million in regional areas) ONLY, short listed Tenderers are required to submit a Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) Implementation Plan that identifies how companies intend to meet the targets contained in their VIPP statements. Shortlisted Tenderers when notified by CFA are required to complete the following: [Tenderers to insert their name] Briefly describe how the Tenderer, if successful, intends to achieve the VIPP goals detailed in their VIPP Statement through: Identification of local products and capabilities that meet the contract requirements.

Assessment and comparison of local products and capabilities with overseas equivalent.

Selection of products and services.

Monitoring and reporting on outcomes for local industry involvement.

3 Compliance clause for contracts Provided below are standard VIPP compliance clauses to be inserted into negotiated contracts (with any necessary changes to fit with the language used in the contract). “VIPP Compliance


The information contained in the VIPP Statement submitted by the Contractor as part of the Tender evaluation and the measures of the Contractor’s compliance with the Statement may be provided to the central agency in the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development to be included in a register of VIPP performance. Such information will be made available to departments and agencies of the Victorian Government to be used in assessing other tender proposals for VIPP purposes. The Department will monitor the Contractor’s performance measured against the VIPP outcomes set out in Schedule [Insert Number] and the monitoring provisions in Clause [Insert Number] shall apply to allow an auditor or other nominated representative of the Department to have access to and to obtain information from the Contractor’s records and staff. The Contractor must provide authorisation for the Department to obtain information from the persons, firms or corporations nominated in Schedule [Insert Number] as to compliance with the VIPP Statement. The Department’s Representative will exercise his or her reasonable discretion in assessing the Contractor’s performance under this clause and shall take into account any issue raised by the Contractor which fairly represents a cause of failure to comply beyond the Contractor’s reasonable control.” [Tenderers to insert their name] A Tenderer must provide a statement showing clearly its level of compliance with the “VIPP Compliance” clauses above. The definitions used in section 7.2 Part A (Conditions of Tendering) are to be used. Compliance Statement.


Attachment A Guidelines for preparation of VIPP information

VIPP information must be submitted to CFA separately in a sealed envelope when advised to do so by a CFA authorised person. Support services available Tenderers are advised that the services of the Industry Capability Network (ICN) will be available to assist them implementing the Victorian Government’s Industry Participation Policy. This will involve: • the identification of local products and capabilities that meet contract

requirements; • an assessment and comparison of local products and capabilities with

overseas equivalents; • the selection of products and services that meet the contract requirements on a

best value basis; and • monitoring and reporting on the outcomes for Victorian industry involvement. Free ICN services are available to support bidders in identifying and developing the above information, including during the Tendering Process. For projects valued over $10 million ($2.5 million in regional areas), it is mandatory for tenderers to obtain certification from the ICN to demonstrate that a genuine attempt to consider local suppliers has been made. Definitions

In determining the amount spent on imported products or services, all amounts paid (by the Contractor or its Approved Subcontractors) to foreign persons (which do not include New Zealand persons) must be taken into account, including: • all licence fees paid for intellectual property rights if those intellectual property

rights are owned by a person other than an Australian or New Zealand person; • the cost of all imported products (including components for other products)

sourced locally; and • all amounts paid to foreign persons as transfer pricing or as distribution of

profits resulting from the supply of the products or services. For the purpose of this definition, "foreign person" means any person who is not a resident of Australia or New Zealand. Local content provided by sub-contractors is included in the Australian value add, as is value added content.



Note to Tenderers: Only complete and submit this Part E if you have been expressly requested to do so by CFA.

The information sought in this RFT Part E relates to section 10 of RFT Part A (Conditions of Tendering) and is subject to the warranties contained in section 14 of that document.

Name of the Tenderer

ABN of the Tenderer

Name of the Lead Authority

RFT Number

Description of the RFT

Date of submission of this RFT Part E


Ethical Purchasing Policy For a tendering process to which the Ethical Purchasing Policy applies, shortlisted Tenderers are required to complete an Ethical Employment Statement. The Ethical Purchasing Policy provides that the State will not enter into a contract to which the policy applies with any Tenderer that cannot satisfy the ethical employment standard. The ethical employment standard is the requirement for persons that supply or propose to supply goods and services to the Victorian Government to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of CFA, and in accordance with the requirements of the Ethical Purchasing Policy, that the relevant contracting or tendering entity meets its obligations to its employees under Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation at the time a contract is awarded and continues to meet such obligations during the term of that contract. Details of Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation are set out in the Ethical Purchasing Policy located at www.vgpb.vic.gov.au. When notified by CFA, shortlisted Tenderers are required to complete sections 1 to 5 of this RFT Part E within the timeframe specified by CFA. CFA will assess whether a Tenderer satisfies the ethical employment standard in accordance with the Process Guidelines for Government Buyers. The assessment will be based on: • any findings against the Tenderer by a court, tribunal, commission or board of

a breach of an applicable industrial instrument (award or agreement binding on the Tenderer), including a finding of a breach of a non-confidential consent order, in the preceding 24 months;

• any convictions under applicable legislation (detailed in the Ethical Purchasing Policy) in the preceding 24 months;

• any current proceedings or prosecutions in respect of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument or an offence under applicable legislation;

• remedial measures implemented to ensure future compliance with applicable industrial instruments and legislation.

The assessment will consider: • the seriousness of breaches or offences which are the subject of an adverse

finding or conviction; • the number of adverse findings or convictions; • whether there is a pattern of continued breaches or convictions (including, for

the purposes of determining a pattern of continued breaches only, whether there are any current proceedings or prosecutions before a court, tribunal, commission or board);

• whether remedial measures are commensurate with the breach or offence and in the reasonable opinion of CFA, can be reasonably expected to prevent such breach or offence from recurring.


The name of the disqualified Tenderer will be placed on a register maintained by the Department of Treasury and Finance (the Ethical Employment Reference Register) for a period of 24 months from the date the Tenderer is disqualified from the Tendering Process. The information in a Tenderer's ethical employment statement will be used to assess whether the Tenderer satisfies the ethical employment standard. CFA may request further details about the information provided by the Tenderer in this Ethical Employment Statement. CFA will not enter into contracts with Tenderers who do not satisfy the ethical employment standard. Such Tenderers will be disqualified from the Tendering Process and their names will be placed on the Ethical Employment Reference Register for a period of 24 months from the date the Tenderer is disqualified from the Tendering Process. Victorian Government departments and entities may access the Ethical Employment Reference Register for the purpose of determining whether the Tenderer has not met the ethical employment standard for other Tendering Processes, ie has not satisfied the standard in the past. A Tenderer whose name is on the Ethical Employment Reference Register will not be excluded from other government business opportunities solely on the basis that its name appears on the register. The Tenderer will be informed if, in the assessment by CFA, it has failed to satisfy the ethical employment standard before disqualification occurs. The Tenderer will have an opportunity to provide additional information at that time. Definitions For the purposes of sections 1 to 5 of this Ethical Employment Statement: Full Details means details of: • the nature of the breach or offence or alleged breach or offence; • any conviction recorded or adverse finding made in respect of the breach or

offence; • any penalty or orders imposed by a court, tribunal, commission or board in

respect of the breach or offence and the maximum penalty that could have been imposed under the Applicable Industrial Instruments and Legislation;

• the name of the court, tribunal, commission or board, the State or Territory in which the proceeding or prosecution is brought, the date on which the proceeding or prosecution was commenced and the number or description assigned to the proceeding or prosecution by the court, tribunal, commission or board;

• the name of the entity against which the finding or conviction was made or the proceeding or prosecution was initiated;

• this Contract; and • further information about any of the above, if required by CFA. Tendering Entity means the legal entity (individual or company) that would (if successful) enter into a contract with the State at the end of the Tendering Process.


Partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures or consortia planning to enter into a contract with the State will need to complete an Ethical Employment Statement for each entity forming part of the bidding team.

1 Provide details of any industrial instrument (award or agreement) that specifically applies to the employees of the Tendering Entity and is binding on it (applicable industrial instruments).

2 Provide Full Details of any findings against the Tendering Entity by a court, tribunal, commission or board of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument, including a finding of a breach in a non-confidential consent order, in the preceding 24 months.

3 Provide Full Details of any convictions under the following legislation (applicable legislation) in the preceding 24 months: • Dangerous Goods Act 1985 (Vic) • Equipment (Public Safety) Act 1994 (Vic) • Federal Awards (Uniform System) Act 2I003 (Vic) • Long Service Leave Act 1992 (Vic) • Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 (Vic) • Outworkers (Improved Protection) Act 2003 (Vic) • Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth) • Any other legislation designated by the Victorian

Government as applicable legislation under the Ethical Purchasing Policy from time to time.

4 Provide Full Details of any current proceedings or prosecutions in respect of a breach of an applicable industrial instrument or an offence under applicable legislation.

5 Provide details of remedial measures implemented to ensure future compliance with applicable industrial instruments and applicable legislation.


RFT Part F – VIPP Statement

1 Victorian Industry Participation Policy Statement Shortlisted Tenderers are required to submit a Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) Statement to demonstrate that they have genuinely considered the industry development implications of their Tender according to the VIPP. This policy seeks to maximise opportunities for Australian, New Zealand and Victorian suppliers to compete for government business on the basis of best value for money over the life of the goods or services. Further information is available on the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development (DIIRD) website www.diird.vic.gov.au/vipp and in Attachment A to this Part F. Shortlisted Tenderers when notified by CFA are required to complete the following: [Tenderers to insert their name]

Value added activity (local content) Tenderers should specify the level of local (Victorian / Australian / NZ) value added, expressed as a percentage of the overall contract price. A definition of value added is provided at the end of this document.

Employment

Tenderers should provide details of actual new employment opportunities to be created and the proportion of these opportunities which will be filled by people from the local communities involved.

Skills and technology transfer

Tenderers should identify opportunities for increasing the skills of Victorians and Australians and the potential to undertake the innovation, research and development of technology.


2 Victorian Industry Participation Policy implementation plan For projects of over $10 million (over $2.5 million in regional areas) ONLY, short listed Tenderers are required to submit a Victorian Industry Participation Policy (VIPP) Implementation Plan that identifies how companies intend to meet the targets contained in their VIPP statements. Shortlisted Tenderers when notified by CFA are required to complete the following: [Tenderers to insert their name] Briefly describe how the Tenderer, if successful, intends to achieve the VIPP goals detailed in their VIPP Statement through: Identification of local products and capabilities that meet the contract requirements.

Assessment and comparison of local products and capabilities with overseas equivalent.

Selection of products and services.

Monitoring and reporting on outcomes for local industry involvement.

3 Compliance clause for contracts Provided below are standard VIPP compliance clauses to be inserted into negotiated contracts (with any necessary changes to fit with the language used in the contract). “VIPP Compliance The information contained in the VIPP Statement submitted by the Contractor as part of the Tender evaluation and the measures of the Contractor’s compliance with the Statement may be provided to the central agency in the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional Development to be included in a register of VIPP performance. Such information will be made available to departments and agencies of the Victorian Government to be used in assessing other tender proposals for VIPP purposes.


The Department will monitor the Contractor’s performance measured against the VIPP outcomes set out in Schedule [Insert Number] and the monitoring provisions in Clause [Insert Number] shall apply to allow an auditor or other nominated representative of the Department to have access to and to obtain information from the Contractor’s records and staff. The Contractor must provide authorisation for the Department to obtain information from the persons, firms or corporations nominated in Schedule [Insert Number] as to compliance with the VIPP Statement. The Department’s Representative will exercise his or her reasonable discretion in assessing the Contractor’s performance under this clause and shall take into account any issue raised by the Contractor which fairly represents a cause of failure to comply beyond the Contractor’s reasonable control.” [Tenderers to insert their name] A Tenderer must provide a statement showing clearly its level of compliance with the “VIPP Compliance” clauses above. The definitions used in section 7.2 Part A (Conditions of Tendering) are to be used. Compliance Statement.


Attachment A Guidelines for preparation of VIPP information VIPP information must be submitted to CFA separately in a sealed envelope when advised to do so by a CFA authorised person. Support services available Tenderers are advised that the services of the Industry Capability Network (ICN) will be available to assist them implementing the Victorian Government’s Industry Participation Policy. This will involve: • the identification of local products and capabilities that meet contract

requirements; • an assessment and comparison of local products and capabilities with

overseas equivalents; • the selection of products and services that meet the contract requirements on a

best value basis; and • monitoring and reporting on the outcomes for Victorian industry involvement. Free ICN services are available to support bidders in identifying and developing the above information, including during the Tendering Process. For projects valued over $10 million ($2.5 million in regional areas), it is mandatory for tenderers to obtain certification from the ICN to demonstrate that a genuine attempt to consider local suppliers has been made. Definitions In determining the amount spent on imported products or services, all amounts paid (by the Contractor or its Approved Subcontractors) to foreign persons (which do not include New Zealand persons) must be taken into account, including: • all licence fees paid for intellectual property rights if those intellectual property

rights are owned by a person other than an Australian or New Zealand person; • the cost of all imported products (including components for other products)

sourced locally; and • all amounts paid to foreign persons as transfer pricing or as distribution of

profits resulting from the supply of the products or services. For the purpose of this definition, "foreign person" means any person who is not a resident of Australia or New Zealand. Local content provided by sub-contractors is included in the Australian value add, as is value added content.